UC-NRLF 


LIBRARY 

OF  THE 

UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA. 


OK* 

Mrs.  SARAH  P.  WALSWORTH. 

Received  October,  1894. 
Accessions  No.&&f?£t7.      Class  No.    *7  J0  0  '... 


LATIN  LESSONS, 


EXERCISES    IN    PARSING; 


INTRODUCTOKT  TO 


BULLIONS'  LATIN  GRAMMAR 

TV*; -A 

LATIN  READER. 


BY  GEORGE   SPENCER,   A.  M. 

PRINCIPAL   OF   THE   UTICA    ACAD«MT. 


PRATT,    OAKLEY   &    C  O  M  P  A  N  Y, 

NO.   4   CORTLANirr   STREET. 

1858. 


Entered  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  1846,  by 

GEORGE  SPENCER, 
In  the  Clerk's  Office  of  the  Northern  District  of  New- York. 


PREFACE. 


To  most  of  those  who  commit  to  memory  the  outlines, 
merely,  of  the  entire  Latin  Grammar,  before  any  practice 
is  had  in  parsing,  the  progress  is  so  slow  and  unsatisfac- 
tory, that  very  many  become  discouraged  and  abandon  clas- 
sical studies  altogether.  Teachers  have  met  with  so  much 
difficulty  in  urging  forward  beginners  in  the  study  of  Lat- 
in, upon  the  old  methods  of  instruction,  that  there  are  but 
few,  who  do  not  use  some  work  similar  to  the  one  here 
offered  to  the  public.  This  difficulty  will  continue  to 
increase  as  our  country  advances  in  wealth ;  and  pupils, 
consequently,  commence  the  study  of  this  Language  at  an 
earlier  age.  In  accordance  with  these  views,  and  as  it  is 
important  that  the  principles  of  an  elementary  book  should 
be  expressed  in  the  language  of  the  text-book  upon  which 
it  is  based,  these  "  Lessons  "  have  been  prepared. 

Dr.  Bullions'  Latin  Grammar  has  been  selected,  among 
others  of  excellent  character  in  use,  for  two  reasons.  First, 
because  the  others  have  already  been  introduced  with  pri- 
mary books ;  and  secondly,  from  the  consideration,  that 
the  rapidly  increasing  confidence  manifested  in  his  Gram- 
mar, among  scholars  and  practical  instructors,  seems  to 
bespeak  for  it  a  general  and  permanent  reputation. 

This  work  consists  of  two  parts,  divided  into  lessons  of 
suitable  length  for  an  ordinary  recitation.  The  general 
design  is  maintained,  embracing  some  portion  of  the  Gram- 
mar, illustrated  by  exercises  adapted  to  fix  in  the  mind 
the  principle  acquired,  at  each  step  of  the  student's  pro- 
gress. The  exercises  for  turning  Latin  into  English,  as 


IV  PREFACE. 

far  as  the  verb  Su?n,  have  been  given  without  regard  to 
the  principles  of  Latin  arrangement  ;  after  which,  selec- 
tions have  been  made  from  approved  classical  authors. 
Following  these  are  Exercises  for  turning  English  into 
Latin,  which  will  serve  to  impress  on  the  mind  the  signi- 
fication of  Latin  words,  and  the  forms  of  the  different  parts 
of  speech. 

Another  exercise  will  be  found  in  these  Lessons  which 
has  not  been  introduced  into  any  other  used  in  this  country, 
that  of  tracing,  so  far  as  is  practicable,  the  derivation  of 
our  own  language  from  the  Latin.  Although  this  advan- 
tage is  often  urged  as  an  argument  for  the  study  of  the 
dead  languages,  it  has  seemed  to  the  author  that  but  little 
attention  is  given  to  it,  for  the  reason  that  the  practice  is 
not  pursued  from  the  outset,  and  the  habit  formed  at  an 
early  stage  of  the  student's  course. 

PART  FIRST  contains  the  leading  principles  of  Etymolo- 
gy, with  the  observations  and  exceptions  of  frequent  oc- 
currence. Attention  is  respectfully  called  to  the  analysis 
of  the  verb,  which,  it  is  believed,  will  be  found  extremely 
simple  and  easy  of  comprehension. 

PART  SECOND  consists  of  the  general  Rules  of  Syntax, 
together  with  the  more  common  exceptions,  abundantly 
illustrated;  and  the  History  of  Joseph  taken  from  the 
"Historia  Sacra."  It  is  thought  by  those  who  are  com- 
petent to  advise  on  the  subject,  that,  after  having  read  and 
reviewed,  thoroughly,  all  that  precedes,  the  reading  of 
that  history  will  prepare  pupils  for  commencing  the  Latin 
Header,  at  the  Fables,  thus  saving  the  expense  of  addi- 
tional elementary  books. 

From  what  has  been  said  it  will  readily  be  perceived, 
that  this  work  cannot  take  the  place  of  a  Latin  Grammar, 
$nd  that,  while  it  contains  all  the  leading  principles  of  the 


PREFACE.  V 

Grammar,  it  is  intended  only  to  prepare  the  way  for  its 
more  critical  study  as  students  advance. 

It  only  remains  to  say  that  no  labor  has  been  spared  to 
maintain  the  most  perfect  order  and  perspicuity  in  the  ar- 
rangement, and  to  make  the  study  of  Latin  easy  and  in- 
viting, even  to  the  youngest  pupil.  How  far  this  desira- 
ble object  has  been  secured,  a  candid  public  will  decide. 


HINTS 

FOR  THE  USE  OF  THESE  "  LESSONS." 


IN  throwing  out  a  few  suggestions  upon  the  proper 
method  of  teaching  these  lessons,  it  is  not  expected  that 
experienced  instructors  will  feel  inclined  to  give  up  that 
which  they  may  already  have  found  successful,  and  adopt 
any  new  plan  that  may  be  offered.  To  such,  however, 
as  are  without  experience,  they  may  not  he  altogether 
unacceptable. 

1.  Let  it  be    borne   in  mind   that   everything  in  this 
work  should  be  thoroughly  understood  and  committed  to 
memory. 

2.  Teachers  should  first  endeavor  to  make  themselves 
perfectly  familiar  with  the  lessons  of  the  day,  a  prepara- 
tion indispensable,  if  they  would  impart  spirit  and  inte- 
rest to  their  recitation. 

3.  The  directions  for  reviews  given  under  the  head  of 
each  lesson  should  be  strictly  followed,  unless  they  should 
be  found  insufficient,  or  teachers  should  feel  the  necessity 
of  the  pupil's  retracing  his  steps  more  frequently  than 
the  directions  require. 

4.  In  the  "  advance  "  the  principles,  paradigms,  obser- 
vations, remarks,  and  exceptions,  should  be  recited,  and 


HINTS,    &*. 

the  exercise  for  translating  Latin  into  English  read  verba- 
tim, and  parsed  throughout,  if  time  will  permit. 

5.  In  the  "  review  "  the  Latin  should  be  pronounced, 
merely,  after  which,  with  books  dosed,  the  pupil  should 
recite  the  principles,  paradigms,  &c.,  Latin  for  the  senten- 
ces in  English,  and   the  questions  on  the  derivation  of 
words. 

6.  Correct  pronunciation,  and  the  rules  of  quantity  and 
accent,  should  be  insisted  on  from  the  first  recitation. 

7.  Whatever  plan  of  parsing  the  teacher  may  adopt, 
should  be  pursued  in  the  same  order.      If  the  pupil  is 
parsing  a  verb,  something  like  the  following  plan  might 
be  followed : 

Transitive  or  intransitive,  (if  irregular  or  deponent, 
mention,) — conjugation, —  conjugate, —  voice,  (if  passive, 
conjugate,) — mood, — tense, — synopsis  of  the  mood  as  far 
as  the  tense, — person  and  number, — agreement, — Eule. 

8.  "When  the  class  have  passed   through  Syntax,    let 
them  return  and  review  the  whole  thoroughly.     On  tak- 
ing up  the  selection  from    the  "  Historica  Sacra,"  they 
should  begin  with  the  Grammar,  in  which  they  should  be 
required  to  recite  daily  until  prepared  for  College,  or  untL 
they  are  familiar  with  its  details. 


LATIN  LESSONS, 


PART  I. 


LESSON  I. 

LATIN  GRAMMAR  is  the  art  of  speaking  or  writing 
the  Latin  language  with  propriety. 

The  Latin  alphabet  consists  of  twenty-five  letters, 
having  the  same  form  and  name  as  in  English,  without 
the  w. 

TABLE  OF  VOWEL  AND  DIPHTHONGAL  SOUNDS. 


Short  a  sounds  like  a 

in  Jehovah 

as  amat. 

Long  a 

like  a 

in  father, 

as  fama. 

Short  e" 

like  e 

in  met, 

as  petere. 

Long  e 

like  ey 

in  they, 

as  docere. 

Short  i 

like  i 

in  unifoim, 

as  unitas. 

Long  I 

likei 

in  machine, 

as  pinus. 

Short  6 

like  o 

in  polite, 

as  indoles. 

Long  6 

like  o 

jn  go, 

as  pono. 

Short  u 

like  u 

in  popular, 

as  populus. 

Long  u 

like  u 

in  full,  or  pure, 

as  tuba,  usus. 

aeorae 
oe  or  03 

>  like  ey 

in  they, 

(  P^ean. 
S   I  Phoebus 

au 

like  ou 

in  our, 

as  aurum. 

*  A  long  vowel  is  marked  ~,  a  short  vowel  "  ;  as,  carlnS.  For 
the  vowel  sounds  according  to  the  English  mode  of  pronunciation, 
see  Bullions'  Grammar  pp.  IX — XII. 


10  LATIN     LESSONS. 

REM.  The  vowels  a  and  e  have  the  same  sounds  in  all 
situations.  The  sound  of  i,  o,  and  u  is  slightly  modified 
when  followed  by  a  consonant  in  the  same  syllable,  and  is 
the  same  whether  long  or  short.  Thus  modified, 

i  sounds  like  i         in  sit,  as  mittit. 

o  like  o        in  not,  as  poterat,  forma. 

u  like  u        in  tub,  as  fructus. 

CONSONANTS. 

The  consonants,  generally,  are  pronounced  as  in  Eng- 
lish. 

It  is  important  to  remember  that  c  and  g  are  hard  before 
a,  o,  and  u,  and  soft  before  e,  i,  and  y,  and  the  dipthonga 
&  and  as. 

RULES  OF  QUANTITY. 

1.  A  vowel  before  another  vowel  is  short. 

2.  Dipthongs  are  long. 

3.  A  vowel  before  two  consonants,  or  before  the  double 
consonants,  x,  z,  and.;',  is  long,  by  position. 

Exc.  A  vowel  before  a  mute  and  liquid  is  common,  i.  e. 
either  long  or  short. 

OBS.  1.  In  Latin  words  there  are  as  many  syllables  as 
there  are  separate  vowels  and  dipthongs. 

OBS.  2.  The  Penult  of  a  word  is  the  last  syllable  but 
one:  the  antepenult  is  the  last  syllable  but  two. 

(NOTE.  A  vowel  in  the  penult,  not  coming  under  the  above  rules, 
will  be  marked  ~,  or  w.) 

RULES  OF  ACCENT. 

NOTE.  A  dissyllable  is  a  word  of  two  syllables  ;  a  polysyllable 
is  a  word  of  three  or  more  syllables. 

1.  In  dissyllables  the  penult  is  always  accented. 

2.  In  polysyllables,  if  the  penultis  long,  it  is  accented ; 
if  short,  the  antepenult  is  accented. 


PARTS   OF   SPEECH.  11 

LESSON    II. 

[Review  Lesson  I.] 
PARTS    OF    SPEECH. 

THE  parts  of  speech  in  Latin  are  eight ;  Noun,  Ad- 
jective, Pronoun,  Verb,  declined;  Adverb,  Preposition, 
Interjection,  and  Conjunction,  undeclined. 

NOUNS. 

A  NOUN  is  the  name  of  any  person,  place,  or  thing; 
as,  Charles,  Boston,  Virtue. 

To  the  Latin  noun  belong  Gender,  Number,  and  Case. 

There  are  three  Genders;  Masculine, Feminine,  and 
Neuter;  Nouns  sometimes  Masculine,  and  sometimes 
Feminine,  are  Common  gender. 

There  are  two  Numbers,  T—  the  Singular,  denoting 
one  ;  as,  boy;  and  the  Plural,  denoting  more  than  one ; 
as,  boys. 

There  are  six  Cases  :  the  Nominative,  Genitive,  Da- 
tive, Accusative,  Vocative,  and  Ablative. 

DECLENSION. 

In  Latin  there  are  five  declensions ;  called  the  First, 
Second,  Third,  Fourth,  and  Fifth,  distinguished  by  the 
termination  of  the  Genitive  Singular. 

The  first  declension  has  the  genitive  singular  in  ae. 

The  second  "  "  "  in  i. 

The  third  "  "  "  mis. 

The  fourth  "  "  "  in  us. 

The  fifth  "  "  "  in  ei. 


12  LATIN    LESSONS. 

LESSON    III. 

[Review  Lessons  I.  and  II.] 

GENERAL  RULES  FOR  THE  DECLENSION  OF  NOUNS. 

1.  Nouns  of  the  neuter  gender  have  the  Nominative, 
Accusative)  and  Vocative  alike  in  both  numbers ;  and 

in  the  plural  these  cases  end  always  in  a. 

2.  The  Vocative,  for  the  most  part  in  the  singular, 
and  always  in  the  plural,  is  like  the  Nominative. 

3.  The  Dative  and  Ablative  plural  end  always  alike. 

THE    FIRST    DECLENSION. 

The  first  declension  has  four  terminations  in  the 
Nominative;  two  feminine,  a,  and  e;  two  masculine, 
OS)  and  es* 

TERMINATIONS. 

Singular.  Plural. 


Norn.  — a, 
Gen.  — se, 
Dat.  —  ae, 
Ace.  —  am, 
Voc.  —  a, 
Abl.  —a. 


Norn.  —  as, 
Gen.  — arum, 
Dat.  —  is, 
Ace.  —  as, 
Voc.  —  ae, 
Abl.  —is. 


*  Noun*  in  e,  as,  and  es,  being  less  common,  are  omitted  here 
See  Gr.  p.  14. 


FIRST   DECLENSION. 


13 


)en;  Fern. 
Plural 
N.    penn-ae, 
G.    perm-arum, 
D.    penn-is,  to 
Ac.  perm-as, 
V.    perm-as, 
Ab.  penn-is,  in, 

pens, 
of  pens. 
or  for  pens, 
pens. 
O  pens, 
with,  from, 
or  by  pens. 

Singular. 

N.    penn-a,  a  pen. 

G,    penn-ae,  of  a  pen. 

D.    penn-ae,  to  or  for  a  pen. 
Ac.  penn-am,  a  pen. 

V.    penn-a,  O  pen. 

Ab.  penn-a,     in,  with,  from, 
or  by  a  pen. 


Some  nouns  have  abus,  instead  of  is,  in  the  Dative 
and  Ablative  plural,  to  distinguish  them  from  nouns  in 
the  second  declension  ;  namely,  Dea,  a  goddess;  Equa, 
a  mare;  Filia,  a  daughter;  Mula,  a  she  mule;  and 
Famiila,  a  female  slave. 

Dea,  a  goddess  ;  Fern. 
Singular.  Plural. 


N.    de-a, 
G.    de-ae, 
D.    de-ae, 
Ac.  de-am, 
V.    de-a, 
Ab.  de-a,  in, 

a  goddess, 
of  a  goddess, 
to  a  goddess, 
a  goddess. 
O  goddess. 
etc.,  a  goddess. 

N.    de-ae, 
G.    de-arum, 
D.    de-abus, 
Ac.  de-as, 
V.    de-ae, 
Ab.  de-abus, 

goddesses, 
of  goddesses, 
to  goddesses, 
goddesses. 
O  goddesses, 
in  goddesses. 

EXERCISE  ON  THE  FIRST  DECLENSION. 

1.  Write  the  termination  of  the  cases  in  both  numbers. 

2.  Give  the  Latin  for  —  Of  pens  —  With  pens  —  O  pen 
—  To  or  for  a  pen  —  A  pen,  in  accusative  —  Of  a  goddess  — 
O  goddesses  —  To  or  for  goddesses  —  Goddesses,  in  accu- 
sative—  With  or  by  a  goddess  —  Of  goddesses. 


14  LATIN    LESSONS. 

LATIN  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  ENGLISH. 

(NoTE.  Let  the  pupil  look  for  the  words  in  this  and  all  the  sue 
ceeding  lessons,  in  the  Vocabulary  at  the  back  part  of  the  book 
In  lessons  like  this,  where  the  words  have  no  agreement  or  govern 
ment,  let  him  tell  what  part  of  speech  they  are — of  what  declen 
sion,  gender,  number,  and  case.) 

Ripas  —  Insiilse  —  Famam  —  Pugnee  —  Injuriarum  — 
Memoriam  —  Prenas  —  Superbiae  —  Terrarum  —  Oris  — 
Sylvarum  —  Umbram  —  Pennam  —  Deabus  —  Penna  — 
Deae  —  Pennas  —  Filiabus  —  Pennarum. 

QUESTIONS.  What  English  word  is  derived  from  memoria  ?— 
from  fama  ? — from  injuria  ? — from  pana  ? — from  penna  ? 


LESSON    IV. 

(Review  Lessons  I,  II,  and  in  carefully.) 
THE  SECOND  DECLENSION. 
The  second  declension  has  seven  terminations  in  the 

Nominative  :  five  masculine, — er,  ir,  ur,  us,  and  os  ;  two 

neuter, — um  and  on* 

TERMINATIONS. 

Masculine.  Neuter. 


Singular.          Plural. 

Singular. 

Plural. 

N.  -er,  us,          N.  -i, 

N.  -um, 

N.-a, 

G.  -i,                   G.  -orum, 

G.  -i, 

G.  -orum, 

D.  -o,                 D.  -is, 

D.  -o, 

D.  -is, 

Ac.-um,             Ac.  -os, 

Ac.-um, 

Ac.  -  a, 

V.  -e,  or  like  )  y    _  . 

V.  -um, 

V.  -a, 

Nom.        )      '      lj 

Ab.-o, 

Ab.-is. 

Ab.-o,                  Ab.-is, 

*  Nouns  in  o*  and  on,  being  less  common,  are  omitted  here.— - 
See  Gr.  p.  18. 


THE     SECOND     DECLENSION. 


J5 


Puer,  a  boy;  Masc. 

Singular. 

Plural. 

N. 

puer, 

a 

boy. 

N. 

puer-i, 

boys. 

G. 

puer-i, 

of 

a 

boy. 

G. 

puer-orum, 

°f  boys. 

D. 

puer-o, 

to 

a 

boy. 

D. 

puer-is, 

to 

boys. 

Ac. 

puer-um, 

a 

boy, 

Ac. 

puer-os, 

boys. 

V. 

puer, 

O 

boy, 

V. 

puer-i, 

O 

boys. 

Ab. 

puer-o,      in, 

etc., 

a 

boy. 

Ab. 

puer-is,       in, 

etc., 

boys. 

NOTE.  Most  nouns  in  er,  lose  e,  in  the  oblique  cases;  as  ager, 
a%ri}  agro,  agrum,  etc. 

Dommus,  a  lord;  Masc. 


lords, 
of  lords, 
to  lords. 

lords. 
O  lords. 
Ab.  domin-o,  in,  etc.,  a  lord.  Ab.domm-is,  in,  etc.,  lords. 

*  REM.  Proper  names  in  ius,  lose  us  in  the  Vocative.  JDeus  has 
deus  ;  filius  ha.sfili ;  meus  has  meus  and  mi. 

Regnum,  a  kingdom;  Neut. 


Singular. 

Plural. 

N.    domm-us, 

a  lord. 

N.    domm-i, 

G.    domin-i, 

of  a  lord. 

G.    domm-orum, 

D.    domm-o, 

to  a  lord. 

D.    domin-is, 

Ac.  domm-um, 

a  lord. 

Ac.  domin-os, 

V.    domin-e,* 

O  lord. 

V.    domin-i, 

Singular. 

N.  regn-um,  a  kingdom. 
G.  regn-i,  of  a  kingdom. 
D.  regn-o,  to  a  kingdom. 
Ac.  regn-um,  a  kingdom, 


V.    regn-um, 
Ab.  regn-o, 


O  kingdom, 
in  a  kingdom. 


Plural. 

N.    regn-a,  kingdoms. 

G.  regn-orum,  of  kingdoms. 
D.  regn-is,  to  kingdoms. 
Ac.  regn-a,  kingdoms. 

V.  regn-a,  O  kingdoms. 
Ab.  regn-is,  in  kingdoms. 


EXERCISE  ON  THE  SECOND  DECLENSION. 

1  Write  the  terminations  of  the  cases  in  both  genders, 
and  for  both  numbers. 

2.  Give  the  Latin  for  —  Of  boys  —  With  the  boys  — 
0  boy  !  —  To  or  for  boys  —  Of  a  boy  —  Boys,  in  accusa- 


16  LATIN     LESSONS. 

tive  —  With  a  boy  —  O  boys  !  —  Of  kingdoms  —  In  the 
kingdom  — To,  or  for  the  kingdoms  —  Of  the  kingdom  — 
O  kingdoms!  —  To  the  lord  —  Of  the  lord  —  From  the 
lords  —  For  the  lords  —  O  lord  !  —  Lords,  in  accusative  — 
Of  the  lords. 

LATIN  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  ENGLISH. 

Puerorum  —  Turba  —  Morborum  —  Causas  —  Copia — 
Pabuli  —  Regnum  —  Persarum  —  Numerus  —  Armorum 

—  CollumCameli — Mulabus — Dommos —  Regna — Do- 
mini —  Regnis  —  Historia  —  Animus  —  Viris  —  Umbras 

—  Deo. 

QUESTIONS.  What  English  words  are  derived  frompuer  ? — from 
donttnus  ?  —  from  regnum  ?  —  from  causa  ?  —  from  copia  ?  — from 
nume'rus  ?  —  from  annus  ?  from  morbus  ? 


LESSON    V. 

[Review  Lessons  III  and  IV.] 

EXERCISE  ON  THE  FIRST  AND  SECOND  DECLENSIONS. 
Rules  of  Syntax. 

RULE.  I.  One  substantive  governs  another  in  the  geni- 
tive, where  the  latter  substantive  limits  the  signification 
of  the  former. 

RULE  II.  A  verb  agrees  with  its  nominative,  in  number 
and  person. 

RULE  III.  Any  verb  may  have  the  same  case  after  it 
as  before  it,  when  both  words  refer  to  the  same  thing. 

NOTE.  The  third  person  singular  and  plural  of  the  verb  sum — 
viz  :  estj  sunt — will  be  used  in  the  exercises  which  follow.  In  pars- 
ing them,  it  is  only  necessary,  for  the  present,  to  say,  est  is  a  verb, 
third  person  singular,  and  agrees  with  its  nominative.  Sunt  is  a 
verb,  third  person  plural,  and  agrees  with  its  nominative. 


THE    ADJECTIVE.  17 

LATIN  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  ENGLISH. 

Italia  est  peninsula.  Ara  dei. 

Vita  est  umbra.  Dommus  terras. 

Nymphae  sunt  feminae.  Viri  sunt. 

Historia  est  vita  memorise. 

Deus  est  animus  mundi. 

ENGLISH  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  LATIN. 

Italy  is  a  peninsula  —  The  altar  of  God  —  Life  is  a 
shadow  —  Men  are  —  Nymphs  are  females  —  The  Lord 
of  the  earth  —  God  is  the  soul  of  the  world  —  History  is 
the  life  of  memory. 

QUESTIONS.  What  English  words  are  derived  from  Italia? 
peninsula?  —  from  vita?  —  from  terra?  —  from  musa? —  from 
mundus ? 


LESSON    VI. 

(Review  Lessons  IV.  and  V.) 
THE  ADJECTIVE. 

An  ADJECTIVE  is  a  word  added  to  a  noun  to  express 
its  quality,  or  to  limit  its  signification  ;  as?  Vir  bonus, 
a  good  man;  decem  naves,  ten  ships. 

To  the  Adjective  belong  Gender,  Number,  and  Case. 

The  terminations  of  adjectives  of  three  endings  cor- 
respond to  the  nouns  of  ihe  first  and  second  declensions. 

Those  having  one  or  two  endings  correspond  to  nouns 
of  the  third  declension. 


18 


LATIN    LESSONS. 


Adjectives  of  the  first  and  second  declensions  are 
declined  as  follows : 


Bonus,  bona,  bonum;  good. 


Singular. 


M. 

F. 

N. 

N.  bon-us, 

a, 

um. 

G.  bon-i, 

ae, 

i. 

D.   bon-o, 

ae, 

0. 

Ac.  bon-um, 

am, 

um. 

V.   bon-e, 

a. 

um. 

Ab.  bon-o, 

a, 

0. 

Plural. 

M.  F.  N. 

N.   bon-i  ae,  a. 

G.   bon-orum,  aruni,  orum 

D.    bon-is          is,  is. 

A.  bon-os          as,  a. 

V.    bon-i  ae,  a. 

Ab.  bon-is,         is,  is. 


Tener,  tenera,  tenerum;  tender. 
Singular.  Plural. 


M.  F.  N. 

N.   tener,  a,  um. 

G.   tener-i  ae,  i. 

D.   tener-o  ae,  o. 

Ac.  tener-um,  am,  um. 

V.   tener,  a,  um. 

Ab.  tener-o,  a,  o. 


M.  F.  N. 

N.   tener-i  ae,  a. 
G.   tener-orum,  arum,  orum, 

D.   tener-is,  is,  is. 

Ac.  tener-os,  as,  a. 

V.   tener-i  89,  a, 

Ab.  lener-is,  is,  is, 


REM.  But  most  adjectives  in  er,  lose  e  from  the 
oblique  cases,  as  ater,  atra,  atrum;  G.  atri,  atra, 
atri,  &c. 

The  following  have  the  genitive  singular  m-ius,  and 
the  dative  m-i;  viz  :  alius,  alter,  neuter,  nullus,  solus, 
totus,  ullus,  unus,  uter,  uterque. 

NOTE.  Julius  lias  the  neuter  aliud.  The  genitive  allus,  con- 
tracted for  aliius,  has  the  penult  long  :  Other  genitives  in  ius  have 
the  penult  long  or  short 


THE    ADJECTIVE. 


19 


EXAMPLE. 

Totus,     tola,     totum ;   whole. 
Singular.  Plural. 


M." 

F. 

N. 

M. 

F. 

N. 

NT. 

totus, 

a, 

um. 

N. 

tot-i, 

fe, 

a. 

G. 

tot-ius, 

1US, 

1US. 

G. 

tot-orum, 

arum, 

orum- 

D. 

tot-i, 

i, 

i. 

D. 

tot-is, 

is, 

is. 

Ac. 

tot-um, 

am, 

um. 

Ac. 

tot-os, 

as, 

a. 

V: 

tot-e, 

a, 

um. 

V. 

tot-i, 

SB, 

a, 

Ab. 

tot-o, 

a, 

0. 

Ab. 

tot-is, 

is, 

is. 

EXERCISE. 

RULE.    IV.    An  adjective  agrees  with  its  noun   in 
gender,  number,  and  case;  as,  bonus  puer,  a  good  boy. 

LATIN  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  ENGLISH. 

Magnam  aulam. 
Tutum  locum. 
Speluncis  atris. 

Magistri  scholae  sunt  multi.     Ardua  saxa. 


Penna  est  bona. 
Dominus  est  bonus. 
Antrum  est  vastum. 


ENGLISH  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  LATIN. 

The  boy  is  good  —  The  place  is  safe  —  The  rock  is 
high — A  great  hall,  in  accusative — In  the  dark  caves. 

QUESTIONS.  What  English  words  are  derived  from  vastus?  — 

from   magnus  ?  —  from  magister  ?  —  from  schola  ?  —  from  arduus  ? 

NOTK.   Write  the  terminations  of  adjectives  of  the  first  and  second  Declensions. 


LESSON    VII. 

(Review  Lesson  VI.) 

THE   THIRD   DECLENSION. 

Nouns  of  the  third  declension  are  very  numerous  • 
they  are  of  all  genders,  and  have  their  genitive  in  is 


20 


LATIN     LESSONS. 


Sermo,  a  speech,  Masc. 


Singular. 
N.    sermo, 
G.    sermon-is 
D.    sermon-i, 
Ac.  sermon-em 
V.    sermo, 
Ab.  serm5n-e, 


a  speech, 
of  a  speech. 
to  a  speech. 

a  speech. 

O  speech. 
in  a  speech. 


Plural. 

N.  sermon-es,  speeches. 
G.  sermon-um,  'of  speeches. 
D.  sermon-ibus,  to  speeches. 
Ac.  sermon-es,  speeches. 
V.  sermon-es,  O  speeches. 
Ab.  sermon-ibus,  in  speeches. 


Color,  a  color,  Masc. 


Singular. 
N.    color,                     a  color. 
G.    color-is,           of  a  color. 
D.    color-i,  to  or  for  a  color. 
Ac.  color-em,              a  color. 
V.    color,                    O  color. 

Plural. 

£ 

N.    color-es,                  colors, 
G.    color-um,           of  colors. 
D.    color-  ibtis,  to  or  for  colors. 
Ac.  color-es,                  colors. 
V.    color-es,              O  colors. 

Ab.  color-e   in,  etc.,  a  color.   Ab.  color-ibus,  in,  etc.  colors 


Miles,  a  soldier,  Masc. 


Singular.                                       Plural. 

N.    miles,                a  soldier. 

N.    milit-es,               soldiers. 

G.    milit-is,         of  a  soldier. 

G.    rnilit-um,        of  soldiers. 

D.    milit-i,           to  a  soldier. 

D.    milit-ibus,       to  soldiers. 

A.    milit-em,           a  soldier. 

Ac.  milit-es,               soldiers. 

V.    miles,                O  soldier. 

V.    milit-es,           O  soldiers. 

Ab.  milit-e,  in  etc.,  a  soldier. 

Ab.  milit-ibus,       e'ra  soldiers. 

EXERCISE. 
RULE  V.    Prepositions  govern  the  accusative  and 


LATIN  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  ENGLISH. 


Sermo  est  cibus  animi. 
Arundo  est  rapidum  telum. 
Nemo  est  sine  culpa. 


Pomi  color. 
Ex  arboribus. 
Ab  rege. 


THIRD      DECLENSION. 


21 


ENGLISH  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  LATIN. 

Conversation  is  the  food  of  the  soul  —  Arrows  are  swift 
darts  —  The  color  of  the  apple  —  From  the  king  —  No 
one  is  without  fault. 

QUESTIONS.  What  English  words  are  derived  from  culpa  ? — from 
sermo  ? — from  arbor  ? — from  color  ? — from  rapidus  ? 


LESSON    VIII. 

( Review  Lesson  VII.) 

Rupes,  a  rock,  Fem. 


Singular.                                      Plural. 

N.    rupes,                    a  rock. 

N.   rup-es,                     rocks 

G.    rup-is.                of  a  rock. 

G.    rup-ium,              of  rocks. 

D.    rup-i,      to  or  for  a  rock. 

D.    rup-ibus,  to  or  for  rocks. 

Ac.  rup-em,                  a  rock. 

Ac.  rup-es,                      rocks. 

V.   rupes,                    O  rock. 

V.    rup-es,                 O  rocks 

Ab.rupe,        i?i,  etc.,  a  rock. 

Ab.rup-ibus,    in,  etc.,  rocks. 

Pars,  a  part,  Fem. 

Singular.                                       Plural. 

N.    pars,                      a  part. 

N.    part-es,                   parts. 

G.    part-is,              of  a  part. 

G.    part-ium,            of  parts. 

D.    part-i,     to  or  for  a  part. 

D.    part-ibus,  to  or  for  parts. 

Ac.  part-em,                 a  part. 

Ac.  part-es,                    parts. 

V.   pars,                      O  part. 

V.    part-es,                O  parts. 

Ab.part-e,     in,  etc.,  apart. 

Ab.  part-ibus,  in,  etc.,  parts. 

Veritas,  truth,  Fem. 

Singular.                                        Plural. 

N.    veritas,                   truth. 

N.    veritat-es,              truths. 

G.    veritat-is,            of  truth. 

G.    veritat-um,        of  truths. 

D.    veritat-i,              to  truth. 

D.    veritat-ibus,      to  truths. 

Ac.  veritat-em,              truth. 

Ac.  veritat-es,               truths. 

V.    veritas,                O  truth. 

V.    veritat-es,          O  truths. 

Ab.  veritat-e,  in,  etc.   truth. 

Ab.  veritat-ibus,     in  truths. 

LATIN  LESSONS. 


Parens,  a  parent^ 
Singular. 
N    parens,              a  parent. 
G.    parent-is,      of  a  parent. 
D.    parent-i,        to  a  parent. 
Ac.  parent-em,         a  parent. 
V.    parens,              O  parent. 
Ab.  parent-e,       in  a  parent. 

Common  Gender. 
Plural. 
N.    parent-es,            parents. 
G.    parent-um,     of  parents. 
D.    parent-ibus,     to  parents. 
Ac.  parent-es,             parents. 
V.    parent-es,        O  parents. 
Ab.  parent-ibus,    in  parents. 

EXERCISE. 


LATIN  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  ENGLISH. 


Cladeshostium  est  immensa. 
Ars  est  imitatio  naturae. 
Pietas  erga  parentes. 


Firmitas  materiae. 
Pars  castrorum. 
Magna  rupes. 


ENGLISH  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  LATIN. 

A  part  of  the  camp — There  is  an  immense  destruction 
of  the  enemy  —  The  firmness  of  the  material  —  Piety 
towards  parents — A  great  rock  — The  imitation  of  nature. 

QUESTIONS.  What  English  words  are  derived  from  ars? — from 
imitatio  ?  —  from  pittas  ? — from  firmitas  ?  —  from  parens  ? 


LESSON  IX. 

(Review  Lesson  VIII.) 

Iter,  a  journey,  Neuter. 


Singular. 


N.    iter, 
G.    itiner-is, 
D.    itiner-i, 
Ac.  iter, 
V.    iter, 
Ab.  itiner-e, 


a  journey, 
of  a  journey. 
to  a  journey. 

a  journey. 

O  journey. 
in  a  journey. 


Plural. 

N.    itiner-a,  journeys 

G.    itiner-um,  of  journeys. 

D.    itiner-ibus,  to  journeys. 

Ac.  itiner-a,  journeys 

V.    itiner-a,  O  journeys 

Ab.  itiner-ibus,  in  journeys 


THIRD    DECLENSION. 


23 


Flumen,  a  river,  Neuter. 


Singular. 

Plural. 

N. 

flumen, 

a 

river. 

N. 

flumin-a, 

rivers. 

G. 

flumm-is, 

of  a 

river. 

G. 

flumm-um, 

of  rivers. 

D. 

flumin-i, 

to  a 

river. 

D. 

flumin-ibus, 

to  rivers. 

Ac. 

flumen, 

a 

river. 

Ac. 

flumin-a, 

rivers. 

V. 

flumen, 

O 

river. 

V. 

flumin-a, 

O  rivers. 

Ab. 

flumm-e,  in  ,etc.  a 

river. 

Ab. 

flumin-ibus, 

in  rivers. 

Singular. 


Opus,  a  work,  Neuter. 


Plural. 


N.    Opus, 
G.    Oper-is, 
D.    Oper-i, 
Ac.  Opus, 
V.   Opus, 

a  work, 
of  a  work, 
to  a  work, 
a  work. 
O  work. 

_  __7. 

N.    Oper-a, 
G.    Oper-um, 
D.    Oper-ibus, 
Ac.  Oper-a, 
V.    Oper-a, 

works, 
of  works, 
to  works, 
works. 
O  works. 

Ab.  Oper-e,  in,  etc.,  a  work.   Ab.  Oper-ibus,  in,  etc.  works, 

Sedile,  a  seat,  Neuter. 

Singular.  Plural. 

sedil-ia, 


N.  sedile, 
G.  sedil-is, 
D.  sedil-i, 
Ac.  sedil-e, 
V.  sedil-e, 
Ab.  sedil-i, 


a  seat. 

of  a  seat. 

to  a  seat. 

a  seat. 

O  seat. 

in,  etc.,  a  seat. 


N.    sedil-ia,  seats. 

G.    sedil-ium,  of  seats. 

D.    sedil-ibus,  to  seats. 

Ac.  sedil-ia,  seats. 

V.    sedil-ia,  O  seats. 

Ab.  sedil-ibus,  in,  etc.,  seats» 


EXEKCISE. 


LATIN  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  ENGLISH. 


Iter  hominum  est  trans  flumen. 
In  mari  sunt  naves. 
Opera  Dei  sunt  miranda. 


Ante  tempus. 
Capitum  numerus. 
In  flumine. 


ENGLISH  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  LATIN. 

The  number  of  heads  —  The  ships  are  on  the  sea  — ID 
the  river  —  The  route  of  the  men  is  over  the  river  — 
Before  the  time  —  The  works  of  God  are  wonderful. 


24  LATIN  LESSONS. 

QUESTIONS.  What  English  words  are  derived  from  iter  ? — from 
navis  ?— - from  opus  ? — from  caput  ? 


LESSON   X. 

(Review  nouns  in  Lessons  VIII.  and  IX.) 

IRREGULAR  NOUNS  OF  THE  THIRD  DECLENSION. 

Vis,  force,  power,  Fern. 


N. 
G. 
D. 
Ac. 
V. 
Ab. 

Singular. 
vis, 
vis, 
(wanting.) 
vim, 
vis, 
vi,               in, 

force, 
of  force. 

N. 
G. 
D. 

Ac. 
V. 
Ab. 

Plural. 
vir-es,                    forces 
vir-ium,              of  forces 
vir-ibus,             to  forces 
vir-es,                     forces. 
vir-es,                  O  forces. 
vir-ibus     in,  etc.  forces. 

force. 
O  force. 
etc.  force. 

Bos,  an  ox  or  cow,  Com.  Gender. 


Singular. 

N.   bos, 
G.   bov-is, 
D.   bov-i, 
Ac.  bov-em, 
V.  bos, 


Plural. 


a  cow. 
of  a  cow. 
to  a  cow. 

a  cow. 

O  cow. 


Ab.bov-e,       in,  etc.,  a  cow. 
Jupiter. 

Singular. 
X.    Jupiter, 
G.   Jov-is, 
D.   Jov-i, 
Ac.  Jov-em, 
V.   Jupiter, 
Ab.  Jov-e. 


N.    bov-es, 
G.    bo-um, 
D.    bobus  or  bubus, 
Ac.  bov-es, 
V.    bov-es, 

cows, 
of  cows, 
to  cows, 
cows. 
O  cows. 

Ab.  bobus  or  bubus,   in  cows. 

Materfamilias,  a  mistress  of  a 
family ',  Fern. 
Singular. 
N.    materfamilias, 
G.    matr-isfamilias, 
D.    matr-ifamilias, 
Ac.  matr-emfamilias, 
V.    materfamilias, 
Ab.  matr-efamilias. 


IRREGULAR  NOUNS. 


DOUBLE  NOUN  —  Jusjurandum,*  an  oath,  Neut. 
Singular.  Plural. 


N.    Jusjurandum, 
G.   jurisjurandi, 
D.   jurijurando, 
Ac.  Jusjurandum. 
V.  Jusjurandum, 
Ab.jurejurando. 


jurajuranda, 


N. 
G. 
D. 

Ac.  jurajuranda, 
V.  jurajuranda, 
Ab. 


LESSON  XL 

(Review  Lesson  X.) 

FOURTH    DECLENSION. 
Nouns  of  the  fourth  declension  have  two  termina- 
tions :  -us,  usually  masculine  ;  and  -u,  neuter,  inde- 
clinable in  the  singular. 

Fructus,  fruit,  Masc. 


Singular. 

Plural. 

N.    fruct-us, 

fruit. 

N.    fruct-us,                fruits. 

G.    fruct-us, 

of  fruit. 

G.    fruct-uum,         of  fruits. 

D.    fruct-ui, 

to  fruit. 

D.    fruct-Ibus,          to  fruits. 

Ac.  fruct-um, 

fruit. 

Ac.  fruct-us,                 fruits. 

V.    fruct-us, 

O  fruit. 

V.   fruct-us,              O  fruits. 

Ab.fruct-u,       in, 

etc.  fruit. 

Ab.fruct-ibus,^,  etc.  fruits. 

Cornu,  a  horn,  Neut. 

Singular. 

Plural. 

N.    cornu, 

a  horn. 

N.    corn-ua,                  iiorns. 

G.    cornu, 

of  a  horn. 

G.    corn-uum,           of  horns. 

D.    cornu, 

to  a  horn. 

D.    corn-ibus,           to  horns. 

Ac.  cornu, 

a  horn. 

Ac.  corn-ua,                   horns. 

V.   cornu, 

O  horn. 

V.   corn-ua,               O  horns. 

Ab.  cornu,         in, 

etc.   horn. 

Ab.  corn-ibus,  in,  etc.  horns. 

*  Declined   like  jus  of  the  third  and  jurandum  of  the  second 
declension. 


LATIN    LESSONS. 


Domus,  a  house,  Fern. 
Singular.  Plural. 


N.    dom-us, 
G.    dom-us,  or  -i, 
D.    dom-ui,  or  -o, 
Ac.  dom-um, 
V.    dom-us, 
Ab.  dom-o, 


N.    dom-us, 

G.    dom-uum,  or  -orum, 

D.    dom-ibus, 

Ac.  dom-us,  or  -os, 

V.    dom-us, 

Ab.  dom-ibus. 


REM.  Domus  is  partly  of  the  fourth,  and  partly  of 
the  second  declension. 

EXERCISE. 

LATIN  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  ENGLISH. 


In   exitu    iter  vitae    est    in- 

certum. 

Fructus  laboris  est  gratus. 
Domus  est  ampla  et  pulchra. 


Cum  exercitu. 
Scalarum  gradus. 
Cornua  cervi. 
Adventu  navium. 


Ex  conspectu  Csesaris. 

ENGLISH  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  LATIN. 

The  horns  of  a  stag  —  The  fruit  of  labor  is  pleasing  — 
By  the  coming  of  the  ships  —  The  house  is  spacious  and 
beautiful  —  The  steps  of  the  ladders  —  The  journey  of 
life,  in  its  issue,  is  uncertain — With  the  army. 

QUESTIONS.  What  English  words  are"  derived  from  fructus?  — 
from  adventus?  —  from  gratus  ? — from  gradus  ? 


LESSON    XII. 

s  .  (Review  Lesson  XI') 

THE   FIFTH   DECLENSION. 

Nouns  of  the  fifth  declension  have  but  one  termina- 
tion, -esy  and  are  of  the  feminine  gender. 


FIFTH    DECLENSION. 


27 


Dies,  a  day>  Masc. 

Singular. 

Plural. 

dies, 

a  day. 

N.    di-es, 

days. 

di-ei, 

of  a  day. 

G.    di-erum, 

of  days. 

di-ei, 

to  a  day. 

D.    di-ebus, 

to  days. 

di-em, 

a  day. 

Ac.  di-es, 

days. 

di-es, 

O  day. 

V.    di-es, 

O  days' 

di-e,             in, 

etc.    day. 

&b.  di-ebus,      in, 

etc.  days. 

N. 
G. 
D. 

Ac. 
V. 

Ab. 

REM.  Diesis  masculine  and  feminine  in  the  singular, 
and  masculine  in  the  plural.  —  Meridies  is  masculine 
in  the  singular,  and  wants  the  plural. 

DOUBLE  NOUN.  Respublica,*  a  commonwealth,  Fern. 


Singular. 
N.    respublica. 
G.    rei'publicae. 
D.    rei'publicae. 
Ac.  rempublicam. 
V.    respublica. 
Ab.  republica. 


Plural. 

N.    respublicae. 
G.    rerumpublicarum. 
D.    rebuspublicis. 
Ac.  respublicas. 
V.    respublicae. 
Ab.  rebuspublicis 


EXERCISE. 

LATIN  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  ENGLISH. 

Fides  sine  operibus  est  vana.          Spes  salutis. 
Spes  in  rebus  est  robur  animi.          Series  rerum. 
Nunc  sunt  dies  magnarum  rerum.     Speciem  amicitiae. 

ENGLISH  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  LATIN. 

An  appearance  of  friendship  —  Now  are  the  days  of 
great  things  —  The  hope  of  safety  —  Faith  without  works 
is  vain  —  A  series  of  affairs  —  Hope  in  affairs  is  the 
strength  of  the  soul. 

*  Declined  like  res,  of  the  fifth  declension,  and  pubttca,  of  the 
first. 


28 


LATIN    LESSONS. 


QUESTIONS.   From  what  Latin  word  is  day  derived ? — republic? 
— -  series  ?  — faith  ? 

LESSON   XIII. 

Write  tables  of  the  terminations  for  all  the  declen- 
sions, and  for  adjectives  of  the  first  and  second  de- 
clensions. 


LESSON  XIV. 

ADJECTIVES  OF  THE  THIRD  DECLENSION. 
EXAMPLES  OF   ONE  TERMINATION. 

Felix,  happy. 


Singulrr. 

Masc.      Fern.  Nent. 

N.    fel-ix,      ix,  ix. 

G.    fel-icis,    icis,  icis. 

D.    fel-ici,      ici,  ici. 

Ac.  fel-icem,  icem,  ix. 

V.    fel-ix,       ix,  ix. 
Ab.  fel-ice,  or  Ici,  &c. 


Plural. 

Masc.        Fern.   Neut. 
N.    fel-ices,      ices,     icia. 
G.    fel-icium,   icium,  icium. 
D.    fel-icibus,  icibus,  icibus. 
Ac.  fel-ices,      ices,     icia. 
V.    fel-ices,      ices,     icia. 
Ab,  fel-icibus,  icibus,  icibus. 


Prudens,  prudent. 


Singular. 

Masc.  Fern.  Neut. 

N.    prud-ens,        ens,  ens. 
G.    prudent-is,      is,      is. 
D.    prudent-i,        i,        i. 
Ac.  prudent-em,    em,    ens, 
V.    prud-ens,         ens,   ens. 
Ab  prudent-e,  or-i,  etc. 


Plural. 
Masc. 


Fem.  Neut. 


N.    prudent-es,     es,     ia. 
G.     prudent-ium,  ium,  ium. 
D.    prudent-ibus,  ibus,ibus. 
Ac.  prudent-es,     es,     ia. 
V.    prudent-es,      es,     ia. 
Ab.  prudent- ibus,  ibusjbus. 


THE   ADJECTIVE.  29 

EXERCISE. 

RULE  VI.  A  noun  added  to  another  to  express  a 
property  or  quality  belonging  to  it,  is  put  in  the  geni- 
tive or  ablative. 

LATIN  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO   ENGLISH. 

Sapientes  pueri  sunt  felices.  Furentibus  Austris. 

Felix  est  homo  morum  rectorum.     Praesentem  mortem. 
Prudentes  fernmas  sunt  modestae.    Audax  homo. 

ENGLISH  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  LATIN. 

A  bold  man  —  Prudent  females  are  modest  —  In  the 
raging  South  winds  —  Instant  death,  in  accusative  —  The 
man  of  upright  habits  is  happy  —  Wise  boys  are  happy. 

QUESTIONS.  From  what  Latin  words  are  the  following  derived  ? 
—Sapient  ? — audacious  ?  — present  ?  —  modest  ? — prudent  ? 


LESSON  XV. 

(Review  Lesson  XIV.) 
EXAMPLE  OF  TWO  TERMINATIONS. 


Mitis,  meek. 

Singular. 

Plural. 

Masc.           Fern. 

Neut. 

Masc.       Fern. 

N.    mit-is,        is, 

e. 

N.    mit-es,       es, 

G.    mit-is,        is, 

is. 

G.    mit-ium,   ium, 

D.    mit-i,          i, 

i. 

D.    mit-ibus,  ibus, 

Ac.  mit-em,      em, 

e. 

Ac.  mit-es,       es, 

V.    mit-is,         is, 

e. 

V.    mit-es,       es, 

Ab.  mit-i,         i, 

i. 

Ab.  mit-ibus,   ibus, 

Neut. 

ia. 

ium. 

ibus. 

ia. 

ia. 

ibus. 


30 


LATIN    LESSONS. 


EXAMPLE  OF  THREE  TERMINATIONS. 


Masc. 


Acer,  or  acris,  sharp. 
Fern.     Neut.  Masc. 


Fern.     Neut. 


acre. 

N. 

acr-es, 

es, 

ia. 

is. 

G. 

acr-ium, 

ium, 

ium. 

i. 

D. 

acr-ibus, 

ibus, 

ibus. 

e. 

Ac. 

acr-es, 

es, 

ia. 

e. 

V. 

acr-es, 

es, 

ia. 

i. 

Ab. 

acr-ibus, 

ibus, 

ibus. 

•J^T   (  acer,  or 

'  I  acris,  acris, 

G.     acr-is,  is, 

D.     acr-i,  i, 

Ac.   acr-em,  em, 

V.     acer,  etc.  is, 

Ab.   acr-i,  i, 


EXERCISE. 

LATIN  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  ENGLISH. 

Mitis  puer  est  gratus  comes. 
Veritas  est  immortalis. 
Nobilis  vidua.     Rem  omnern. 
Pugnas  militum  sunt  acres. 

ENGLISH  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  LATIN. 

The  whole  affair,  in  accusative  —  The  battles  of  the 
soldiers  are  fierce  —  A  noble  widow  —  Truth  is  immortal 
—  A  mild  boy  is  a  pleasing  companion. 

QUESTIONS.  From  what  Latin  words  are  the  following  derived  ? 
Verity  ? — noble  ? — immortal  ? — widow  ? — acrid  ? 


LESSON    XVI. 

(Review  Lesson  XV.) 
NUMERAL  ADJECTIVES. 

Numeral  adjectives  are  such  as  signify  number.      In 
Latin  they  are  divided  into  four  classes. 

Cardinal,  which  express  number  simply ;  as,  one,  two, 
three,  etc. 


THE    NUMERAL    ADJECTIVES. 


31 


Ordinal,  denoting  which  of  the  number,  as  :  first, 
second,  third,  etc. 

Distributive  and  Multiplicative. 

Of  the  Cardinal^  the  first  three)  and  mille,  are  de- 
clinable, the  rest  are  indeclinable. 


*Duo,  two. 
Plural. 

Masc.         Fern.       Neut. 
N.    duo,          duae,        duo. 
G.    duorum,  duarum,  duorum. 
D.    duobus,  duabus,   duobus. 
Ac.  duos,  -o,  duas,        duo. 
V.    duo,         duae,        duo. 
Ab.  duobus,  duabus,    duobus. 

*  Unus,  one,  has  been  given  under  bonus . 


Tres,  three. 

Plural. 

Masc.     Fern.     Neut. 
N.    tres,       tres,      tria. 
G.    trium,   trium,  trium. 
D.    tribus,  tribus,  tribus. 
Ac.  tres,       tres,      tria. 
V.    tres,      tres,      tria. 
Ab.  tribus,  tribus,  tribus. 

ambo,  both)  declined  like  duo. 


EXERCISE. 

LATIN  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  ENGLISH. 


Una  domus  est  in   luco 
Sunt  duo  magistri  in  schola. 
In  campo  sunt  tres  equites. 


Umus  viri  prudentia. 
Inter  duas  acies. 
Tres  cervos. 


ENGLISH  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  LATIN. 

The  wisdom  of  one  man  —  There  is  one  house  in  the 
grove  —  Between  two  armies,  in  the  accusative  —  Three 
horsemen  are  in  the  plain — Three  stags,  in  accusative  — 
Two  masters  are  in  the  school. 

QUESTIONS.  From  what  Latin  are  the  following  English  words 
derived  ?  —  one  ?  — two  ?  — three  ? — prudence  ? 


32  LATIN   LESSONS 

The  Ordinal  numbers,  formed  from  the  Cardinal, 
all  end  in  -us,  and  are  declined  like  bonus ,  as  :  primus , 
secundus,  tertius,  quartus,  quintus,  etc. 


LESSON  XVII. 

(Review  Lesson  XVI ) 

COMPARISON  OF  ADJECTIVES. 

Adjectives  have  three  degrees  of  comparison  ;  the 
Positive,  Comparative,  and  Superlative ;  as  :  latus, 
broad;  latior,  broader;  latissimus,  broadest. 

The  Comparative  is  formed  from  any  case  of  the 
Positive  ending  in  -i,  by  adding  -or,  for  the  Masc.  and 
Fern.;  and  -us,  for  the  Neuter. 

The  Superlative  is  formed  from  any  case  of  the 
Positive  ending  in  -i,  by  changing  -i  into  -issimus ; 

EXAMPLES. 
Positive.  Comparative.  Superlative. 

M.  F.        N. 
N.    dur-us,     -a,     -um. 
G.    dur-i,       -SB,    -i,       dur-ior,  dur-ius,       dur-issimus. 

N.  mit-is,  -is,  -e. 
G.  mit-is,  -is,  -is. 
D.  mit-i,  -i,  -i.  miti-or,  miti-us,  mit-isslmus. 

In  like  manner  compare,  latus,  broad;  carus,  dear; 
brevis,  short;  dulcis,  sweet;  grandis,  great. 

But  if  the  Positive  end  in  -er,  the  Superlative  is 
formed  by  adding  -rimus  to  the  Nom.  Sing.  Masc.  as-: 
tener,  -a^-urn;  Superlative,  tener-rimus. 


COMPARISON  OF  ADJECTIVES. 


33 


Fern. 

Neut. 

miti-or, 

miti-us. 

miti-oris, 

miti-oris. 

miti-ori, 

miti-ori. 

miti-orem, 

miti-us. 

miti-or, 

miti-us. 

All  Comparatives  are  thus  declined  : 
Mitior,  Mitius,  milder. 
Singular. 

Masc. 

N.   miti-or, 

G.    miti-oris, 

D.    miti-ori, 

Ac.  miti-orem, 

V.    miti-or, 

Ab.  miti-ore,  or  -ori,  etc. 

Plural. 

Masc. 

N.   miti-ores, 
G.    miti-orum, 
D.    miti-oribus, 
Ac.  miti-ores, 
V.    miti-ores, 
Ab.  miti-oribus, 

All  Superlatives  are  declined  like  bonus,  as  :  primus 
prima,  primum;  durissimus,  -a,  -um. 
ADDITIONAL  RULES. 

RULE  VII.  The  comparative  degree  governs  the 
Ablative,  when  quam,  "  than,"  is  omitted. 

RULE  VIII.  Partitives,  and  words  placed  parti- 
lively.  Comparatives,  Superlatives,  Interrogatives,  and 
some  Numerals,  govern  the  genitive  plural. 

EXERCISE. 

LATIN  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  ENGLISH. 

Agnus  est  mitior  leone.     Hommem  stultiorem. 
Eloquentia  Ciceronis  est  dulcior  melle. 
Homerus  poetarum  est  clarissimus. 
Frigidissimus  ventorum  est  Aquilo 


Fern, 
miti-ores, 
miti-orum, 
miti-oribus, 
miti-ores, 
miti-ores, 
miti-oribus, 


Neut. 

miti-ora. 

miti-orum. 

miti-oribus, 

miti-ora. 

miti-ora. 

miti-oribus. 


34  LA  TIN    LESSONS. 

ENGLISH  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  LATIN. 

A  more  foolish  man,  in  accusative — Homer  is  the  most 
renowned  of  the  Poets  —  The  eloquence  of  Cicero  is 
sweeter  than  honey — Aquilo  is  the  coldest  of  the  winds — 
A  lamb  is  more  mild  than  a  lion. 

QUESTIONS.  From  what  Latin  are  the  following  English  words 
derived  ?  — frigid  ?  —  eloquence  ?  —poet  ?  —  lion  ?  —  dulcet  ? 


LESSON    XVIII. 

(Review  Lesson  XVII.) 

Irregular  and  defective  Comparison. 
Positive.  Comp.      Superl. 

Bonus,  melior,  optimus.  Good,  letter,     best. 

Magnus,  major,  maximus.  Great,  greater,  greatest. 

Malus,  pejor,  pessimus.  Bad,  ivorse,      worst. 

Multus,  plus,  n.  plurimus.  Much,  more,      most. 

Parvus,  minor,  minimus,  Little,  less,        least. 

The  following  form  the  Superlative  in  -limus  : 

Facilis,  easy,  facilior,  facillimus. 

Imbecilis,  weak,  imbecilior,  imbecillimus. 

Humilis,  low,  humilior,  humillimus. 

Similis,  similar,  similior,  simillimus. 

The  following  have  the  Comparative  regular,   the 
Superlative  irregular  : 

Exter,  outward,  exterior,  extremus,  or  extimus. 

Inferus,  low,  inferior,  inf  irnus,  or  imus. 

Interus,  inward,  interior,  intimus. 

Maturus,  ripe,  maturior,  maturimus,  or  maturissimus 

Posterus,  behind,  posterior,  postremus,  or  postumus. 

Superus,  high,  superior,  supremus,  or  summus. 


COMPARISON    OF     ADJECTIVES.  35 

The  following  want  the  Positive. 

Prior,  former,  primus.  Propior,  nearer •,  proximus. 

OcioF,  swifter,  ocissimus.         Ulterior,  farther,  ultimus. 

The  following  want  the  Comparative. 

Novus,  new,  novissimus. 

Nuperus,  late,  nupemmus. 

Inclytus,  renoivned,  inclitissimus. 

Sacer,  sacred,  sacerrimus. 

The  following  want  the  Superlative. 


Adolescens, 
Diuturnus, 
Ingens, 
Juvenis, 
Pronus, 
Senex, 
Opimus, 

young, 
lasting, 
huge, 
young, 
bending, 
old, 
rick, 

adolescentior. 
diuturnior. 
ingentior. 
juvenior,  junior, 
pronior. 
senior, 
opimior. 

EXERCISE. 

LATIN  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  ENGLISH. 

Nihil  est  melius  amico  hono.  Pejore  loco. 

Ad  dignitatem  via  facillima  est.  Imo  pectore. 
TJltimus  dies  vitas  proximus  est.  Ex  loco  superiore. 

Oratorum  primus  Cicero  est. 

Mus  est  quadrupedum  minimus. 

ENGLISH  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  LATIN. 

In  a  worse  place  —  Cicero  is  the  first  of  Orators  —  The 
path  to  dignity  is  most  easy  —  From  the  higher  place  — 
The  last  day  of  life  is  very  near  —  The  mouse  is  the 
smallest  of  quadrupeds  —  In  the  hottom  of  the  hreast. 

QUESTIONS.  From  what  Latin  are  the  following  English  words 
derived  ?  — prone  ?  — juvenile  ?  —  imbecile  ? —  humble  ?  —  similar  ?— 
mature  ?  —  interior  ?  —  inferior  ?  —  quadruped  ?  —  superior  ? 


36  LATIN  LESSONS, 

LESSON    XIX. 

(Review  Lesson  XVIII.) 
PRONOUNS. 

A  Pronoun  is  a  word  used  instead  of  a  noun. 

There  are  eighteen  simple  pronouns,  namely :  ego, 
tu,  sui;  ille,  ipse,  iste,  hie,  is,  quis,  qui;  meus,  tuus, 
suus,  noster,  vester;  nostras,  vestras,  and  cujas. 

Ego,  tu,  and  sui,  are  personal ;  all  the  rest  are 
adjective  pronouns. 

PERSONAL  PRONOUNS. 

Ego,  /,  First  Person,  Masc.  or  Fem. 
Singular.  Plural. 


N.    ego,  I. 

G.    mei,  of  me. 

D.    mini,  to  me. 

Ac.  me,  me.    . 

V. '  

Ab.  me,  in,  etc.,  me. 


N.    nos,  We. 

G.    nostrum,  or  nostri,  of  us. 
D.    nobis,  torn  for  us. 

Ac.  nos,  us. 

V. 

Ab.  nobis,  in,  etc.,  us. 


Tu,  thou,  Second  Person,  Masc.  or  Fem. 

Singular.                                       Plural. 

N.    tu, 

thou,  or  you. 

N.   vos, 

ye,  or  you. 

G.    tui, 

of  thee,  or  of  you. 

G.    vestrum 

orvestriiofyou. 

D.    tibi, 

to  thee,  or  to  you. 

D.    vobis, 

to,  or  for  you. 

Ac.  te, 

thee,  or  you. 

Ac.  vos, 

you. 

V.    tu, 

O  thou,  or  O  you. 

_  L  _               J   7_    -   - 

V.    vos, 

O  ye,  or  O  you. 

in,  etc.,  you. 


ADJECTIVE    PRONOUNS. 


37 


Sui,  of  himsdf.  of  herself,  of  itself,  Masc.,  Fern,  and  Neut. 

Plural. 


Singular. 


G.    sui,  of  himself,  etc.    G.    sui,  of  themselves. 

D.    sibi,  to,  orf  or  himself,  etc.  \  D.    sibi,  to,  or  for  themselves. 


Ac.  se, 
y 

Ab.  se, 


himself,  etc. 


Ac.  i 
V. 


in,  with,   etc,,  '  Ab.  se, 
himself,  etc. 


themselves. 

in,  with,  etc., 
themselves. 


ADJECTIVE   PRONOUNS. 

Adjective  pronouns  are  of  several  kinds,  and  are 
declined  with  three  genders,  to  agree  with  their  nouns, 
like  adjectives. 

DEMONSTRATIVE  PRONOUNS. 
Hie,  haec,  hoc,  this;  Plural,  these. 


Singular. 

Plural. 

M. 

F. 

N. 

M. 

F. 

N. 

N. 

hie, 

haec, 

hoc. 

N. 

hi, 

hae, 

haec. 

G. 

hujus 

hujus, 

hujus. 

G. 

horum,  harum, 

horum. 

D. 

huic, 

huic, 

huic. 

D. 

his, 

his, 

his. 

Ac: 

hunc, 

hanc, 

hoc. 

Ac. 

hos, 

has, 

haec. 

V. 

hie, 

haec, 

hoc. 

V. 

w, 

hse, 

haec. 

Ab. 

hoc, 

hac, 

hoc. 

Ab. 

his, 

his, 

his. 

Ille,  ilia, 

illud,  that;  Plural, 

those. 

Singular. 

Plural. 

M. 

F. 

N. 

M. 

F. 

N. 

N. 

ille, 

ilia, 

illud. 

N. 

illi, 

illse, 

ilia. 

G. 

illius, 

illius, 

illius. 

G. 

illorum,  illarum,  illorum 

D. 

illi, 

illi, 

illi. 

D. 

ill  is, 

illis, 

illis. 

Ac. 

ilium, 

illam, 

illud. 

Ac. 

illos, 

illas, 

ilia. 

V. 

ille, 

ilia, 

illud. 

V. 

illi, 

illae, 

ilia. 

Ab. 

illo, 

ilia, 

illo. 

Ab. 

illis, 

illis, 

illis. 

3S 


LATIN    LESSONS. 


REM.  Hie  means  this,  and  refers  to  some  person  or  thing 
present :  Ille  means  that,  and  refers  to  a  person  or  thing  more 
distant.  When  two  persons  or  things  are  spoken  of  in  discourse. 
hie  refers  to  the  latter,  and  ille  to  the  former.  Without  a  sub 
stantive  both  are  used  as  pronouns  of  the  third  person,  and  mean 
he,  she,  it. 

Iste?  ista,  istudj  that,  is  declined  like  ille. 
Is,  ea,  id,  he,  she,  it,  that. 


Singular. 


M. 

F. 

N. 

N.   is, 

ea, 

id. 

G.    ejus, 

ejus, 

ejus. 

D.    ei, 

ei, 

ei. 

Ac.  eum, 

earn, 

id. 

Ab.  eo, 

ea, 

eo. 

Plural. 

M.          F.  N. 

N.    ii,  eae,  ea. 

G     eorum,    earum,  eorum 
D.    iis,  or  ei's,  etc. 

Ac.  eos,         eas,  ea. 


Ab.  iis,  or  ei's,  etc. 


Idem,  eadem    idem,  the  same. 


Singular. 

M. 

F. 

N.    idem, 
G.    ejusdem, 
D.    ei'dem, 
Ac,  eundem, 
V.    idem, 
Ab.  eodem, 

eadem, 
ejusdem, 
ei'dem, 
eandem, 
eadem, 
eadem, 

Plural. 

M. 

F. 

N. 

idem, 
ejusdem 
ei'dem 
idem 
idem, 
eodem. 


N. 

N.    iidem,  esedem,  eadem. 

G.    eorundem,  earundem,       eorundem. 

D.    eisdem,  o?*iisdem,  ei'sdem,  etc.,    ei'sdem,  etc. 
Ac.  eosdem,  easdem,  eadem. 

V.    iidem,  eaedem,  eadem. 

Ab.  eisdem,  or  iisdem,  eisdem,  etc.,  ei'sdem.  etc. 


ADJECTIVE    PRONOUNS. 


39 


EXERCISE. 

LATIN  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  ENGLISH. 


In  me  omnis  culpa  est. 
Illi     omnes  nocentes  sunt. 
Nullus  vestrum  est  innocens. 
Ille  terras  est  Dommus. 


Hasc  lux. 
Hanc  noctem. 
Illo  tempore. 
Ilium  juvenem. 


Discordia  est  pestis  hujus  urbis. 
Idem  homo  in  domo  est. 

NOTE.     The   teacher    should  question   on   the   derivation  of 
words,  etc. 


LESSON  XX. 

(Review  Lesson  XIX.) 

DEFINITE  PRONOUNS. 

Ipse,  ipsa.  ipsum,  he,  himself,  etc. 


Singular. 

Plural. 

M. 

F. 

N. 

M. 

F. 

N. 

N. 

ipse, 

ipsa, 

ipsum. 

N, 

ipsi, 

ipsae, 

ipsa. 

G. 

ipsius, 

ipsius, 

ipsius. 

G. 

ipsorum, 

arum, 

orum. 

D. 

ipsi, 

ipsi, 

ipsi. 

D. 

ipsis, 

ipsis, 

ipsis. 

Ac. 

ipsum, 

ipsam, 

ipsum. 

Ac. 

ipsos, 

ipsas, 

ipsa. 

yt 

v 

Ab. 

ipso, 

ipsa, 

ipso. 

V  . 

Ab. 

ipsis, 

ipsis, 

ipsis. 

RELATIVE  PRONOUNS. 

The  Relative  pronoun  relates  to  a  noun  or  pronoun^ 
going  before  it,  called  the  antecedent,  as  :  vir  qui,  the 
man  who;  femma  qua35  the  woman  who,  etc. 


40 


LATIN  LESSONS. 


Qui,  quae,  quod,  who,  which,  that. 


Singular. 

•  M. 

F. 

N. 

N.    qni. 

quae, 

quod. 

G.    cujus, 

cujus, 

cujus. 

D.    cui, 

cui, 

cui. 

Ac.  quern. 

quam, 

quod. 

V 

Ab.  quo 


qua 


Plural. 

M.  F. 

N.    qui,  quae, 

G.    quorum,          quarum, 
D.    queis,  or  quibus,  etc. 
Ac.  quos,  quas, 

Ab.  queis,  or  quibus,  etc. 


quo. 


N. 

quse. 
quorum. 

quse. 


INTERROGATIVE  PRONOUNS. 

Interrogative  pronouns  are  used  in  asking  a  question 
as  :  quis,  or  quisnaml  who  1  qui,  or  quinaml  which, 
or  what  1  quis  vir,  what  man  ?  qua  femma  ?  what 
woman  ? 

Quis,  quse,  quod,  or  quid,  who?  which?  what? 


Singular. 

M. 

F. 

N. 

N.    quis, 
G.    cujus, 
D.    cui, 
Ac.  quern, 
V 

quae, 
cujus, 
cui, 
quam, 

quod  or  quid, 
cujus. 
cui, 
quod,  or  quid. 

Ab.  quo. 


quo. 


INTERROGATIVE    PRONOUNS.  41 

Plural. 

N.    qni,  quas,  quae. 

G.    quorum,  quarum,  quorum. 

D.    queis,  or  quibus,  etc. 

Ac.  quos,  quas,  quae. 

v .   ~~~~~~*  •~~~— —~  - 

Ab.  queis,  or  quibus,  etc. 

INDEFINITE  PRONOUNS. 

Indefinite  pronouns  are  such  as  denote  persons  or 
things  indefinitely ',  and  are  compounds ;  as  : 

Aliquis,  all  qua,         .    aliquod,  or  aliquid;  some  one. 

Quisquam,        quaequam       quodquam. ;  any  one. 

Quicunque,       quaecunque,   quodcunque;"  whosoever 

Indefinites  are  declined  like  the  Interrogative. 

POSSESSIVE  PRONOUNS. 

Possessive  pronouns  are  derived  from  Personal  pro- 
nouns ;  as  follows : 

Meus,  -a,  -um,  my,  or  my  oivn,      from  ego. 

Tuus,  -a,  -um,  thy,  or  thy  own,         "    tu. 

Suus,  -a,  -um  his,  her,  its,  "    sui. 

Noster,  -tra,  -trum,  our  or  our  own,         "    nos. 

Vester,  -tra,  -trum,  your,  or  your  own,     "    vos. 

MeuSj  tuus,  and  suus^  are  declined  like  bonus ,  -a  -um. 
Noster  and  vester,  like  ater,  atra,  atrum. — Lesson  VI 

EXERCISE. 

LATIN  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  ENGLISH. 

Ille  ipse  est  bonus  magister.  Ipsi  fontes. 

Quis  vir  est  in  domo  ?  Quis  homo  ? 

Vir,  qui  est  in  porta.  Quae  dona  ? 

Tua  facta.    Tu  ipse.     Ipse  ego.  Nomen  tuum. 


42  LATIN   LESSONS. 

ENGLISH  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  LATIN. 

What  individual?  —  What  man? — What  fountain?  — 
He  himself  is  a  good  master — What  man  is  in  the  house? 
—I  myself— Thou  thyself— Thy  name— Thy  deeds— The 
man  who  is  in  the  gate. 


LESSON  XXL 

(Review  Lesson  XX  ) 

VERBS. 

A  VERB  is  a  word  which  expresses  an  action  or  slate. 

Verbs  are  of  two  kinds.  Transitive  and  Intransitive. 

A  Transitive  verb  expresses  an  act  done  by  one 
person  or  thing  to  another. 

An  Intransitive  verb  expresses  being,  or  a  state  of 
being,  or  an  action  confined  to  the  actor. 

Conjugation  of  the  irregular  intransitive  verb, 

SUM,  I  am. 

Pres.  Indie.  Present  Inftn.  Perf.  Indie. 

SUM,  ESSE,  Fui. 

INDICATIVE  MOOD. 

PRESENT  TENSE,  am. 

Sing.   1.  Sum,  lam. 

2.  Es,  Thau  art,  or  you  are. 

3.  Est,  He,  she,  or  it  is. 
Plur.   1 .   Sumus,  We  are. 

2.  Estis,  Ye,  or  you  are. 

3.  Sunt,  They  are. 


THE   VERB    SUM.  43 

IMPERFECT  TENSE,  was. 

Sing.  1.  Eram,  I  was. 

2.  Eras,  Thou  wert,  or  you  were. 

3.  Erat,  He,  she,  or  it  was. 
Plur.   1.  Eram  us,  We  were. 

2.  Eratis,  Ye,  or  you  were. 

3.  Erant,  They  were. 

PERFECT  TENSE,  have  been,  or  was. 

Sing.   1.  Fui,  I  have  been. 

2.  Fuisti,  Thou  hast  been. 

3.  Fuit,  He,  she,  or  it  has  been. 
Plur.   1.  Fuimus,  We  have  been. 

2.  Fuistis,  Ye,  or  you  have  been. 

3.  Fuemnt,  or  fuere,  They  have  been. 

PLUPERFECT  TENSE,  had  been. 

Sing.   1.  Fueram,  I  had  been, 

2.  Fueras,  Tkou  hadst  been. 

3.  Fuerat,  He,  she,  or  it  had  been. 
Plur.   1.  Fuerarnus,  We  had  been. 

2.  Fueratis,  Ye,  or  you  had  been. 

3.  Fuerant,  They  had  been. 

FUTURE  TENSE,  shall,  or  will  be. 

Sing.  1.  Ero,  I  shall  be. 

2.  Eris,  Thou  wilt  be. 

3.  Erit,  He,  she,  or  it  will  be. 
Plur.  1.  Erimus.  We  shall  be. 

2.  Eritis,  Ye,  or  you  will  be. 

3.  Erunt,  They  will  be. 

FUTURE  PERFECT,  shall  have  been. 

Sing.   1.  Fuero,  I  shall  have  been. 

2.  Fueris,  Thou  wilt  have  been. 

3.  Fuerit,  He,  she,  or  it  ivill  have  been. 
Plur.  1.  Fuerimus,  We  shall  have  been. 

2.  Fueritis,  Ye,  or  you  will  have  been. 

3.  Fuerint,  They  will  have  been. 


44  LATIN    LESSONS 

REM.  1.  All  the  Exercises  used,  thus  far,  have  been  given 
without  any  reference  to  the  collocation  of  the  words  ;  those  which 
follow  are  taken  from  good  classical  writers, 

REM.  2.  The  verb  Sum  is  often  compounded  with  prepositions, 
as:  Absum,  I  am  absent  $  Adsum,  /  am  present;  Desum,  /  am 
wanting;  Insum,  I  am  in;  Intersum,  /  am  between  ;  Subsum,  I  am 
near;  all  these  are  conjugated  like  Sum. 

EXERCISE. 

LATIN  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO   ENGLISH. 

Virgo  est  cum  matre.     Ego  eram.         Tempus  erit. 
Erant  loca  montana.       Id  est.  Mons  suberat. 

Meus  ille  caper  fuit.      Tu  fuisti.  Id  fuerat. 

Spes  omnis  in  te  est.     Cautus  erat.       Quis  tu  es  ? 
Nunquam  majore  in  periculo  civitas  fuit. 

ENGLISH  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  LATIN. 

I  was — It  is — The  time  shall  be — Who  art  thou?-— 
He  was  cautious — That  was  my  he-goat — The  mountain 
was  near — Thou  hast  been — All  hope  is  in  thee — It  had 
been — The  virgin  is  with  her  mother — The  State  was 
never  in  greater  danger. 


LESSON  XXII. 

(Review  Lesson  XXI.) 

SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD. 

PRESENT  TENSE,  may,  or  can. 

Sing.   1.  Sim,  I  may,  or  can  be. 

2.  Sis,  Thou  mayst,  or  canst  "be. 

3.  Sit,  He,  etc.,  may  or  can  be. 
Plur.   1.  Simus,  We  may,  or  can  be. 

2.  Sitis,  Ye  may,  or  can  be. 

3.  Sint,  They  may,  or  can  be. 


VERB   SUM.  45 

IMPERFECT,  might,  could,  would,  or  should 

Sing.   1.  Essem,  I  might,  could,  etc.  be. 

2.  Esses,  Thou  might st,  etc.   be. 

3.  Esset,  He  might,  etc.  be. 
Plur.  1.  Essemus,  We  might,  etc.  be. 

2.  Essetis,  Ye  might,  etc.   be. 

3.  Essent,  They  might,  etc.   be. 

PERFECT,  may  have. 


Sing.   1.  Fuerim, 

I  may  have  been. 

2.  Fueris, 

Thou  mayst  have  been. 

3.  Fuerit, 

He,  etc.,  may  have  been. 

Plur.   1.  Fuerimus, 

We  may  have  been. 

2.  Fuentis, 

Ye  may  have  been. 

3.  Fuerint, 

They  may  have  been. 

PLUPERFECT,  might, 

could,  would,  or  should  have. 

Sing.  1.  Fuissem, 

I  might,  etc,  have  been. 

2.  Fuisses, 

Thou  mightst,  etc.  have  been. 

3.  Fuisset, 

He  might,  etc.  have  been. 

Plur.  1.  Fuissemus, 

We  might,  etc.   have  been. 

2.  Fuissetis, 

Ye  might,  etc.   have  been. 

3.  Fuissent, 

They  might,  etc.,  have  been. 

EXERCISE. 

LATIN  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  ENGLISH. 

Sit  *  mens  sana  in  corpore  sano.          Sylvae  sint. 
Benigni  simus  adversus  inimicos.          Sit  iter. 
Multi  feliciores  essent,  si  boni  semper  fuissent. 
Bonis  nunquam  deerunt  amici. 

ENGLISH  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  LATIN 

The  journey  may  be — Let  us  be  kind  towards  enemies 
— Friends  shall  never  be  wanting  to  the  good — May 
there  be  a  sound  mind  in  a  sound  body  —  Many  would 
be  more  happy,  if  they  had  always  been  good. 

*Sit,  may,  or  let  there  be,  etc. 


46  LATIN    LESSONS. 

QUESTIONS.  What  English  word  is  derived  from  benignusl — 
from  sanus  ?  —  from  sylva  ?  —  from  adversus  ? 


LESSON    XXIII. 

(Review  Lesson  XXII.) 

IMPERATIVE  MOOD. 

Sing.  2.  Es,  or  Esto,  Be  thou. 

3.  Esto,  Let  him  be. 

Plur.  2.  Este,  or  Estote,  Be  ye,  or  be  you. 

3.  Sunto,  Let  them  be. 

INFINITIVE  MOOD. 

PRES.       Esse,  To  be. 

PERF.       Fuisse,  To  have  been. 

FUT.         Esse,  futurus,  -a,  -um,  To  be  about  to  be. 

F.  PERF.  Fuisse  futurus,  -a,  -um,  To  have  been  about  to  be. 

PARTICIPLE. 
FUTURE.  Futurus,  -a,  -um,  About  to  be. 

EXERCISE. 

LATIN  TO  JBE  TURNED  INTO  ENGLISH. 

Estote  igitur  prudentes  ut  serpentes. 

Es  industrius,  puer ;  nam  vita  est  brevissima. 

Mens  hominis  est  nescia  sortis  futurse. 

In  schola,  discipuli,  diligentes  estote. 

Qii38  futura  sint,  ignota  sunt. 

ENGLISH  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  LATIN. 

O  pupils!  be  diligent  in  school — Be  ye  therefore  wise 
as  serpents — Those  things  which  are  about  to  be,  are 
unknown — The  mind  of  man  is  ignorant  of  his  future 
lot — Be  industrious  O  boy!  for  life  is  very  short. 


VERB    SUM, 


47 


QUESTIONS.  From  what  Latin  are  the  following  English  words 
derived  ?  —  industrious  ?  — mind  ?  — future  ? — disciple  ?  —  diligent  ? 
unknown? 

SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  MOODS  AND  TENSES. 


Pres. 
Imp. 
Perf. 
Plup. 
Put. 
F.  Perf. 

Indicative. 

Sub  junc. 

Imperat. 

Infinitive. 

Participle. 

sum. 
eram. 
fui. 
fueram. 
ero. 
fuero. 

sim. 
essem. 
fueriin. 
fuissem 

es.  or 
esto. 

esse. 

fuisse. 
esse  futurus. 
fuisse  futurus. 

fu  tarns. 

Give  the  signs  of  all  the  tenses,  and  in  all   the 
moods,  as  :  Pres.,  am;  Imperf.,  was,  etc. 


LESSON    XXIV. 


(Review  Lesson  XXIII.) 


CONJUGATION  OF  REGULAR  VERBS. 

1.  REGULAR  VERBS  are  those  in  which  the  secondary 
parts    are    formed   from    the   primary,   according   to 
certain  rules. 

2.  IRREGULAR  VERBS  are  those  in  which  some  of 
the  secondary  parts  are  not  formed  from  the  primary, 
according  to  rule. 

Of  regular  Verbs  in  Latin  there  are  four  Conjuga- 
tions, called  the  First,  Second,  Third,  and  Fourth 
Conjugations. 


48  LATIN    LESSONS. 

These  are  distinguished  from    each    oilier    by  the 
vowel  before  -RE,  in  the  Present  Infinitive  Active. 

The  FIRST  has  a  long*  before  -re  of  the  Infinitive. 
The  SECOND  has  e  long  before  -re  of  the  Infinitive. 
The  THIRD  has  e  short  before  -re  of  the  Infinitive. 
The  FOURTH  has  I  long  before  -re  of  the  Infinitive. 

PRIMARY     PARTS. 

The   Primary   Parts  of  the  verb,  from  which  all 
the  other  parts  of  the  verb  are  formed,  are  three;  viz  : 

The  Present  Tense  Indicative. 
The  Perfect  Tense  Indicative. 
The  Supine  in  -um. 

REM.  The  infinitive  present  is  given  in  the  Lexicons,  because  it 
contains  the  vowels  distinguishing  the  conjugations. 

NOTE.  Giving  these  parts  in  their  order  is  called  conjugating 
the  Verb;  thus, 

PRES.IND.    PRES.  INF.     PERF.IND.     IST  SUPINE. 

1st.  Conj.       Amo,  Amare,        Amavi,        Amatum 

2d.       "  Moneo,  Monere,      Monui,       Momtum. 

3d.       "  Rego,  Regere,       Rexi.  Rectum. 

4th.      "  Audio,  Audire,       Audlvi,        Auditum. 

REM.  The  manner  of  conjugating  each  verb  being  ascertained 

from  the  Dictionary,  the  other  tenses  may  be  found  by  the 
following  rules. 

*  Except  Dare  and  its  compounds,  which  have  S  short. 


F  O  R  ?vf  A  T  I  O  N    O  F    T  E  N  S  E  3  .  49 

FORMATION    OF    TENSES    IN    THE    ACTIVE    VOICE. 

1.  The  PRESENT  is  a  primary  tense  in  which,   by 
striking  off  o,  eo,  and  io,  we  have  the  First  root. 

From    the    First   Root,  are   formed  the  following 
parts,  viz  : 

Imperfect  Indicative.         Imperative  Mood. 
Future  Present  Infinitive. 

Present  Subjunctive.         Present  Participle. 
Imperfect  Gerunds. 

REM.  Verbs  in  io  of  the  third  conjugation  prefix  i  to  the  endings 
of  the  parts  formed  from  the  first  root,  as  in  the  fourth  conjuga- 
tion, except  in  the  imperfect  subjunctive. 

2.  THE  PERFECT  is  a  primary  tense^  in  which,   by 
striking  off  i^  we  have  the  Second  root. 

From   the  Second   Root  are  formed  the  following 
parts,  viz: 

Pluperfect  Indicative.        Perfect  Subjunctive. 
Fut.  Perfect.  Pluperfect        " 

Perfect  Infinitive. 

The  Future  Infinitive  is  compounded  of  the  Future 
Participle  active  with  esse  or  fuisse  of  the  verb  SUM. 

3.  The   FIRST    SUPINE   is  a  primary  part  of  the 
verb;  in  which,  by  striking  off  r/?,  we  have  the  Third 
Root. 

From    the    Third    Root,  are  formed   the  following 
parts  ?  viz  : 

Future  Active  Participle. 

The  Latter  Supine  is  Jike  the  Third  Root. 


LATIN     LESSONS 


FORMATION  OF  THE  TENSES  IN  THE    PASSIVE  VOICE. 

1 .  From  the  First  Root  are  formed  the  following  parts 


viz: 


Present  Subjunctive. 
Imperfect       " 


Present  Indicative, 
Imperfect      " 
Future 

Imperative  Mood. 
Present  Infinitive. 
Future  Participle  Passive. 

The  Perfect  Participle  is  formed  from  the  Third  Root. 
The  other  parts  are  compounds.     (See  Paradigms.) 


LESSON   XXV. 

(Review  Lesson  XXIV.) 

TERMINATIONS  OF  THE  ACTIVE  VOICE. 
INDICATIVE  MOOD. 

Present  Tense.     (Add  to  1st  Root.) 


SINGULAR. 
Persons. 

PLURAL. 
Persons. 

1. 

2. 

3. 

1. 

2. 

3. 

1.  -0, 

-as, 

-at. 

1. 

-amus, 

-atis, 

-ant. 

2.  -*eo, 

-es, 

-et. 

2. 

-emus, 

-etis, 

-ent. 

3.  -o, 

-is, 

-it. 

3. 

-imus, 

-Jhs, 

-unt. 

4.  -io, 

-is, 

-it. 

4. 

-imus, 

-itis, 

-iunt. 

Imperfect  Tense. 

1.  -abam,  -abas,    -abat. 

2.  -ebam,  -ebas,    -ebat. 

3.  -ebam,  -ebas,    -ebat. 

4.  -it't^m,  -iebas,  -iebut. 


(Add  to  1st  Root.) 

1.  -abamus,  -abatis,  -abant. 

2.  -ebamus,  -ebatis,  -ebant. 

3.  -ebamus,  •  ebatis,  -ebant. 

4.  -iebamus,  -iebatis,  -ieban.t. 


TERMINATIONS    OF    THE    ACTIVE    VOICE.       51 


1. 

2. 
3. 
4. 

-i, 
-i, 

Perfect  Tense. 
SINGULAR. 
-isti,      -it. 
-isti,      -it. 
-isti,      -it. 
-isti,      -it. 

[Add  to  2d  Root.) 
PLURAL. 
1.  -imus,  -istis,  -erunt,  or  -ere. 
2.  -imus,  -istis,  -erunt,  or  -ere. 
3.  -imus,  -istis,  -erunt,  or-ere. 
4.  -imus,  -istis,  -erunt,  or-ere. 

Pluperfect  Tense.     (Add  to  2d  Root.) 

1. 

-eram, 

-eras, 

-erat. 

1.  -eramus, 

-eratis, 

-erant. 

2. 

-eram, 

-eras, 

-erat. 

2.  -eramus, 

-eratis, 

-erant. 

3. 

-eram, 

-eras, 

-erat. 

3.  -eramus, 

-eratis, 

-erant. 

4. 

-eram, 

-eras, 

-erat. 

4.  -eramus, 

-eratis, 

-erant. 

Future 

Tense.     (Add  to  1st 

Root.) 

1. 

-abo, 

-abis, 

-abit. 

1.  -abimus, 

-abitis, 

-abunt. 

2. 

-ebo, 

-ebis, 

-ebit. 

2.  -ebimus, 

-ebitis, 

-ebunt. 

3. 

-am, 

-es, 

-et. 

3.  -emus, 

-etis, 

-ent. 

4. 

-iam, 

-ies, 

-iet. 

4.  -iemus, 

-ietis, 

-ient. 

Future  Perfect  Tense.     (Add  to 

2d  Root 

T 

1. 

-ero, 

-Sris, 

-erit. 

1.  -erimus, 

-eritis, 

-erunt. 

2. 

-ero, 

-eris, 

-erit. 

2.  -erimus, 

-eritis, 

-erunt. 

3. 

-ero, 

-eris, 

-erit. 

3.  -erimus, 

-eritis, 

-erunt. 

4. 

-ero, 

-eris, 

-erit. 

4.  -erimus, 

-eritis, 

-grunt. 

SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD. 

Present 

Tense.     (Add  to  1st 

Root.) 

1. 

-em, 

-es, 

-et. 

1.  -emus, 

-etis, 

-ent. 

2. 

-earn, 

-eas, 

-eat. 

2.  -earn  us, 

-eatis, 

-eant. 

3. 

-am, 

-as, 

-at. 

3.  -amus, 

-atis, 

-ant. 

4. 

-iam, 

-ias, 

-iat. 

4.  -iamus, 

-iatis, 

-iant. 

Imperfect  Tense.     (Add  to  1st  Root.) 

1. 

•arem, 

-ares, 

-aret. 

1.  -arernus. 

-aretis, 

-arent. 

2. 

-erem, 

-eres, 

-eret. 

2.  -eremus, 

-eretis, 

-erent. 

3. 

-erem, 

-eres, 

-eret, 

3.  -eremus, 

-eretis, 

-erent. 

4. 

-Irem, 

-ires, 

-Iret. 

4.  -iremus, 

-iretis, 

-Irent. 

LATIN     LESSONS. 


Perfect  Tense. 
SINGULAR. 

1.  -erim,       -eris,     -erit. 

2.  -erim,       -eris,     -erit. 

3.  -erim,       -eris,     -erit. 

4.  -erim,       -eris,     -erit. 


(Add  to  2d  Root.) 
PLURAL. 

1.  -erimus,     -eritis,  -erunt. 

2.  -erimus,     -eritis,  -erunt. 

3.  -erimus,     -eritis,  -erunt. 

4.  -erimus,     -eritis,  -erunt. 


Pluperfect  Tense.     (Add  to  2d  Root.) 


1.  -issem,  -isses,  -isset. 

2.  -issem,  -isses,  -isset. 

3.  -issem,  -isses,  -isset. 

4.  -issem,  -isses,  -isset. 


1.  -issemus,  -issetis,  -issent 

2.  -issemus,  -issetis,  -issent. 

3.  -issemus,  -issetis,  -issent. 

4.  -issemus,  -issetis,  -issent. 


Imperative  Mood.     (Add  to  1st  Root.) 


1.  — 

2.  — 
3 

4!  — 


-a,  or  -ato,  -ato. 

-e,  or  -eto,  -eto. 

-e,  or  -ito,  -ito. 

-i,  or  -Ito,  -ito. 


1. —  -ate,  or-atote,  -anto. 

2. —  -ete,  or-etote,  -ento. 

3.  —  -ite,  or-itote,  -unto. 

4.  —  -Ite,  or  -itote,  -iunto. 


INFINITIVE  MOOD.* 

Present.  (Add  to  1st  Root.)     Perfect.  (Add  to  2d  Root.) 
1.          2.         3.         4.  1.          2.          3.          4. 

•are,       -ere,     -ere,     -Ire.      -isse,     -isse,     -isse,     -isse. 
PARTICIPLES. 


Future.  (Add  to  3d  Root.) 
1.         2.         3.         4. 
-rus,     -rus,     -rus,     -rus. 


Present.  (Add  to  1st  Root.) 

1.         2.         3.         4. 
-ans,     -ens,   -ens,     -iens. 

GERUNDS.     (Add  to  1st.  Root.) 
No?n.         Gen.         Dot.         Ace. 

1.  -andum,     -andi,     -ando,     -andum, 

2.  -endum,     -endi,     -endo,     -endum, 

3.  -endum,     -endi,     -endo,     -endum, 

4.  -iendum,    -iendi,    -iendo,    -iendum, 

SUPINES.     (Add  to  3d  Root.) 
1.     2.     3.     4. 
Former,  m.    m.    m.    m. 


Ab. 
-ando. 
-endo. 
-endo. 
-iendo. 


Latter.  Same  as  third  Root. 


*  The  Future  Infinitive  is  made  up  of  the  Future  Active  Part,  and  the  Pres.  and 
Perf  Inf.  of  Sum. 


TERMINATIONS    OF  THE    PASSIVE    VOICE.     53 


LESSON  XXVI. 

(Review  Lesson  XXV) 

TERMINATIONS  OF  THE  PASSIVE  VOICE. 
INDICATIVE  MOOD. 

Present  Tense.     (Add  to  1st  Root.) 


1.  2.                    3. 

1.  -or,  -aris,  or  -are,  -atur. 

2.  -eor,  -eris,  or  -ere,  -etur. 

3.  -or,  -eris,  or  -ere,  -itur. 

4.  -ior,  -iris,  or  -ire,   -itur. 


1.  2.             3 

1.  -amur,  -amlni,  -antur. 

2.  -emur,  -emmi,  -entur. 
3-  -Imur,  -imini,  -untur. 
4.  -irnur,  -imini,  -iuntur. 


-abare,          -ebare, 
3.  -abatur,         -ebatur, 


1.  -abamur, 

2.  -abammi, 

3.  -abantur, 


-ebar,  -iebar. 

-ebaris,  or      -iebaris,  or 
-iebare. 
-iebatur. 


Imperfect  Tense.     (Add  to  1st  Root.) 

SINGULAR. 
1st  Conj.  2d  Conj.  3d  Conj.  kth  Conj. 

1.  -abar,  -ebar, 

2.  -abaris,  or     -ebaris,  or 

-ebare, 
-ebatur, 

PLURAL. 

-ebamur,  -ebamur,  -iebamur. 

-ebammi,          -ebamini,  -iebamini. 

-ebantur,          -ebantur,  -iebantur. 

Perfect  Tense. 

The  Perfect  is  a  compound  tense,  made  up  of  the 
Perfect  Participle  and  the  Present  and  Perfect  tenses 
Indie.  Mood  of  the  verb  SUM. 

The  Perfect  will  be  given  in  the  Paradigms  which  follow. 

Pluperfect  Tense. 

The  Pluperfect  is  a  compound  tense,  made  up 
of  the  Perfect  Participle^  and  the  Imperfect  and 
Pluperfect  Tenses  Indie.  Mood^  of  the  verb  SUM. 

The  Pluperfect  will  also  be  given  in  the  Paradigms  which  follow. 

NOTE.  The  teacher  should  labor  to  make  the  pupil  understand  the  Compound 
Passive  Voice 


LATIN     LESSONS. 


I 


Future.     (Add  to  1st  Root.) 
'  1st  Conj.  2d  Conj. 

1.  -abor,  -ebor, 

*2.  -aberis,  or      -eberis,  or 
-abere,  -ebere, 

-abitur,  -ebitur, 

^  (  1.  -abimur,  -ebimur, 
^  <  2.  -abimmi,  -ebimmi, 
^  (  3.  -abuntur,  -ebuntur, 

Future  Perfect. 

The  Future  Perfect  is  a  compound  tense  made  up  of  the 

Perfect  Participle  and  the  Future  Perfect  of  the  verb  SUM. 

The  Future  Perfect  will  be  given  in  the  Paradigms  which  follow. 

SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD. 
Present  Tense.     (Add  to  1st  Root.) 

1.  -er,  -eris,  or -ere,  -etur.  |1.  -emur,    -emini,    -entur. 

2.  -ear3-earis,or-eare,-eatur.  2.  -eamur.  -eamini,  -eantur. 


3d  Conj. 

4M  Conj. 

-ar, 

-iar. 

-eris,  or 

-ieris,  or 

-ere, 

-iere. 

-etur, 

-ietur. 

-emur, 

-iemur. 

-emini, 

-iemmi. 

-entur, 

-ientur. 

3.  -ar,   -aris,  or  -are 

,  -atur. 

3.  -amur,    -ammi, 

-antur. 

4.  -iar,  -iaris,or  -iare,  -iatur. 

4.  -iamur,  -iamini 

,  -iantur. 

Imperfect 

Tense. 

(Add 

to  1st  Root.) 

*:  (*st 

Conj.           2d  Conj. 

3d  Conj.         4 

-ih  Conj. 

^  \1. 

-arer, 

-erer, 

-erer, 

-irer. 

ttfc 

-areris,  or 

-ereris,  or 

-ereris, 

-ireris,  or 

•§   / 

-arere, 

-erere, 

-erere, 

-irere. 

v.3. 

-aretur, 

-eretur, 

-eretur, 

-iretur. 

*:  (l- 

-aremur, 

-eremur, 

-eremur, 

-iremur. 

M  <2. 

-aremmi, 

-eremini, 

-eremini, 

-iremmi. 

**  (3. 

-arentur, 

-erentur, 

-erentur, 

-irentur. 

Perfect  Tense. 

The  Perfect  is  a  compound  tense,  made  up  of  the  Per- 
fect Participle  and  the  Present  and  Perfect  Tenses,  Sub- 
junctive Mood,  of  the  verb  SUM. 

The  Perfect  will  be  given  in  the  Paradigms  which  follow. 

Pluperfect  Tense. 

The  Pluperfect  is  a  compound  tense,  made  up  of  the 
Perfect  Participle  and  the  Imperfect  and.  Pluperfect  tenses, 
Subjunctive  Mood,  of  the  verb  SUM. 


TERMINATIONS    OF    THE    PASSIVE    VOICE.    55 


IMPERATIVE  MOOD.     (Add  to  1st  Root.) 


1. 
2. 
3. 
4. 


•are,  or  -ator,  -ator. 

-ere,  or  -etor,  -etor. 

-ere,  or  -itor,  -itor. 

-Ire,  or  -itor,  -Itor. 


-amim,  -antur. 

-emmi,  -entor. 

-inuni,  -untor. 

-irnini,  -iuntor. 


INFINITIVE  MOOD. 

Present.     (Add  to  1st  Root.) 

1.  -ari : —     2.  -eri : —     3.  -i : —     4.  -iri. 

Perfect  Infinitive. 

The  Perfect  Infinitive  is  a  compound  tense,  made 
up  of  the  Perfect  Participle,    and   the  Present  and 
Perfect  Infinitive  of  the  verb  SUM. 
Future  Infinitive. 

The  Future  Infinitive  is  also  a  compound  tense 
made  up  of  the  Former  Supine  and  w  ;  the  Pres. 
Inf.  of  Eo. 

PARTICIPLES. 
Perfect.   (Add  to  3d  Root.)       Future.   (Add  to  1st  Root.) 

1.  -s.  1.  -andus. 

2.  -s.  2.  -endus. 

3.  -s.  3.  -endus. 

4.  -s.  4.  -iendus. 

REM.  Every  verb  in  the  indicative,  subjunctive,  or  imperative 
mood  has  its  subject  or  nominative  expressed  or  understood. 

The  nominative  of  the  first  person  singular  is  always  Ego— 
plural  nos  ; — of  the  second  person  singular,  always  tu, — plural 
vos;  and  of  the  third  person,  the  nominative,  whether  singular  or 
plural,  is  a  noun  or  pronoun,  etc.,  denoting  some  person  or  thing 
spoken  of. 

The  nominative  of  the  first  or  second  person  being  evident 
from  the  termination,  is  usually  understood.  In  the  following 
Paradigms,  the  nominative  to  be  supplied  in  the  third  person 
singular,  is  ille,  plural  illi. 


56  LATINLESSONS 

LESSON    XXVII. 

(  Review  Lesson  XXVI.) 

FIRST  CONJUGATION. 

ACTIVE  VOICE. 

Pres.  Ind.      Pres.  Inf.     Perf.  Ind.  Supine. 

Amo7  amare,  amavi,          amatum,  To  lave 

INDICATIVE  MOOD. 

PRESENT  TENSE,  love,  do  love,  am  loving. 

S.  1.  Am-o,  /  love,  do  love,  am  loving. 

2.  Am-as,  Thou  lovest,  dost  love,  art  loving. 

3.  Am-at,  He  loves,  does  love,  is  loving. 
P.  1.  Am-amus,  We  love,  do  love,  are  loving. 

2.  Am-atis,  Ye,  or  you  love,  do  love,  are  loving. 

3.  Am-ant,  They  love,  do  love,  are  loving. 

IMPERFECT,  loved,  did  love,  was  loving. 

S.  1.  Am-abam,  I  loved,  did  love,  was  loving. 

2.  Am-abas,  Thou  lovedst,  didst  love,  was  loving. 

3.  Am-abat,  He  loved,  did  love,  was  loving. 
P.  1.  Am-abamus,  We  loved,  did  love,  were  loving. 

2.  Am-abatis,  Ye  loved,  did  love,  were  loving. 

3.  Am-abant,  They  loved,  did  love,  were  loving. 

PERFECT  DEF.,  have  loved:  INDEF.,  loved,   did   love. 

S.  1.  Am-avi,  I  have  loved,  loved,  did  love. 

2.  Am-avisti,  Thou  hadst  loved,  lovedst,  didst  love. 

3.  Am-avit,  He  has  loved,  loved,  did  love. 
P.  1.  Am-avimus,  We  have  loved,  loved,  did  love. 

2.  Am-avistis,  Ye  have  loved,  loved,  did  love. 

3.  Am-averunt  or  -ere,  They  have  loved,  loved,  did  love. 


TERMINATIONS   OF   THE   ACTIVE   VOICE.       67 

PLUPERFECT,  had  loved, 

S.  1.  Am-averarn,  I  had  loved. 

2.  Am-averas,  Thov  hadst  loved, 

3.  Am-averat,  He  had  loved. 
P.  1.  Am-averamus,  We  had  loved. 

2.  Am-averatis,        Ye  had  loved. 

3.  Am-averant,         They  had  loved. 

FUTURE,  shall,  or  will  love. 

S.  1.  Am-abo,  I  shall,  or  will  love. 

2.  Am-abis,  Thou  shalt,  or  wilt  love. 

3.  Am-abit,  He  shall,  or  will  love. 
P.  1.  Am-abimus,  We  shall,  or  will  love. 

2.  Am-abitis,  Ye  shall,  or  will  love. 

3.  Am-abunt,  They  shall,  or  will  love. 

FUTURE  PERFECT,  shall  ^  will  have  loved. 

S.  1.  Am-avero,  I  shall,  or  will  have  loved. 

2.  Am-averis,  Thou  shall,  or  wilt  have  loved. 

3.  Am-averit,  He  shall,  or  will  have  loved. 
P.  1.  Am-averimus.  We  shall,  or  will  have  loved. 

2.  Am-averitis,        Ye  shall,  or  will  have  loved. 

3.  Am-averint,        They  shall,  or  will  have  loved. 

EXERCISE. 

ADDITIONAL  RULES  OF  SYNTAX. 

RULE  IX.  A  transitive  verb  in  the  active  voice 
governs  the  accusative. 

RULE  X.  One  verb  governs  another  as  its  object  in 
the  infinitive. 

RULE  XI.  The  subject  of  the  infinitive  is  put  in  the 
Accusative. 

RULE  XII.  Adverbs  are  joined  to  verbs,  adjectives) 
and  other  adverbs,  to  modify  and  limit  their  signification. 


58  LATINLESSONS. 

LATIN  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  ENGLISH. 

Avide  expecto  tuas  literas. 

Virtutem  enira  amavi  illius  vin. 

Haec  ad  id  tempus  Caesar  ignorabat. 

Cato  populum  inflamaverat  contra  legem. 

Hispani  flumen  transnavere. 

Quid  hie  stabas?     Csetera  ego  curabo. 

ENGLISH  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  LATIN. 

I  am  expecting  thy  letters  earnestly. 
Cato  had  inflamed     the  people. 
I  will  take  care  of  the  rest. 
Why  were  you  standing  here. 

QUESTIONS.  From  what  Latin  are  the  following  English  words 
derived?  —  expect?  —  letter  — virtue?  —  ignorant? —  inflame*  — 
people  ?  — stand  ? 


LESSON    XXVIIL 

(Review  Lesson  XXVII.) 

SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD. 
PRESENT  TENSE,  may,  or  can  love. 

&.  1.  Am-em,  I  may,  or  can  love. 

2.  Am-es,  Thou  mayst,  or  canst  love. 

3.  Am-et,  He  may,  or  can  love. 
P.  1.  Am-em  us,  We  may,  or  can  love. 

2.  Am-et  is,  Ye  may,  or  can  love. 

3.  Am-ent,  They  may,  or  can  love. 


TERMINATIONS    OF    THE    ACTIVE    VOICE.         59 

IMPERFECT,  might  ^  could,  would^  or  should. 

S.  1.  Am-arem,  I  might ,  etc.    love. 

2.  Am-ares,  Thou  migktst,  etc.   love. 

3.  Am-aret,  He  might,  etc.   love. 
P.  1.  Am-aremus,  We  might,  etc.   Zm?e. 

2.  Am-aretis,          Ye  might,  etc.   Zore. 

3.  Am-arent,  They  might,  etc.   love. 

PERFECT,  may  have  loved. 
S.  1.  Am-averim,       I  may  have  loved. 

2.  Am-averis,         Thou  mayst  have  loved. 

3.  Am-averit,         He  may  have  loved. 
P.  1.  Am-averimus,    We  may  have  loved. 

2.  Am-averitis,       Ye  may  have  loved. 

3.  Am-averint,        They  may  have  loved. 

PLUPERFECT,  might,  could^  would,  or  should  have  loved. 
S.  1.  Am-avissem,      I  might,  etc.   have  loved. 

2.  Am-avisses,         Thou  mightst,  etc.   have  loved. 

3.  Am-avisset,         He  might,  etc.   have  loved. 
P.  1.  Am-avissemus,  We  might,  etc.    have  loved. 

2.  Am-avissetis,      Ye  might,  etc.   have  loved. 

3.  Am-avissent,      They  might,  etc.   have  loved 

EXERCISE. 

LATIN  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  ENGLISH. 

Peccatum  amici,  velut  tuurn,  recte  putes. 
Orabat  eos  ne  trucidarent  filium  suum. 
Ille  exploraverit  rem  diligenter. 
Revocemus  hommem. 

ENGLISH  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  LATIN. 

Let  us  recall  the  man. 

He  besought  them  that  they  would  not  slay  his  son. 

You  may,  rightly,  consider  the  fault  of  a  friend  as 
your  own. 

QUESTIONS.  From  what  Latin  are  the  following  words  derived? 
—thine  ?  —  explore  ?  —  revoke  ?  —  diligently  * 


LATIN     LESSONS. 


LESSON    XXIX. 

(Review  Lessen  XXVIII.) 

IMPERATIVE  MOOD. 

Sing.  2.  Am-a,  or  am-ato,  Love  thov,. 

3.  Am-ato,  Let  him  love. 

Plur.  2.  Am-atey  or  am-atote,  Love  ye. 

3.  Am-anto.  Let  them  love. 

INFINITIVE  MOOD. 

PRES.       Am-are,  To  love. 

PERF.       Am-avisse,  To  have  loved. 

FUT.        Esse  amaturus,  -a,  -urn,     To  be  about  to  lore. 
F.  PERF.  Fuisse  amatu-rus,  -a -urn,  To  have  been  about  to 

love. 

PARTICIPLES. 

PRES.  Am-ans,  Loving. 

FUT.     Am-atu-rus,  -a,  -um,  About  to  love. 

GERUNDS. 

Norn.     Am-andum, 
Gen.      Am-andi, 

Am-ando, 

Am-andum, 

Am-ando, 


Dat. 

Ace. 
All. 


Loving. 
Of  loving. 
To  loving. 
Loving. 

With,  in,  etc.   loving. 
SUPINES. 

Former.     Am-atum,  To  love. 

Latter.      Am-atu,  To  be  loved,  to  love. 

SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  MOODS  AND  TENSES. 

NOTE-   The  pupil  should  always  give  a  Synopsis  of  the  mood  in  parsing. 


PRES. 
IMP. 
PERF. 
PLUP. 
FUT. 
F.  PERF. 

Indicative. 

Subjunctive. 

Imp. 

Infinitive. 

Part. 

Amo. 
Amabam. 
Amavi. 
Amaveram. 
Amabo. 
Amavero. 

Amem. 
Amarem. 
Amaverira. 
Amavissem. 

Ama, 

Araare. 
Amavisse. 

Esse  amatnru's. 
Fuisse  amaturus. 

Am- 
ans 

Ama- 
turus. 

PA  SSIVE    VOICE.  61 

EXERCISE. 

RULE  XIII.   Participles^  like  adjectives^  agree  with 
nouns,  in  gender,  number,  and  case. 

REM.   Present  Participles  are  declined   like   prudens  j   Future 
Participles,  like  bonus,  -a,  -um. 

LATIN  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  ENGLISH. 

Propera  tu.  Tu  me  servato. 

Nos  adjuva.  Tu  me  juva. 
Spero  me  causam  probavisse. 
Cassar  sestuans  milites  castigat. 

ENGLISH  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  LATIN. 

I  hope  that  I  have  proved  my  cause — Do  thou  preserve 
me — Csesar,    raging,  chastised  the  soldiers  —  Assist  us. 


LESSON  XXX. 

(Review  Lesson  XXIX.) 
PASSIVE  VOICE. 

Pres.  Ind.  Pres.  Inf.  Perf.  Part. 

Amor,  Amari,  Amatus,  To  be  loved 

INDICATIVE  MOOD. 

PRESENT  TENSE,   am  loved. 

S.  1.  Am-or,  I  am  loved. 

2.  Am-aris,  or  -are,  Thou  art  loved. 

3.  Am-atur,  He  is  loved. 
P.  1.  Am-amur,  We  are  loved. 

2.  Am-amini,  Ye  are  loved. 

3.  Am-antur,  They  are  loved. 


62  LATIN    LESSONS. 

IBIPERFECT,  was  loved. 

S.  1.  Am-abar,  /  ivas  loved. 

2.  Am-abaris,  or  abare,  Thou  wast  loved. 

3.  Am-abatur,  He  was  loved. 
P.  1.  Am-abamur,  We  were  loved. 

2.  Am- aba  mini,  Ye  were  loved. 

3.  Am-abantur,  They  were  loved. 

PERFECT,  have  been  loved,  was  loved,  am  loved. 

S.  1.  Amatus  sum,  or  fui,  I  have  been  loved,  etc 

2.  Amatus  es,  or  fuisti,  Thou  hast  been  loved 

3.  Amatus  est,  or  fuit,  He  has  been  loved. 
P.  1.  Amati  sumus,  or  fuimus,  We  have  been  loved. 

2.  Amati  estis,  or  fuistis,  Ye  have  been  loved. 

3.  Amati  sunt,  or  fuerunt,          They  have  been  loved 

PLUPERFECT,  had  been  loved. 

S.  1.  Amatus  eram,  or  fueram,       Ihadbeen  loved. 

2.  Amatus  eras,  or  fueras,  Thou  hadst  been  loved. 

3.  Amatus  erat,  or  fuerat,  He  had  been  loved. 
P.  1.  Amati  eramus,  orfueramus,  We  had  been  loved. 

2.  Amati  eratis,  or  fueratis,          Ye  had  been  loved. 

3.  Amati  erant,  or  fuerant,         They  had  been  laced. 

FuTUREj  shall,  or  will  be  loved. 

S.  1.  Am-abor,  I  shall,  or  will  be  loved. 

2.  Am-aberis,  or  -abere,  Thou  shall,  or  wilt  be  loved. 

3.  Am-abitur,  He  shall,  or  will  be  loved. 
P.  1.  Am-abimur,  We  shall,  or  will  be  loved. 

2.  Am-abimini,  Ye  shall,  or  will  be  loved. 

3.  Am-abuntur,  They  shall,  or  will  be  loved. 

FUTURE  PERFECT,  shall,  or  will  have  been  loved. 

S.  1.  Amatus  fuero,  I  shall  have  been  loved. 

2.  Amatus  fueris,  Thou  wilt  have  been  loved. 

3.  Amatus  fuerit,  He  will  have  been  loved 
P.  1.  Amati  fuerimus,  We  shall  have  been  loved. 

2.  Amati  fueritis,  Ye  ivill  have  been  loved. 

3.  Amati  fuerint,  They  will  have  been  loved. 


PASSIVE   VOICE  63 

EXERCISE. 

LATIN  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  ENGLISH. 

Hoc  consilium  Csesaris  non  probatur. 
Multum  ille  jactatus  est  alto. 
Cuncta  Grsecia  liberata  est. 
Nemo  vulneratus  fuerat. 
Ille  condemnabitur. 

ENGLISH  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  LATIN. 

He  was  much  tossed  upon  the  deep. 

No  one  had  been  wounded. 

This  design  of  Caesar  is  not  approved. 

All  Greece  has  been  liberated. 

He  will  be  condemned. 

QUESTIONS.   From  what  Latin  words  are  the  following  derived  ? 
— liberate  ?  —  condemn  ?  —  counsel  ?  —  approve  ? 


LESSON    XXXI. 

(Review  Lesson  XXX.) 

SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD. 

PRESENT  TENSE,  may^  or  can  be  loved. 

S.  1.  Am-er,  I  may,  or  can  be  loved. 

2.  Am-eris,  or  ere,  Thou  mayst,  or  canst  be  loved. 

3.  Am-etur,  He  may,  or  can  be  loved. 
P.  1.  Am-e"rnur,  We  may,  or  can  be  loved. 

2.  Am-emini,  Ye  may,  or  can  be  laved. 

3.  Am-entur,  They  may,  or  can  be  loved. 


64  LA  TIN  LESSONS. 

IMPERFECT,  might)  could,  would,  or  should  be  loved. 
S.  1.  Am-arer,  Imight,  etc.   beloved. 

2.  Am-areris,  or  -arere,   Thoumightst,  etc.,  be  loved. 

3.  Am-aretur,  He  might,  etc.   be  loved. 
P.  1.  Am-aremur,  We  might,  etc.    be  loved. 

2.  Am-aremTni,  Ye  might,  etc.  be  loved. 

3.  Am-arentur,  They  might,  etc.    be  loved. 

PERFECT,  may  have  been  loved. 
S.  1.  Amatus  sim,  or  fuerim,     Imay  have  been  loved. 

2.  Amatus  sis,  or  fueris,         Thou  may esthavebeenloved. 

3.  Amatus  sit,  or  fuerit,         He  may  have  been  loved. 
P.  1.  Amati  simus,  or  fuerimus,  We  may  have  been  loved. 

2.  Amati  sitis,  or  fueritis,      Ye  may  have  been  loved. 

3.  Amati  sint,  or  fuerint,        They  may  have  been  loved. 

PLUPERFECT,  might,  could,  would,  or  should  have  been  loved. 

1.  Amatus  essem,  or  fuissem,    Imight  have  been  loved. 

0   A     _  "  f  .  (  Thou  might st  have  been 

2.  Amatus  esses,  or  misses,    <  i      j 

'    (  Loved. 

3.  Amatus  esset,  or  fuisset,        Hemight  have  been  loved. 
P.  1.  Amati  essemus,  or  £\iissemus,We  might  have  beenloved. 

2.  Amati  essetis,  or  fuissetis,     Ye  might  have  been  loved. 

0  A     -t-  f  -  \  They   misht  have    been 

3.  Amati  essent,  or  fuissent,  j  ,     ^ 

EXERCISE. 

LATIN  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  ENGLISH. 

Dictator  creatus  ut  bellum  renovaretur. 
Non  dubito,  quin  honorer  ab  omnibus. 
Non  dubito,  quin  ab  amicis  amatus  sim. 
Pecunia  detur. 

ENGLISH  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  LATIN. 

1  do  not  doubt  that  I  have  been  loved  by  my  friends. 
I  do  not  doubt  that  I  am  honored  by  all. 

Let  money  be  given. 

A  Dictator  was  created,  that  the  war  might  be  renewed. 


PASSIVE      VOICE. 


65 


QUESTIONS.  From  what  Latin  are  the  following  English  words 
derived  ? — create  ? — dictator  ? — doubt  ? — renovate  ? — announce  ? 


LESSON    XXXII. 

(Review  Lesson  XXXI.) 

IMPERATIVE  MOOD. 

Sing.  2.  Am-are,  or  -ator,  Be  thou  loved. 

3.  Am-ator,  Let  him  be  loved. 

Plur.  2.  Am-ammi,  Be  ye  loved. 

3.  Am-antur,  Let  them  be  loved. 

INFINITIVE  MOOD. 

PRES.  Am-ari,  To  be  loved. 

PERF.  Esse,  or  fuisse  amatus,      To  have  been  loved. 
Fur.     Am-alum  iri,  To  be  about  to  be  loved. 

PARTICIPLES. 
The  Perfect  and  Future  Participles  are  declined  like  bonus,  -a.  -um. 

PEKF.  Amltus,  -a,  -um,    j  laoed>  beinS  loved>  havinS  be™ 
(  loved. 

v          A  (  To  be  loved,  or  necessary  to  be 

FUT.    Amandus,  -a,  um,  j  7     d 

SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  MOODS  AND  TENSES. 


PRES. 
IMP. 
PERF. 

PLUP. 

FUT. 
F.  P. 

Indicative* 

Subj. 

Imp. 

Infinitive. 

Part. 

Amor. 
Amabar. 
Amatus  sum. 

Amatus  eram. 

Amabor. 
Amatus  fuero. 

Amer. 
Amarer. 
Amatus 
sim. 
Amatus 
essem. 

Amare. 

Amari. 

Esse  or  fuisse 
amatus. 

Amatum  iri. 

Amatus. 
Amandus. 

66  LATINLESSONS- 

EXERCISE. 

LATIN  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  ENGLISH. 

Parens  iratus,  in  se  est  crudelissimus. 
Homo  perturbatus  excitat   Simonidem. 
Revocandi  niilites  erant. 
Cicero  erat  dignus  amari. 
Literae  laudantor. 

ENGLISH  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  LATIN. 

The  man  being  much  disturbed  arouses    Simonides. 

Cicero  was  worthy  to  be  loved. 

A  parent,  enraged,  is  most  cruel  against  himself. 

The  soldiers  were  to  be  recalled. 

Let  the  letters  be  praised. 


LESSON   XXXIII. 

.  (Review  Lesson  XXXII.) 

1.  Give  the  sign  of  each  Tense  in  all  the  Moods. 

2.  Name  the  Roots^  state  the  manner  in  which  they 
are  formed,  and  name  the  Tenses  formed  from  each. 

3.  Give  a  Synopsis  of  loth  voices ,  and  write  Tables 
of  them  on  the  black-board. 


ACTIVE   VOICE.  67 

LESSON  XXXIV. 

(Review  the  Synopsis  of  1st  Conjugation.) 
SECOND  CONJUGATION. 

ACTIVE  VOICE. 

Pres.  Ind.,  Pres.  Inf.,     Per/.  Ind.,  Supine. 
Moneo,  monere,          monui,      monitum,  To  advise. 

INDICATIVE  MOOD. 

PRESENT  TENSE,  I  advise,  do  advise,  am  advising. 

S.  1.  Mon-eo,  ,  /  advise,  do  advise,  etc. 

2.  Mon-es,  Thou  advisest,  dost  advise,  etc. 

3.  Mon-et,  He  advises,  does  advise,  etc. 
P.  1.  Mon-emus,  We  advise,  do  advise,  etc. 

2,  Mon-etis,  Ye  advise,  do  advise,  etc. 

3.  Mon-ent,  They  advise,  do  advise,  etc. 

IMPERFECT,  advised,  did  advise,  was  advising. 

S.  1.  Mon-ebam,  /  advised,  did  advise,  etc. 

2.  Mon-ebas,  Thou  advisedst,  didst  advise,  etc 

3.  Mon-ebat,  He  advised,  did  advise,  etc. 
P.  1.  Mon-ebamus,  We  advised,  did  advise,  etc. 

2.  Mon-ebatis,  Ye  advised,  did  advise,  etc. 

3.  Mon-ebant,  They  advised,  did  advise,  etc. 

PERFECT  DBF.,  have  advised;  INDEF.,  advised,  did  advise. 

S.  1.  Monu-i,  I  have  advised,  etc. 

2.  Monu-isti,  Thou  hast  advised,  etc. 

3.  Monu-it,  He  has  advised,  etc. 
P.  1.  Monu-imus,  We  have  advised. 

2.  Monu-istis,  Ye  have  advised,  etc. 

3.  Monu-erunt,  or  ere,    They  have  advised,  etc. 


68  LATIN    LESSONS. 

PLUPERFECT,  had  advised. 
S.  1.  Monu-eram,  I  had  advised,  etc. 

2.  Mo nu- eras,  Thou  hadst  advised. 

3.  Monu-erat,  He  had  advised. 
P.  1.  Monu-eramus,          We  had  advised. 

2.  Monu-eratis,  Ye  had  advised. 

3.  Monu-erant,  They  had  advised. 

FUTURE,  shall 3  or  will  advise. 
S.  1.  Mon-ebo,  I  shall,  or  will  advise. 

2.  Mon-ebis,  Thou  shall  or  wilt  advise. 

3.  Mon-ebit,  He  shall,  or  will  advise. 
P.  1.  Mon-ebimus,           We  shall,  or  will  advise. 

2.  Mon-ebitis,  Ye  shall,  or  will  advise. 

3.  Mon-ebunt,  They  shall,  or  will  advise. 

FUTURE  PERFECT,  shall,  or  will  have  advised. 
S.  1.  Monu-ero,  I  shall,  or  will  have  advised. 

2.  Monu-eris,  Thou  shalt,  or  ivilt  have  advised. 

3.  Monu-erit,  He  shall,  or  will  have  advised. 
P.  \.  Monu-erimus,         We  shall,  or  ivill  have  admsed. 

2.  Monu-eritis,  Ye  shall,  or  will  have  advised. 

3.  Monu-erint,  They  shall,  or  will  have  advised. 

EXERCISE. 

LATIN  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  ENGLISH. 

Is  in  provincia  tua  negotia  habet. 
Unum  manebat  illud  solatium. 
Nomenque  tuum  laudesque  manebunt. 
Scipio  delevit   Carthaginem. 
Vulpes  viderat  leonem. 

ENGLISH  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  LATIN. 

Both  thy  name  and  praises  shall  remain. 
He  has  business  in  thy  province. 
That  solace  alone  remained. 
Scipio  destroyed  Carthage. 
A  fox  had  seen  a  lion. 


ACTIVE    VOICE.  (U) 

LESSON    XXXV. 

(Review  Lesson  XXXIV,) 

SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD. 
PRESENT  TENSE,  may,  or  can  advise. 

S.  1.  Mon-eam,  I  may,  or  can  advise. 

2.  Mon-eas,  Thou  mayest,  or  canst  advise. 

3.  Mon-eat,  He  may,  or  can  advise. 
P.  1.  Mon-eamus,  We  may,  or  can  advise. 

2.  Mon-eatis,  Ye  may,  or  can  advise. 

3.  Mon-eant,  They  may  or  can  advise. 

IMPERFECT,  might,  could,  would,  or  should  advise. 

S.  1.  Mon-erem,  Imight,  could,  etc.    advise. 

2.  Mon-eres,  Thou  mightst,  couldst,  etc.,  advise. 

3.  Mon-eret,  He  might,  could,  etc.    advise. 
P.  1.  Mon-eremtis,  We  might,  could,  etc.    advise. 

2.  Mon-eretis,  Ye  might,  could,  etc.   advise. 

3.  Mon-erent,  They  might,  could,  etc.   advise. 

PERFECT,  may  have  advised. 

S.  1.  Monu-erim.  I  may  have  advised. 

2.  Monti- eris,  Thou  mayest  have  advised. 

3.  Monu-erit,  He  may  have  advised. 
P.  1.  Monu-erim  us,  We  may  have  advised. 

2.  Monu-erit  is,  Ye  may  have  advised. 

3.  Monu-erint,  They  may  have  advised. 

PLUPERFECT,  might,  could,  would,  or  should  have  advised. 

S.  1.  Monu-issem,  I  might,  etc.,  have  advised. 

2.  Monu-isses,  Thou  mightst,  etc.,  have  advised. 

3.  Monu-isset,  He  might,  etc.,  have  advised. 
P.  1.  Monu-issemus,  We  might,  etc.,  have  advised. 

2.  Monu-issetis,  Ye  might,  etc.,  have  advised. 

3.  Monu-issent,  They  might,  etc.,  have  advised. 


70  LATIN     LESSONS. 

EXERCISE. 

LATIN  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  ENGLISH. 

Monebat  ut  videret  magnificas  portas. 
Putat  ut  me  monuisset  cornix. 
Putavit  ut  rex  earn  rem  non  negare  deberet. 
Sol  magnificentissimum  spectaculum  praebuisset. 

ENGLISH  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  LATIN. 

He  thought  that  the  king  ought  not  to  deny  that  thing. 
He  advised  that  he  should  see  the  magnificent  gates. 
The    sun   might    have     offered    a    most    magnificent 
spectacle. 

He  thinks  that  the  crow  might  have  admonished  me. 

QUESTIONS.  From  what  Latin  words  are  the  following  derived  ? 
— spectacle  ?  —  magnificent  ?  —  negative  ?  — portal  ? 


LESSON    XXXVI. 

(Review  Lesson  XXXV.) 

IMPERATIVE  MOOD. 

S.  2.  Mon-e,  or  -eto,  Advise  thou. 

3.  Mon-eto,  Let  him  advise. 

P.  2.  Mon-ete,  or  -etote,  Advise  ye. 

3.  Mon-ento,  Let  them  advise. 

INFINITIVE  MOOD. 

PRES.       Mon-ere,  To  advise. 

PERF.       Monu-isse,  To  have  advised. 

FUT.        Esse  moniturus,  To  be  about  to  advise. 

F.  PERF.  Fuisse  moniturus,  To  have  been  about  to  advise 


PASSIVE    VOICE. 


71 


PARTICIPLES. 


PRES.  Mon-ens,                         Advising. 
PUT.     Moniturus,                      About  to  advise. 

GERUNDS. 

Nom.  Mon-endum, 
Gen.    Mon-endi, 
Dat.    Mon-endo, 
Ace.     Mon-endum, 
Ab.      Mon-endo, 

Advising. 
Of  advising. 
To  advising. 
Advising. 
With,  etc.,  advising 

former,  Mon-itum, 
Latter,     Mon-itu, 


SUPINES. 

To  advise. 

To  be  advised,  or  to  advise. 


PRES. 
IMP. 
PERF. 
PLUP. 
FUT. 
F.P. 

Indicative. 

Subjunctive. 

Imper. 

Infinitive. 

Pa-t. 

Moneo. 
Monebam. 
Monui. 
Monueram. 
Monebo. 
Monuero. 

Moneam. 
Monerem. 
Monuerim. 
Monuissem, 

Mone. 

Monere. 
Monuisse. 

Esse  moniturus. 
Fuisse  moniturus. 

Mon- 

ens. 

Moni- 
turus. 

EXERCISE. 

LATIN  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  ENGLISH. 

OBS.    Participles,  gerunds,  and  supines,  being  parts  of  vertos, 
govern  the  cases  of  the  verbs  from  which  they  are  derived. 
Eum  tenentem  aras  videt. 
Hue  vento  cursum  tenuisse  debebat. 
Natosque  pater  nova  bella  moventes  vocabat. 
Haec  fabiila  docet,  bonos  mortem  non  timere. 

ENGLISH  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  LATIN. 

This  fable  teaches  that  the  good  do  not  fear  death. 
The  father  called  his  sons  exciting  new  wars. 
He  ought  to  have  held  his  course  hither,  by  the  wind. 
He  sees  him  holding  the  altars. 


72  LATIN    LESSONS. 

LESSON    XXXVII. 

(Review  Lesson  XXXVI.) 

PASSIVE  VOICE. 

INDICATIVE  MOOD. 

Pres.  Ind.         Present  Inf.          Perf.  Participle. 
Moneor,  Moneri,  Monitus,  To  be  advised- 

PRESENT  TENSE,  am  advised. 

8.  1.  Mon-eor,  I  am  advised. 

2.  Mon-eris,  or  -ere,  Thou  art  advised. 

3.  Mon-etur,  He  is  advised. 
P.  1.  Mon-emur,  We  are  advised. 

2.  Mon-emini,  Ye  are  advised. 

3.  Mon-entur,  They  are  advised. 

IMPERFECT,  was  advised. 

8.  1.  Mon-ebar,  I  was  advised. 

2.  Mon-^baris,  or  -ebare,  Thou  wast  advised. 

3.  Mon-lbat\jr,  He  was  advised. 
P.  1.  Mon-ebamur,  We  were  advised. 

2.  Mon-ebammi,  Ye  were  advised. 

3.  Mon-ebantur,  They  ivere  advised. 

PERFECT,  have  been,  was,  am.. 

S.  1.  Monitus  sum,  or  fui,  I  have  been  advised,  etc. 

2.  Monitus  es,  or  fuisti,  Thou  hast  been  advised,  etc. 

3.  MonTtus  est,  or  fuit,  He  has  been  advised,  etc. 
P.  1.  Monlti  sumus,  or  fuimus,  We  have  been  advised,  etc. 

2.  Monlti  estis,  or  fnistis,        Ye  have  been  advised,  etc. 

3,  Monlti  sunt,  or  fuerunt,      They  have  been  advised,  etc. 


PASSIVE  VOICE. 


73 


8.  1, 
2. 
3, 

P.  I 

2, 
3. 

S.I. 

2. 

3, 
P.I. 

2. 

3, 


S.  1. 

2. 

3. 
PL 

2. 

3. 


PLUPERFECT,  had  been. 

Monitus  eram,  or  fueram,      /  A#d  oeen  advised. 
Monitus  eras,  or  fueras,        TAow  hadst  been  advised. 
Monitus  erat,  orfuerat,          He  had  been  advised. 
Moniti  eramus,orfueramus,  We  had  been  advised. 
Moniti  eratis,  or  fueratis,       Ye  had  been  advised. 
Moniti  erant,  or  fuerant,        They  had  been  advised. 

FUTURE,  shall,  or  will  be. 

Mon-ebor,  J  shall,  or  will  be  advised. 

Mon-eberis,  or  -ebere,  Thou  shalt,  or  will  be  advised. 
Mon-ebitur,  He  shall,  or  will  be  advised. 

Mon-ebimur,  We  shall,  or  will  be  advised. 

Mon-ebirnTni,  Ye  shall,  or  ivill  be  advised. 

Mon-ebuntur,  They  shall,  orwill  be  advised 


FUTURE  PERFECT, 
Monitus  fuero, 
Monitus  fueris, 
Monitus  fuerit, 
Moniti  fuerirnus, 
Moniti  fueritis, 
Moniti  fuerint, 


shall,  or  will  have  been. 
I  shall  have  been  advised. 
Thou  ivilt  have  been  advised. 
He  will  have  been  advised. 
We  shall  have  been  advised. 
Ye  will  have  been  advised. 
They  will  have  been  advised. 


EXERCISE. 

LATIN  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  EN 

Jugurtha  respondere  jussus  est. 
Caesar  magnus  habebatur. 
Ipse  videbar  compellare  virum. 
Possunt  quia  posse  videntur. 
Per  longum  tempus  detinebor. 


ENGLISH  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  LATIN. 

They  are  able,  because  .they  seem  to  be  able 
I  shall  be  detained  during  a  long  time. 
I  myself  seemed  to  address  the  man. 
Caesar  was  considered  great. 


74  LATIN    LESSONS. 

LESSON   XXXVIII. 

(Review  Lesson  XXXVII.) 

SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD. 

PRESENT  TENSE,  mat/,  or  can  be  advised. 

S.  1.  Mon-ear,  I  may,  or  can  be  advised. 

2.  Mon-earis,  or  -eare.  Thou  may est,oi  canst  be  advised. 

3.  Mon-eatur,  He  may,  or  can  be  advised. 
P.  1.  Mon-eamur,  We  may,  or  can  be  advised. 

2.  Mon-eamini,  Ye  may,  or  can  be  advised. 

3.  Mon-eantur,  They  may,  or  can  be  advised. 

IMPERFECT,  might,  could,  would,  or  should  be. 

S.  1.  Mon-erer,  I  might,  etc.,  be  advised. 

2.  Mon-ereris,or-erere,  Thou  might  si,  etc.,  be  advised. 

3.  Mon-eretnr,  He  might,  etc.,  be  advised. 
P.  1.  Mon-erernur.  We  might,  etc.,  be  advised. 

2.  Mon-eremmi,  Ye  might,  etc.,  be  advised. 

3.  Mon-erentur,  They  might,  etc.,  be  advised. 

PERFECT,  may  have  been  advised. 

Monitus  sim,  or  fuerim,       I  may  have  been  advised. 
Monitus  sis,  or  fueris,  Thou  mayest  have  been  advised 

Monitus  sit,  or  fuerit,  He  may  have  been  advised. 

Moniti  slmus,  or  fuerimus,PFe  may  have  been  advised. 
Moniti  sitis,  or  fueritis,,  Ye  may  have  been  advised. 
Moniti  sint,  or  fuerint,  They  may  have  been  advised. 


PASSIVEVOICE.  75 

PLUPERFECT,  might,  could,  would,  or  should  have  been. 
Monltus  essem,  or  fuissem,        I  might  have  been  advised. 
Monitus  esses,  or  fulsses,    Thou  mightst  have  been  advised. 
Monitus  esset,  or  fuisset,  He  might  have  been  advised. 

Moniti  essemus,  or  fuissemus,  We  might  have  been  advised. 
Moniti  essetis,  or  fuissetis,  Ye  might  have  been  advised. 
Moniti  essent,  or  fuissent,  Theymighthavebeen advised 

EXERCISE. 

LATIN  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  ENGLISH. 

.    Si  ego  jussus  essem  a  te,  paruissem. 
Ne  respublica  ab  inimicis  teneretur. 
Hostes  prohibeantur. 
Leves  stipulse  adolerentur. 
Vise  obsiderentur. 

ENGLISH  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  LATIN. 

If   I  had    been    commanded    by   thee,   I  would  have 
obeyed. 

The  light  stubble  might  be  burned. 

Lest  the  Republic  might  be  held  by  enemies. 

The  enemies  may  be  hindered. 


LESSON    XXXIX. 

(Review  Lesson  XXXVIII.) 

IMPERATIVE  MOOD. 

S.  2.  Mon-ere,  or  -etor,  Be  thou  advised. 

3.  Mon-etor,  Let  him  be  advised. 

P.  2.  Mon-emini,  Be  ye  advised. 

3.  Mon-entor,  Let  them  be  advised. 


/6 


LATIN    LESSONS. 


INFINITIVE  MOOD. 

PRES.  Mon-eri,  To  be  advised. 

PERF.  Esse,or  fuisse  monitus,  To  have  been  advised. 
FUT.    Mom  turn  iri,  To  be  about  to  be  advised. 

PARTICIPLES 

PERF.  Mon-itus,  -a,  -um, 
FUT.    Mon-endus,  -a,  -um, 


Having  been  advised. 
To  be  advised. 


SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  MOODS  AND  TENSES. 


PEES. 
IMP. 
PERF. 

PLUP. 

FUT. 
F.P. 

Indicative. 

Sub  June. 

Imper. 

Infinitive. 

Partic. 

Moneor. 
Monebar. 
Monitus  sum. 

Monitus  eram. 

Monebor. 
Monitus  fuero. 

Monear. 
Monerer. 
Monitus 
sim. 
Monitus 
essem. 

Monere, 

Moneri. 

Esse,  or  fuisse 
monitus. 

Mom  turn  iri. 

Monitus. 

Monen- 
dus. 

EXERCISE. 

LATIN  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  ENGLISH. 

Sunt  hoec  arma  tenenda, 

Ova  fovenda  dabat. 

Jupiter  misceri  probat  popiilos. 

Lupus  est  retentus. 

Ille  unus  erat  timendus. 


ENGLISH  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  LATIN. 

Jupiter  approves  that  the  nations  should  be  blended  to- 
gether. 

These  arms  are  to  be  retained. 
The  wolf  is  held  back. 
He  alone  was  to  be  feared. 
He  gave  the  eggs  to  be  warmed. 


ACTIVE    VOICE  77 

LESSON    XL. 

1.  Give  the  signs  of  each  Tense  in  all  the  Moods. 

2.  Name  the  Roots,  the  manner  in  which  they  are 
formed  ;  and  name  the  Tenses  formed  from  each. 

3.  Give  a  Synopsis  of  both  voices,  and  write  tables  of 
them  on  the  black-board. 


LESSON    XLI. 

(Review  the  Synopsis  of  the  2d  Conjugation.) 

THIRD  CONJUGATION. 

ACTIVE  VOICE. 

Pres.  Ind.       Pres.  Inf.       Perf.  Ind.       Supine. 
Rego,  Reg-ere,  Rex-i,      Rectu-m,  To  rule. 

INDICATIVE  MOOD. 
PRESENT  TENSE,  rule,  do  rule,  am  ruling. 
S.  1.  Reg-o,  I  rule,  do  rule,  am  ruling. 

2.  Reg-is,  Thou  rulest,  dost  rule,  art  ruling. 

3.  Reg-it,  He  rules,  does  rule,  is  ruling. 
P.  1.  Reg-imus,                 We  rule,  do  rule,  are  ruling. 

2.  Reg-itis,  Ye  rule,  do  rule,  are  ruling. 

3.  Reg-unt,  They  rule,  do  rule,  are  ruling. 

IMPERFECT,  I  ruled,  did  rule,  was  ruling. 

S.  1.  Reg-ebam,  I  ruled,  did  rule,  was  ruling. 

2.  Reg-ehas,  Thou  ruledst,  didst  rule,  toast  ruling. 

3.  Reg-ebat,  He  ruled,  did  rule,  was  ruling. 
P.  1.  Reg-ebamus,  We  ruled,  did  rule,  were  ruling. 

2.  Reg-ebatis,  Ye  ruled,  did  rule,  were  ruling. 

3.  Reg-ebant,  They  ruled,  did  rule,  were  ruling 


78  LATIN    LESSONS. 

PERF.  DEF.,  have  ruled,   IJSD.,  ruled,  did  rule. 
S.  1.  Rex-i,  /  hare  ruled,  ruled,  did  rule. 

2.  Rex-isti,  Thou  hastrultd,  ruledst, didst  rule. 

3.  Rex-it,  He  has  ruled,  ruled,  did  rule. 
P.  1.  Rex-imus,  .  We  have  ruled,  ruled,  did  rule. 

2.  Rex-istis,  Ye  have  ruled,  ruled,  did  rule. 

3.  Rex-erunt,  or  -ere,  They  have  ruled,  ruled,  did  rule. 

PLUPERFECT,  had  ruled. 
8.  1.  Rex-eram,  I  had  ruled. 

2.  Rex- eras,  Thou  hadst  ruled. 

3.  Rex-erat,         ,          He  had  ruled. 
P.  1.  Rex-erarnus,  We  had  ruled. 

2.  Rex-eratis,  Ye  had  ruled. 

3.  Rex-erant,  They  had  ruled. 

FUTURE,  shall,  or  will  rule. 
S.  1.  Reg-am,  I  shall,  or  will  rule, 

2.  Reg-es,  Thou  shali,  or  wilt  rule. 

3.  Reg-et,  He  shall,  or  will  rule. 
P.  1.  Reg- em  us,                We  shall,  or  will  rule. 

2.  Reg-et  is,  Ye  shall,  or  will  rule. 

3.  Reg-ent,  They  shall,  or  will  rule. 

FUTURE  PERFECT,  shall,  or  will  have  ruled. 
S.  1.  Rex-ero,  I  shall,  or  ivill  have  ruled. 

2.  Rex-eris,  Thou  shalt,  or  wilt  have  ruled. 

3.  Rex-erit,  He  shall,  or  will  have  ruled. 
P.  1.  Rex-erimus,  We  shall,  or  will  have  ruled. 

2.  Rex- er  it  is,  Ye  shall,  or  will  have  ruled. 

3.  Rex-erunt,  They  shall,  or  will  have  ruled. 

EXERCISE. 

LATIN  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  ENGLISH. 

JEolus  tempestates  sonoras  premit. 
Quatuor  centuriones  ociilos  amiserunt. 
AquTla  in  sublimi  quercu  nidum  fecerat 
Studiosi  pueri  praemium  accipient. 
Scribebam  ipse. 


ACTIVE    VOICE.  79 

ENGLISH  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  LATIN. 

An  eagle  had  made  a  nest  upon  a  lofty  oak. 
JEolus  restrains  the  roaring-  tempests. 
Four  centurions  hav«  lost  their  eyes. 
Studious  boys  shall  receive  a  reward. 
I  myself  wrote. 

QUESTIONS.  What  English  words  are  derived   from  arguo  ? — 
— subllmis  ? — studiosus  ? —  sonorus  ?  —  tempestas  ? 


LESSON   XLII. 

(Review  Lesson  XLI.) 

SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD. 

PRESENT  TENSE,  may,  or  can  rule. 

S.  1.  Reg-am,  I  may,  or  can  rule. 

2.  Reg-as,  Thou  mayest,  or  canst  rule. 

3.  Reg-at,  He  may,  or  can  rule. 
P.  1.  Reg-amus,  We  may,  or  can  rule. 

2.  Reg-atis,  Ye  may,  or  can  rule. 

3.  Reg-ant,  They  may,  or  can  rule. 

IMPERFECT,  might,  could,  would,  or  should  rule. 

S«  1.  Reg-erem,  I  might,  etc.,  rule. 

2.  Reg-eres,  Thou  mightst,  etc.,  rule. 

3.  Reg-eret,  He  might,  etc.,  rule. 
P.  1.  Reg-eremus,  We  might,  etc.,  rule. 

2.  Reg-eretis,  Ye  might,  etc.,  rule. 

3.  Reg-erent,  They  might,  etc.,  rule. 


80  LATIN    LESSONS. 

PERFECT,  may  have  ruled. 

S.  1.  Rex-erim.  I  may  have  ruled. 

2.  Rex-eris,  Thou  mayest  have  ruled. 

3.  Rex-erit,  He  may  have  ruled. 
P.  1.  Rex-erimus,  We  may  have  ruled. 

2.  Rex-eritis,  Ye  may  have  ruled. 

3.  Rex-erint,  They  may  have  ruled. 

PLUPERFECT,  might ;  could,  would,  or  should  have  ruled. 

S.  1.  Rex-issem,  I  might,  etc.,  have  ruled. 

2.  Rex-isses,  Thou  mightest,  etc.  have  ruled. 

3.  Rex-isset,  He  might,  etc.,  have  ruled. 
P.  1.  Rex-issemus,  We  might,  etc.,  have  ruled. 

2.  Rex-issetis,  Ye  might,  etc.,  have  ruled. 

3.  Rex-issentt  They  might,  etc.,  have  ruled. 

EXERCISE. 

LATIN  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  ENGLISH. 

Ejus  indolem  quum  perspexisset  Alcibiades. 

TJt  ipsum  Ascanium  ad  moenia  ducat. 

Si  unquam  acceperit  Albam. 

Pergama  cum  peteret. 

Postquam  regis  mortem  cognovissent,  decesserunt. 

ENGLISH  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  LATIN. 

When  Alcibiades  had  perceived  her  disposition. 

That  he  might  lead  Ascanius  himself  to  the  ram- 
parts. 

After  that  they  had  heard  of  the  death  of  the  king, 
they  departed. 

When  she  was  going  to  the  Trojan  citadel. 


ACTIVE    VOICE. 


81 


LESSON  XLIIT. 


(Review  Lesson  XLII.) 


IMPERATIVE  MOOD. 


5.  2.  Reg-e,  or  -ito, 

3.  Reg-ito, 
P.  2.  Reg-ite,  or  itote, 

3.  Reg-unto, 


Rule  tkou. 
Let  him  rule. 
Rule  ye. 
Let  them  rule. 


INFINITIVE  MOOD. 


PRES.       Reg- ere, 
PERF.       Rex-isse, 
FUT.         Esse  recturus, 
F.  PERF.  Fuisse  recturus, 


To  rule. 

To  have  ruled. 

To  be  about  to  rule. 

To  have  been  about  to  rule. 


PRES. 
FUT. 


PARTICIPLES. 

Reg- ens,  Ruling. 

Rectu-rus,  -a,  -um,       About  to  rule. 

GERUNDS. 


Nom.  Reg- end  urn, 
Gen.    Reg-endi, 
Dot.    Reg-endo, 
Ace.     Reg-endum, 
All.     Reg-endo, 

SUPINES. 

Former,  Rectu-m, 
Latter,    Rectu, 


Ruling. 

Of  ruling. 

To  ruling. 

Ruling. 

With,  etc.,  ruling. 

To  rule. 

To  rule,  or  to  be  ruled. 


SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  MOODS  AND  TENSES. 


PRES. 
IMP. 
PERF. 
PLUP. 
FUT. 
F.PERF. 

Indicat. 

Subj. 

Imp. 

Infinitive. 

Part. 

Rego 
Regebam. 
Rexi. 
Rexeram. 
Regam. 
Rexero. 

Regam. 
Regerem. 
Rexerim. 
Rexissem. 

Rege. 

Regere. 
Rexisse. 

Esse  recturus. 
Fuisse  recturus. 

Regens. 
Recturus  . 

82  LATIN  LESSONS. 

EXERCISE. 

LATIN  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  ENGLISH. 

Projice  tela  manu,  sanguis  meus  ! 
Solvite  corde  metum,  Teucri. 
Teque  amplexu  ne  subtrahe  nostro. 
Dubitamus  adhuc  virtutem  extendere  factis? 
A  solio  regis  traxitque  *trementem. 

ENGLISH  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  LATIN. 

Do  we  hesitate  still  to  extend   our  power   by  deeds  ? 

Free  the  fear  from  your  heart,  O  Trojans  ! 

And  do  not  withdraw  thyself  from  our  embrace. 

He  dragged  him  trembling  from  the  throne  of  the 
king. 

Cast  the  weapons  from  your  hand — my  blood  ! 

QUESTIONS.  From  what  Latin  words  are  the  following  derived  ? 
• — subtract  ? — project  ? — extend  ?—fact  ? — manual  ? — solve  ? 


LESSON    XLIV. 

(Review  Lesson  XLIII.) 

PASSIVE    VOICE. 
Pres.  Ind.,        Pres.  Inf.,         Perf.  Part. 
Reg-or,  Reg-i,  Rectus,  To  be  ruled. 

INDICATIVE  MOOD. 
PRESENT  TENSE,  am  ruled. 
S.  1.  Reg-or,  I  am  ruled. 

2.  Reg-eris,  or  -ere,  Thou  art  ruled. 

3.  Reg-it ur,  He  is  ruled. 
P.  1.  Reg-imur,  We  are  ruled. 

2.  Reg-imini,  Ye  are  ruled. 

3.  Reg-untur,  They  are  ruled. 

*  Supply  eufla. 


PASSIVE    VOICE.  83 

IMPERFECT,  was  ndcd. 

S.  1.  Reg-ebar,  I  was  ruled. 

2.  Reg-ebaris,  or  -bare,  Thou  wast  ruled. 

3.  Reg-ebatur,  He  was  ruled. 
P.  1.  Reg-ebarnur,  We  were  ruled. 

2.  Reg-ebamini,  Ye  were  ruled. 

3.  Reg-ebantur,  They  ivere  ruled. 

PERFECT,  have  been  ruled*,  was  ruled,  am  ruled. 

S.  1.  Rectus  sum,  or  fui,          I  have  been  ruled. 

2.  Rectus  es,  or  fuisti,          Thou  hast  been  ruled. 

3.  Rectus  est,  or  fuit,  He  has  been  ruled. 
P.  1.  Recti  siirnus,  orfuimus,  We  have  been  ruled. 

2.  Recti  estis,  or  fuistis,      Ye  have  been  ruled. 

3.  Recti  sunt,  or  fuerunt,  or  fuere,  They  have  been  ruled 

PLUPERFECT,  had  been  ruled. 

S.  1.  Rectus  eram,  or  fueram,       I  had  been  ruled. 

2.  Rectus  eras,  or  fueras,  Thou  hadst  been  ruled. 

3.  Rectus  erat,  or  fuerat,          He  had  hcen  ruled. 
P.  1.  Recti  eramus,  or  fueramus,  We  had  been  ruled. 

2.  Recti  eratis,  or  fueratis,       Ye  had  been  ruled. 

3.  Recti  erant,  or  fuerant,        They  had  been  ruled. 

FUTURE,  shall,  or  will  be  ruled. 

S.  1.  Reg-ar,  I  shall,  or  will  be  ruled. 

2.  Reg-eris,  or  -ere.  Thou  shalt,  or  wilt  be  ruled. 

3.  Reg-etur,  He  shall,  or  will  be  ruled. 
P.  1.  Reg-em ur,  We  shall,  or  will  be  ruled. 

2.  Reg- e mini,  Ye  shall,  or  will  be  ruled. 

3.  Reg-entur,  They  shall,  or  will  be  ruled. 

FUTURE  PERFECT,  shall,  or  will  have  been  ruled. 

S.  1.  Rectus  fuero,  I  shall,  or  will  have  been  ruled. 

2.  Rectus  fueris,  Thou  shalt,  or  wilt  have  been  ruled* 

3.  Rectus  fuerit,  He  shall  or  will  have  been  ruled. 
P.  1.  Recti  fuerimus,  We  shall,  or  will  have  been  ruled. 

2.  Recti  fueritis,        Ye  shall,  or  will  have  been  ruled. 

3.  Recti  fuerint,         They  shall,  or  will  have  been  ruled. 


S4  LATIN    LESSONS. 

EXERCISE. 

LATIN  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  ENGLISH. 

Lysander  occisus  est  a  Thebanis. 

Nihil  actum  est  a  Pompeio  nostro  sapienter. 

Vel  vincam  te,  vel  vincar  abs  te. 

Sternuntur  inertia  corpora. 

Judex  damnatur,  cum  nocens  absolvitur. 

Praeda  ingens  parta  est. 

ENGLISH  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  LATIN. 

The  judge  is  condemned,  while  the  guilty  is  freed. 

Lysander  was  slain  by  the  Thebans. 

A  great  booty  was  obtained. 

Either  I  will  conquer  thee,  or  be  conquered  by  thee. 

Nothing  has  been  done  wisely  by  our  Pornpey. 

The  sluggish  bodies  are  prostrated. 


LESSON    XLV. 

(Review  Lesson  XLIV.) 

SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD. 

PRESENT  TENSE,  may,  or  can  be  ruled. 

S.  1.  Reg-ar,  I  may,  or  can  be  ruled. 

2.  Reg-aris,  or  -are,  Thou  may  est,  or  canst  be  ruled* 

3.  Reg-atur,  He  may,  or  can  be  ?-uled. 
P.  1.  Reg-amur,  We'may,  or  can  be  ruled. 

2.  Reg-amini,  Ye  ntay,  or  can  be  ruled. 

3.  Reg-antur,  They  may,  or  can  be  ruled. 


PASSIVE   VOI  CE.  85 

IMPERFECT,  might,  could,  would,  or  should  be. 
S.  1.  Reg-erer,  I  might,  etc.,  be  ruled. 

2.  Reg-ereris,  or  -ere*re,          Thoumightst,  etc.,  be  ruled. 

3.  Reg-eretur,  He  might,  etc.,  be  ruled. 
P*  1.  Reg-erernur,                       We  'might,  etc.,  be  ruled, 

2.  Reg-eremini,  Ye  might,  etc.,  be  ruled. 

3.  Reg-erentur,  They  might,  etc.,  be  ruled. 

PERFECT,  may  have  been. 
S.  1.  Rectus  sim,  or  fuerim,     I  may  have  been  ruled. 

2.  Rectus  sis,  or  fueris,         Thou  may  esthavebeen  ruled. 

3.  Rectus  sit,  or  fuerit,          He  ?nay  have  been  ruled. 
P.  1.  Recti  simus,  or  fuerimus,  We  may  have,  been  ruled. 

2.  Recti  sitis,  or  fueritis,        Ye  may  have  been  ruled. 

3.  Recti  sint,  or  fuerint,         They  may  have  been  ruled. 

PLUPERFECT,  might,  could,  would,    or  should  have   been. 

Rectus  essem,  or  fuissem, ,  I  might,  etc.,  have  been  ruled. 

Rectus  esses,  or  fuisses,  Thou  might st  have  ruled. 

Rectus  esset,  or  fuisset,  He  might  have  been  ruled. 
Recti  essemus,  or  fuissemus,  Wemight,  etc.  havebeenruled. 

Recti  essetis,,  or  fuissetis,  Ye  might  have  been  ruled. 

Recti  essent,  or  fuissent,  They  might  have  been  ruled. 

EXERCISE. 

LATIN  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  ENGLISH. 

Duo  Scipiones  interfecti  essent. 
Omnes  suadent,  ut  exercitus  instruatur. 
Ut  haec  gererentur. 
Opes  protegerentur. 
Instrueretur  opus. 

ENGLISH   TO  BE  TURNED  INTO   LATIN. 

All  advise  that  the  army  may  be  drawn  up. 
Wealth  should  be  protected. 
That  these  things  might  be  carried  on. 
The  two  Scipios  might  have  been  slain. 
The  work  should  be  built. 


S6 


LATIN  LESSONS. 


LESSON    XLVI. 


(  Review  Lesson  XLV.) 


IMPERATIVE  MOOD. 


S.  2.  Reg-ere,  or  -jtor, 

3.  Reg-itor, 
P.  2.  Reg-imini, 

3.  Reg-untor, 


Be  tkou  ruled. 
Let  him  be  ruled. 
Be  ye  ruled. 
Let  them  be  ruled. 


INFINITIVE  MOOD. 

PRES.       Reg-i,  To  be  ruled. 

PERF.       Esse,  or  fuisse  rectus,     To  nave  been  ruled. 
FUT.        Rectum  iri,  To  be  about  to  be  ruled. 


PARTICIPLES. 


PERF.  Rectus,  -a,  -um, 
FUT.     Regendus,  -a,  -um, 


Having  been  ruled. 
To  be  ruled. 


SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  MOODS  AND  TENSES. 


PRES. 
IMP. 
PERF. 
PLUP. 
FUT. 
F.P. 

Indicative. 

Subjunctive. 

Imper. 

Infinitive. 

Part. 

Regor. 
Regebar. 
Rectus  sum. 
Rectus  eram. 
Regar. 
Rectus  fuero. 

Regar. 
Regerer. 
Rectus  sim. 
Rectus  essem. 

Regere. 

Regi. 

Esse,  or  fuis- 
se rectus. 
Rectum  iri. 

Rectus. 

Regen- 
dus. 

EXERCISE. 

LATIN  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  ENGLISH. 

Et  incipiunt  in  corpora  reverti. 

Omnia  tula  vides  sociosque  receptos. 

Pater  exstructos  disjecit  montes. 

Juba  magnam  partem  eorum  interfici  jussit. 


ACTIVEVOICE.  87 

ENGLISH  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  LATIN. 

Juba  ordered  a  great  part  of  them  to  be  slain. 
You    behold    all    things    safe,    and  your    companions 
brought  back. 

And  they  begin  to  be  returned  into  their  bodies. 
The  father  cast  down  the  mountains  built  up. 


LESSON    XLVII. 

1.  Give  the  sign  of  each  Tense  in  all  the  Moods. 

2.  Name  the  Roots,  and  the  Tenses  formed  *rom 
each. 

3.  Give  a  Synopsis  of  loth  voices,  and  write  tables 
of  them  on  the  black-board. 


LESSON    XLVIII. 

(Review  Synopsis  of  the  3d  Conj.) 

ACTIVE  VOICE. 

Pres.  Ind.         Pres.  Inf.         Perf.  Lid.         Supine. 
Audio,  audire,  audivi,     auditum,  To  hear. 

INDICATIVE  MOOD. 

PRESENT  TENSE,  hear,  do  hear. 

S.  1.  Aud-io,  I  hear,  do  hear,  am  hearing. 

2.  Aud-is,  Thou  hearest,  dost  hear,  art  hearing. 

3.  Aud-it,  He  hears,  does  hear,  is  hearing. 
P.  1.  Aud-imus,  We  hear,  do  hear,  are  hearing. 

2.  Aud-itis,  Ye  hear,  do  hear,  are  hearing. 

3.  Aud-iunt,  They  hear,  do  hear,  are  hearing. 


88  LATIN   LESSONS. 

IMPERFECT,  heard,  did  hear,  was  hearing. 

S.  1.  Aud-iebam,  I  heard ,  did  hear,  was  hearing. 

2.  Aud-iebas,  Thou  heardst,  didst  hear,  wast  hearing 

3.  And-iebat,  He  heard,  did  hear,  was  hearing. 
P.  1.  Aud-iebamus,  We  heard,  did  hear,  were  hearing. 

2.  Aud-iebatis,        Ye  heard,  did  hear,  were  hearing. 

3.  Aud-iebant,         They  heard,  did  hear,  were  hearing. 

PERF.  DEF.,  have  heard;  IND.,  heard,  did  hear. 

S.  1.  Audiv-i,  I  have  heard,  heard,  did  hear. 

2.  Audlv-isti,  Thou  hast  heard,  hear dst,  didst  hear 

3.  Audiv-it,  He  has  heard,  heard,  did  hear. 
P.  1.  Audiv-imus,  We  have  heard,  heard,  did  hear. 

2.  Audlv-istis,        Ye  have  heard,  heard,  did  hear. 

3.  Audiv-erunt,  or-ere.  They  have  heard,  heard,  did  hear 

PLUPERFECT,  had  heard. 

S.  1.  Audiv-eram,  I  had  heard. 

2.  Audiv-eras,  Thou  hadst  heard. 

3.  Audiv-erat,  He  had  heard. 
P.  1.  Audiv-eramus,  We  had  heard. 

2.  Audiv-eratis,  Ye  had  heard. 

3.  Audiv-erant,  They  had  heard. 

FUTURE,  shall,  or  will  hear. 

S.  1.  Aud-iam,  I  shall,  or  will  hear. 

2.  Aud-ies,  Thou  shalt,  or  wilt  hear. 

3.  Aud-iet,  He  shall,  or  will  hear. 
P.  1.  Aud-iemus,  We  shall,  or  will  hear. 

2.  Aud-ietis,  Ye  shall,  or  will  hear. 

3.  Aud-ient,  They  shall,  or  ivill  hear. 

FUTURE  PERFECT,  shall,  or  will  have  heard. 

S.  1.  Audiv-ero,  I  shall,  or  will  have  heard. 

2.  Audiv-eris,  Thou  shall,  or  wilt  have  heard. 

3  Audiv-erit,  He  shall,  or  will  have  heard. 

P.  1.  AudTv-enmus,  We  shall,  or  will  have  heard. 

2.  Audiv-eritis,  Ye  shall,  or  will  have  heard. 

3  Audlv-erint,  They  shall,  or  will  have  heard. 


ACTIVE    VOICE,  8C 

EXERCISE, 

LATIN  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  ENGLISH. 

Rivus  progressus  nostrorum  impediebat. 
Pompeius  in  meam  potestatem  venit. 
De  Pompeio  scio  nihil. 
De  illius  adventu  nihil  audiebamus. 
Saevit  ignobile  vulgus. 

ENGLISH  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  LATIN. 

Pompey  came  into  my  power. 

The  ignoble  rabble  rages. 

The  river  hindered  the  progress  of  our  soldiers. 

We  heard  nothing  concerning  his  coming 

I  know  nothing  concerning  Pompey. 

QUESTIONS.  From  what  Latin  words  are  the  following  derived 
-advent  ?  —  progress  ? « —  river  ?  —  impede  ?  —  vulgar  ? 


LESSON  XLIX. 

(Review  Lesson  XLVIIU 

SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD. 

PRESENT  TENSE,  may,  or  can  hear. 

S.  I.  Aud-iam,  I  may,  or  can  hear. 

2.  Aud-ias,  Thou  m,ayest,  or  canst  hear. 

3.  Aud-iat,  He  may,  or  can  hear. 
P.  1.  Aud-iamus,  We  may,  or  can  hear. 

2.  Aud-iatis,  Ye  may,  or  can  hear. 

3.  Aud-iant,  They  may,  or  can  hear. 


90  LATIN    LESSONS- 

IMPERFECT,  might,  could,  would,  or  should. 

S.  1.  Aud-Trem,  I  might,  etc.,  hear. 

2.  Aud-ires,  Thoumighist,  etc.,  hear. 

3.  Aud-iret,  He  might,  etc.,  hear. 
P.  1.  Aud-iremus,  We  might,  etc.,  hear. 

2.  Aud-Iretis,  Ye  might,  etc.,  hear. 

3.  Aud-irent,  TAe?/  might,  etc.,  ^e«r. 

PERFECT,  may  have  heard. 

S.  1.  Audlv-erim,  I  may  have  heard. 

2.  Audiv-eris,  Thou  mayest  have  heard. 

3.  Audiv-erit,  He  may  have  heard. 
P.  1.  Audiv-erimus,  We  may  have  heard. 

2.  Audlv-eritis,          Ye  may  have  heard. 

3.  Audiv-erint,          They  may  have  heard. 

PLUPERFECT,  might,  could,  would,  or  should  hear. 

S.  1.  Audiv-issem,  I  might,  etc.,  have  heard. 

2.  Audiv-isses,  Thou  mightst,  etc.,  have  heard. 

3.  Audiv-isset,  He  might,  etc.,  have  heard. 
P.  1.  Audiv-issemus,  We  might,  etc.,  have  heard. 

2.  Audiv-issetis,        Ye  might,  etc.,  have  heard. 

3.  Audlv-issent,         They  might,  etc.,  have  heard. 


EXERCISE. 

LATIN  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  ENGLISH. 

Minus  sjrpe  pecces,  si  scias,  quid  nescias. 

Malta  nescirem,  nisi  permulta  ab  aliis  audivissem. 

Qui  est,  ut   meae  literae  non  veniant  ? 

Quis  est,  qui  nesciat  quid  voluptas  sit  ? 

Giconiae  quonam  e  loco  veniant,  incompertum  est. 


ACTIVE    VOICE.  91 

ENGLISH    TO    BE    TURNED    INTO    LATIN. 

Who  is  there  who  does  not  know  what  pleasure  is  ? 

Thou  mayest  do  wrong  less  frequently,  if  thou  knowest 
of  what  thou  art  ignorant. 

It  is  not  known  from  what  place  the  storks  came. 

I  should  be  ignorant  of  many  things,  unless  I  had 
heard  very  many  things  from  others. 

Why  is  it,  that  my  letters  may  not  come. 


LESSON   L. 


(Review  Lesson  XLIX.) 


IMPERATIVE  MOOD. 

S.  2.  Aud-i,  or  -ito,  Hear  thmi. 

3.  Aud-ito,  Let  him  hear. 

P.  2.  Aud-ite,  or  -itote,  Hear  ye,  or  you. 

3.  Aud-iunto,  Let  them  hear. 

INFINITIVE  MOOD. 

PRES.  Aud-lre,  To  hear. 

PERF.  Audiv-isse,  To  have  heard. 

FUT.  Esse  auditurus,  To  be  about  to  hear. 

F.  PERF.  Fuisse  auditurus,  To  have  been  about  to  hear. 

PARTICIPLES. 

PRES.        Aud-iens,  Hearing. 

FUT.         Aud-iturus,  -a,  -um,          About  to  hear. 


92 


LATIN     LESSON  S 


GERUNDS. 

Nom.  Aud-iendum, 
Gen.    Aud-iendi, 
Dat.    Aud-iendo, 
Ace.     Aud-iendum, 

SUPINES. 

Former.  Audit-um, 
Latter.     Audit-u. 


Hearing. 
Of  hearing. 
To  hearing. 
Hearing. 


To  hear. 

To  be  heard,  or  to  hear. 


SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  MOODS  AND  TENSES. 


PRES. 
IMP. 
PERI\ 
PLUP. 
FUT. 
F.P. 

Indicative. 

Sub  junc. 

Imp. 

Infinitive. 

Partic. 

Audio. 
Audiebam. 
Audivi. 
Audiveram. 
Audiam. 
Audlvero. 

Audiam. 
Audirem. 
Audlverim. 
Audlvissem. 

Audi. 

Audlre. 
Audivisse. 

Esse  auditurus. 
Fuisse  auditurus. 

Audi- 
ens. 

Auditu- 
rus. 

EXERCISE. 

LATIN  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  ENGLISH. 

Datur  notas  audlre  et  reddere  voces. 
Audite,  O  proceres,  et  spes  discite  vestras. 
Ego  ver6  cupio  ad  te  venire. 
Adspexit  uxorem  dormientem. 
Nihil  eram  auditurus. 

ENGLISH  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  LATIN. 

I  truly  desire  to  come  to  thee. 
.    It  is  given  to  hear  and  return  known  voices. 
I  was  about  to  hear  nothing. 
Hear,  O  nobles,  and  learn  your  hopes. 
He  beheld  his  wife  sleeping. 

QUESTIONS.  From  what  Latin  are  the  following  words  derived? 
—  audit  ?  —  dormant  ?  — voice  ?  —  known  ? 


PASSIVEVOICE.  93 

LESSON    LI. 

(Review  Lesson  L.) 
PASSIVE  VOICE. 

Pres.  Ind.         Pres.  Inf.  Perf.  Part. 

Audior.  audlri.  audit  us,   To  be  heard. 

INDICATIVE  MOOD. 

PRESENT  TENSE,  am  heard. 

S.  1.  Aud-ior,  I  am  heard. 

2.  Aud-iris,  or  ire,  Thou  art  heard. 

3.  Aud-itur,  He  is  heard. 
P.  1.  Aud-imur,  We  are  heard. 

2.  Aud-immi,  Ye  are  heard. 

3.  Aud-iuntur,  They  are  heard. 

IMPERFECT,  was  heard. 

S.  1.  Aud-iebar,  /  was  heard, 

2.  Aud-iebaris,  or  iebare,  Thou  wast  heard. 

3.  Aud-iebatur,  He  ivas  heard. 
P.  1.  Aud-iebamur,  We  were  heard. 

2.  Aud-iebammi,  Ye  were  heard. 

3.  Aud-iebantur,  They  were  heard. 

PERFECT,  have  been  heard,   was  heard,  am  heard. 

S.  1.  Auditus  sum,  or  fui,  J  have  been  heard. 

2.  Auditus  es,  or  fwisti,  Thou  hadst  been  heard. 

3.  Auditus  est,  or  fuit,  He  has  been  heard. 
P.  1.  Audit!  sum  us,  or  fuTmus,  We  have  been  heard. 

2.  Audlti  estis,  or  fuistis,        Ye  have  been  heard. 

3.  Audit!  sunt,  fuerunt,or  fuere,  They  have  been  heard. 


94  LATIN  LESSONS. 

PLUPERFECT,  had  "been  heard. 
S.  1.  Auditus  eram,  or  fueram,        I  had  been  heard. 

2.  Auditus  eras,  or  fueras,  Thou  hadst  been  heard. 

3.  Auditus  erat,  or  fuerat,  He  had  been  heard. 
P.  1.  Auditi  eramus,  or  fueramus,    We  had  been  heard. 

2.  Auditi  eratis,  or  fueratis,          Ye  had  been  heard. 

3.  Auditi  erant,  or  fuerarit,  They  had  been  heard. 

FUTURE,  shall^  or  will  have  been  heard. 
S.  1.  Aud-iar,  I  shall,  or  will  be  heard. 

2.  Aud-ieris,  or  -ere,  Thou  shalt,  or  wilt  be  heard. 

3.  Aud-ietur,  He  shall,  or  ivill  be  heard. 
P.  1.  Aud-iemur,  We  shall,  or  will  be  heard. 

2.  Aud-iemini,  Ye  shall,  or  will  be  heard. 

3.  Aud-ientur,  They  shall,  or  will  be  heard. 

FUTURE  PERFECT,  shall^  or  will  have  been  heard. 
S.  1.  Auditus  fuero,         I  shall,  or  will  have  been  heard. 

2.  Auditus  fueris,        Thou  shalt,  orivilt  have  been  heard. 

3.  AudTtus  fuerit,        He  shall,  or  will  have  been  heard. 
f.  1.  Auditi  fuerimus,     We  shall,  or  will  have  been  heard. 

2.  Auditi  fueritis,         Ye  shall,  or  will  have  beon  heard. 

3.  Auditi  fuerint,         They  shall,  or  will  have  been  heard. 

EXERCISE. 

LATIN  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  ENGLISH. 

Gemitus  lachrymabilis  ab  irno  auditur  tumiilo. 

Id  oppidum  rnuniebatur. 

Hie  ille  sepultus  est. 

Voces  auditae  sunt. 

Preces  hominum  piorum  a  Deo  audientur. 

ENGLISH  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  LATIN. 

He  has  been  buried  here. 

A  sad  groan  is  heard  from  the  lowest  part  of  the  mound 

The  prayers  of  pious  men  shall  be  heard  by  God. 

This  walled-town  was  fortified. 

Voices  have  been  heard. 


PASSIVE    VOICE.  £.5 

LESSON    LI1. 

(Review  Lesson  LI.) 

SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD. 
PRESENT  TENSE,  may,  or  can  be  hearu. 

3.  1.  Aud-iar,  I  may,  or  can  be  heard. 

2.  Aud-iaris,  or  -are,  Thou  rnayest ,  or  canst  be  heard. 

3.  Aud-iatur,  He  may,  or  can  be  heard. 
P.  1.  Aud-iamur,  We  may,  or  can  be  heard. 

2.  Aud-iamini,  Ye  may,  or  can  be  heard. 

3.  Aud-iantur,  They  may,  or  can  be  heard. 

IMPERFECT,  might  ^  could,  would,  or  should  be  heard. 

S.  1.  Aud-irer,  I  might,  etc.,  be  heard. 

2.  Aud-ireris,  or  -Irere,  Thou  mightst,  etc.,  be  heard. 

3.  Aud-iretur,  He  might,  etc.,  be  heard. 
P.  1.  Aud-Irernur,  We  might,  etc.,  be  heard. 

2.  Aud-iremini,  Ye  might,  etc.,  be  heard. 

3.  Aud-irentur,  They  might,  etc.,  be  heard. 

PERFECT,  may  have  been  heard. 

S.  Audltus  sim,  or  fuerim,     I  may  have  been  heard. 

Auditus  sis,  or  fueris,        Thou  mayest  have  been  heard. 

Auditus  sit,  or  fuerit,        He  may  hare  been  heard. 
P.  Audlti  simus,  or  fuerim  us,  TFe  may  have  been  heard. 

Audit!  sitis,  or  fuentis,      Ye  may  have  been  heard. 

Auditi  sint,  or  fuerint,        They  may  have  been  heard. 

PLUPERFECT,  might,  could,  would,  or  should  have  been  heard. 

Auditus  essem,  or  fuissem,     I  might,  etc.,  have  been  heard. 
Auditus  esses,  or  fuisses,        Thou  mi ghtst  hare  bee?i  heard. 
Auditus  esset,  or  fuisset,         He  might  have  beeji  heard. 
Auditi  essernus,  or  fuissem  us,  We  might  have  been  heard. 
Auditi  essetis,  or  fuissetis,      Ye  might  have  bee7i  heard. 
Auditi  essent,  or  fuissent,        They  might  have  been  heard. 


96  LATIN    LESSONS. 

EXERCISE. 

LATIN  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  ENGLISH. 

Ille  timuit  ne  opus  impediretur. 

Illi  timuerunt  ne  aditus  impediretur. 

Justum  est,  ut  sontes  puniantur. 

Quum  sepultus  esset,  cessabat  omnis  dolor. 

ENGLISH  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  LATIN. 

It  is  just  that  the  guilty  he  punished. 

He  feared  that  the  work  might  he  hindered. 

When  he  was  buried,  all  grief  ceased. 

They  feared  that  the  approach  might  be  hindered. 

QUESTIONS.  From  what  Latin  words  are  the  following  derived 
—impede  ?  — just  ?  — punish  ?  —  cease  ? 


LESSON    LIII. 


(Review  Lesson  LIL) 

IMPERATIVE  MOOD. 

S.  2.  Aud-ire,  or  itor,  Be  thou  heard. 

3.  Aud-itor,  Let  him  be  heard. 

P.  2.  Aud-imini,  Be  ye  heard. 

3.  Aud-iuntor,  Let  them  be  heard. 

INFINITIVE  MOOD. 

PRES.     Aud-iri,  To  be  heard. 

PERF.     Aud-itus  esse,  or  fuisse,  To  have  been  heard. 
FTJT.       Aud-itum  iri,  To  be  about  to  be  heard. 


PASSIVE    VOICE. 

PARTICIPLES 


97 


PERF.   Auditus,  -a,  -urn,  Heard,  having  been  heard 

FUT.      Aud-iendus,  -a,  -um,     To  be  heard. 

SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  MOODS  AND  TENSES. 


PRES. 
IMP. 
PERF. 

PLUP. 
FUT. 
F.P. 

Indicative. 

Subjunctive. 

Imper. 

Infinitive. 

part. 

Audior. 
Audiebar. 
Auditus  sum. 

Auditus  kram. 
Audiar. 
Auditus  fuero. 

Audiar. 
Audirer. 
Auditus  sim. 

Auditus     es- 
sem 

Audire. 

Audlri. 

Esse  orfuisse 
auditus. 

Auditum  iri. 

Audi- 
tus. 

Audi- 
endus. 

EXERCISE. 

LATIN  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  ENGLISH. 

Permisit  notas  audlri  et  reddi  voces. 
Fabius  circumventus  interficitur. 
Homo  ante  diem  tertium  ne  sepelitor. 
Generum  arcessiri  jussit. 
Sopitos  suscitat  ignes. 
Incipit  audlri  fragor. 


ENGLISH  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  LATIN. 

Fabius  having  been  surrounded  is  slain. 

The  crashing  begins  to  be  heard. 

He  permitted  real  voices  to  be  heard  and  returned. 

Let  not  a  man  be  buried  before  the  third  day. 

He  kindles  the  smothered  fires. 

He  ordered  his  son-in-law  to  be  called. 

QUESTION.    What  English  words  are  derived  from  the  Latin 
words  in  this  Exercise? 


98  LA¥IN  LESSONS. 

LESSON    Liy. 

1.  Give  the  Sign  for  each  Tense    in  all   the  Moods. 

2.  Name  the    roots    in    both    voices,    and    the  Tenses 
formed  from  each. 

3.  Give  a  Synopsis  of  both  voices,    and  write  tables 
of  them  on  the  black-board. 


LESSON    LV. 

(Review  the  Synopsis  of  4th  .Conjugation.) 

DEPONENT  AND  COMMON  VERBS. 

Deponent  verbs  are  those  which,  under  a  passive 
form^  have  an  active  signification;  as  :  loquor,  I  speak. 

Common  verbs  are  those  which,  under  a  passive  form^ 
have  an  active  or  passive  signification  ;  as  :  criminor^ 
I  accuse,  or  am  accused. 

They  are  conjugated  and  inflected  like  the  passive 
voice  of  the  conjugations  to  which  they  belong; 
except  that  they  have  also  the  participles ,  gerunds , 
supines^  and  future  infinitive  of  the  active  voice. 

NOTE.  In  the  following  exercise  the  pupil  should  refer  to  the 
vassive  voice  of  the  conjugation  he  ^neets  ivith,  in  order  to  parse 
deponent  verbs  understandingly. 


IRREGULAR    VERBS.  99 

EXERCISE. 

LATIN  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  ENGLISH. 

Testatur  haec  fabiila  propositum  meum. 
Ubi  coepit  pauper  divitem  imitari  peccat. 
Agrum  hunc  mercatus  sum. 
Ille  jam  fatetur  se  esse  hostem. 
Laudem  meritus  esse  videbatur. 
Rods  sumrnas  levibus  perlabitur  undas. 
Consequar  jam  te,  mea  mater. 
Dionysius  classem  opperiebatur. 
Tempestas  cooritur. 

ENGLISH  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  LATIN. 

I  have  purchased  this  field. 
This  fable  proves  my  proposition. 
He  glides  along  the  tops  of  the  waves  with  his  light 
wheels. 

When  a  poor  man  begins  to  imitate  the  rich,  he  errs. 

Now  I  will  follow  thee,  O  my  mother. 

He  now  confesses  himself  to  be  an  enemy. 

Dionysius  awaited  the  fleet. 

He  seemed  to  have  merited  praise. 

QUESTIONS.  From  what  Latin  are  the  following  words  derived? 
—pauper  ? — merit  ? — imitate  ? — proposition  ? — testator  ?  —  tempest  ? 


LESSON    LVI. 

(Review  Lesson  LV.) 

IRREGULAR  VERBS. 

• 

Irregular  verbs  are  those  in  which  some  of  the  se- 
condary parts  are  not  formed  from  the  primary,  ac- 
cording to  the  rules  for  regular  verbs. 


100 


LATIN    LESSONS. 


The  irregular  verbs  are  six ;  viz  :  sum,    eo,    queo, 
volojfero,  andfio.    Their  compounds  are  also  irregular. 

HEM.  Sum  has  already  been   inflected.    Prosum,   to  do  good 
inserts  d  where  the  simple  verb  begins  with  e. 

Prosum,          prodesse,          profui,    To  do  good. 
INDICATIVE  MOOD. 
PRESENT  TENSE. 


Sing.  Prosum, 
Plur.  Prosumus 

prodes, 
prodestis, 

prodest  ; 
prosunt. 

IMPERFECT. 

Sing.  Prod-eram, 
Plur.  Prod-eramus, 

prod-  eras, 
prod-eratis, 

prod-erat  ; 
prod-erant. 

PERFECT. 

Sing.  Profu-i, 
Plur.  Profu-imus, 

profu-isti, 
profu-istis, 

profu-it  ; 
profu-erunt,  or  ere 

PLUPERFECT. 

Sing.  Profu-eram, 
Plur.  Profu-eramus, 

prof  u-  eras, 
profu-eratis, 

profu-erat  ; 
profu-erant. 

FUTURE. 

Sing.  Prod-ero, 
Plur.  Prod-erimus, 

prod-eris, 
prod-eritis, 

prod-erit  ; 
prod-erunt. 

F.  PERFECT. 

Sing.  Profu-ero, 
Plur.  Profu-erimus, 

profu-eris, 
profu-eritis, 

profu-erit  ; 
profu-erunt. 

SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD- 

PRESENT. 

Sing.  Pro-sim, 
Plur.  Pro-slmus, 

pro-sis, 
pro-sitis, 

pro-sit  , 
pro-sint. 

IRREGULAR  VERBS.  101 

IMPERFECT. 

Sing.  Prod-essein,        prod-esses,        prod-esset; 
Plur.  Prod-essemus,    prod-essetis,     prod-essent. 

PERFECT. 

Sing.  Profu-erim,         profu-eris,         profu-erit ; 
Plur.  Profu-erimus,      profu-eritis,      profu-erint. 

PLUPERFECT, 

Sing.  Profu-issem,        profu-isses,       profu-isset; 
Plur.  Prof u-iss emus,    profu-issetis,    profu-issent. 

IMPERATIVE  MOOD. 

£f>  2.  Prod-es,  or  prod-esto,   ^  Prod-este,  or  prod-estote. 
i§    3.  Prod-esto,  S^  Pro-sunto. 

INFINITIVE  MOOD. 

PRES.  Prod-esse.  FUT.  Esse  pro-futurus,  -a,  -um. 

PERF.  Pro-fuisse.  F.  P.  Fuisse  pro-futurus,  -a,  -um. 

PARTICIPLE. 
FUT.  Pro-futurus,  -a,  -um. 

2.  POSSUM,     posse,     potui.        /  can,  I  am  able. 

INDICATIVE  MOOD. 
PRESENT  TENSE. 

Sing.  Possum,  potes,  potest ; 

Plur.  Possumus,  potestis,  possunt. 

IMPERFECT. 

Sing.  Pot-eram,  pot-eras,  pot-erat; 

Plur.  Pot-eramus,         pot-eratis,        pot-erant. 


102 


LATIN     LESSONS. 


Sing. 
Plur. 


Sing. 
Plur. 


Potu-i, 
Potu-imus, 


Potu-eram, 
Potu-eramus, 


PERFECT. 

potu-isti, 
potu-istis, 


potu-it ; 
potu-erunt,  or  -5re, 


PLUPERFECT. 
potu-eras,        potu-erat ; 


Sing. 
Plur. 


Sing. 
Plur. 


Sing. 
Plur. 


Sing. 
Plur. 


Sing. 
Plur. 


Sing. 
Plur. 


PRES. 


Pot-ero, 
Pot-erimus, 


Potu-ero, 
Potu-erimus, 


potu-eratis, 
FUTURE. 

pot-eris, 
pot-eritis, 

F.  PERFECT. 

potu-eris, 
potu-eritis, 


potu-erant. 

pot-erit ; 
pot-erunt. 


potu-erit ; 
potu-erint. 


SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD. 

PRESENT  TENSE. 

Pos-sim,  pos-sis,  pos-sit ; 

Pos-slmus,  pos-sltis,          pos-sint. 

IMPERFECT. 

Pos-sem,  pos-ses,  pos-set ; 

Pos-semus,  pos-setis,         pos-sent. 

PERFECT. 

Potu-erim,  potu-eris,         potu-erit ; 

Potu-erimus,       potu-eritis,       potu-erint. 

PLUPERFECT. 

Potu-issem,          potu-isses,       potu-isset; 
Potu-issemus,      potu-issetis,     potu-issent. 

INFINITIVE  MOOD. 
Posse.     PERF,    Potuisse.     The  rest  not  used. 


IRREGULAR   VERBS.  103 

EXERCISE. 

LATIN  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  ENGLISH. 

Jam  me  assequi  non  potes. 
Bibulus  vim  morbi  sustinere  non  potuit. 
Possunt,  quia  posse  videntur. 
Cognitio  juris  multum  proderit. 
Auxilium  dari  nulla  ratione  poterat. 

ENGLISH  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  LATIN. 

Tht-v  are  able,  because  they  seem  to  be  able. 

Now  you  are  not  able  to  reach  me. 

Aid  could  be  given  in  no  manner. 

Bibulus  was  not  able  to  sustain  the  force  of  disease. 

The  knowledge  of  right  shall  profit  much. 


LESSON     LVII. 

(Review  Lesson  LVI.) 

3.     Eo,  ire,  ivi,  itum.     Togo. 

INDICATIVE  MOOD. 

PRESENT  TENSE. 

Sing.  Eo,  is,  it; 

Plur.  Imus,  itis,  eunt. 

IMPERFECT. 

Sing.  Ibam,  ibas,  ibat ; 

Plur.  Ibamus,  ibatis,  ibant 


104 


LATIN  LESSONS 


PERFECT. 

Sing.  Ivi, 
Plur.  Ivimus, 

ivisti,                    ivit  ; 
ivistis,                  iv6runt,  or  ivSre 

PLUPERFECT. 

Sing.  Iveram, 
Plur.  Iveramus, 

iveras,                  iverat  ; 
iveratis,               iverant. 

FUTURE. 

Sing.  Ibo, 
Plur.  Ibimus, 

ibis,                      ibit  ; 
ibitis,                   ibunt. 

F.  PERFECT. 

Sing.  Ivero, 
Plur.  Iverimus, 

iveris,                  iverit  ; 
iveritis               iverint. 

SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD. 

PRESENT  TENSE. 

Sing.  Earn, 
Plur.  Eamus, 

eas,                     eat  ; 

eatis,                    eant. 

IMPERFECT. 

Sing.  Irem, 
Plur.  Iremus, 

ires,                     iret  ; 
iretis,                  irent. 

PERFECT. 

Sing.  Iverim, 
Plur.  Iverimus, 

iveris,                 iverit  ; 
iveritis,               iverint. 

PLUPERFECT. 

Sing.  Ivissem, 
Plur.  Ivissemus 

ivisses,                ivisset  ; 
,         ivissetis,             ivissent. 

IMPERATIVE  MOOD. 

Sing.                                            Plur. 
2.  I,  or  Ito.                             2.  Ite,  or  itOte. 
3.  Ito;                                  3.  Eunto. 

IRREGULAR   VERBS.  105 

INFINITIVE  MOOD. 

PUBS.  Ire.  FUT.   Esse  iturus,  -a,  -urn. 

PERF.  Ivisse.  F»  P»  Fuisse  iturus,  -a,  -urn. 

PARTICIPLES. 

Pres.  lens,     Gen.  euntis.      Fut.  Mrus,  -a,  -urn. 
GERUNDS.  SUPINES. 

Eundiim.  1.  Itum. 

Eundi,  etc.  2.  Itu. 

EXERCISE. 

LATIN  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  ENGLISH. 

Et  jam  Argiva  phalanx  ad  naves  ibant. 
Sed  invitatus  ad  tuos  ivisse  videaris. 
Equites  ab  eo  missi  flumen  transeunt. 
Caesar  in  provinciam  suam  iverat. 
Cum  pedes  iret  in  hostem. 
Sed  non  est  iturus.     Abi  deambulatum. 

ENGLISH  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  LATIN. 

When  the  foot  soldiery  went  against  the  enemy. 
But   thou   mayest    seem    to    have    gone,    invited    to 
thine  own. 

Caesar  had  gone  into  his  own  province. 
And  now  the  Grecian  phalanx  went  to  the  ships. 
The  horsemen  being  sent  by  him  cross  the  river. 
But  he  is  not  about  to  go.     Go  out  to  walk. 

QUESTION.  What  English  words  are  derived  from  the  Latin 
words  in  this  exercise? 


106 


LATIN  LESSONS. 


LESSON   LVIII. 

(Review  Lesson  LVTI.) 

4.     Volo,      velle,    volui,         To  will,  to  be  willing. 

INDICATIVE  MOOD. 
PRESENT  TENSE. 


Sing.  Volo, 
Plur.  Volumus, 

vis, 
vultis, 

vult; 
volunt. 

IMPERFECT. 

Sing.  Vol-ebam, 
Plur.  Vol-ebamus, 

vol-ebas, 
vol-ebatis, 

vol-ebat  ; 
vol-ebant. 

PERFECT. 

Sing.  Volu-i, 
Plur.  Volu-imus, 

volu-isti, 
volu-istis, 

volu-it  ; 
volu-erunt,  or  ere. 

PLUPERFECT. 

Sing.  Volu-eram, 
Plur.  Volu-eramus, 

volu-eras, 
volu-eratis, 

volu-erat  ; 
volu-erant. 

FUTURE. 

king.  Vol-am, 
Plur.  Vol-emus, 

vol-es, 
vol-etis, 

vol-et  ; 
vol-ent. 

F.  PERFECT. 

Sing.  Volu-ero, 
Plur.  Volu-erimus, 

volu-eris, 
volu-eritis, 

volu-erit  ; 
volu-erint. 

SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD. 

PRESENT  TENSE. 

Sing.  Velim, 
Plur.  Velimus, 

veils, 
velitis, 

velit  ; 
velint. 

IRREGULAR    VERBS. 

0 

IMPERFECT. 

Sing.  Vellem,                velies, 
Plur.  Veil  emus,            velletis, 

vellet  ; 
vellent. 

PERFECT. 

Sing.  Volu-erim,           volu-eris, 
Plur.  Volu-erimus,        volu-eritis, 

volu-erit  ; 
volu-erint. 

PLUPERFECT. 

Sing.  Volu-issem,         volu-isses, 
Plur.  Volu-issemus,      volu-issetis, 

volu-isset  ; 
volu-issent. 

INFINITIVE  MOOD. 

PARTICIPLE. 

Pres.  Velle.     Perf.  Voluisse. 

Pres.  Volens. 

107 


EXERCISE. 

LATIN  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  ENGLISH. 

Si  quid  de  his  rebus  dicere  vellet. 

Quod  vult    habet,  qui  velle,  quod  satis  est,  potest. 

Satis  est  beatus,  qui  potest,  cum  vult,  mori. 

Volebam  ad  te  Marionem  remittere. 

Haec  ad  te  scribere  volui. 


ENGLISH  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  LATIN. 

I  wished  to  send  Mario  to  thee. 

He    has  what    he  wishes,  who   is  able  to  wish  what 
is  sufficient. 

I  desired  to  write  these  things  to  thee. 
'      If  he  wished  to  say  anything  concerning  these  things. 

He  is    sufficiently  happy,  who    is    able    to    die  when 
he  wishes. 

QUESTION.  What  English  words   are  formed   from  the  Latin 
words  in  this  Exercise  ? 


108 


LATIN    LESSONS. 


LESSON   LIX. 

(Review  Lesson  LVIIL) 

5.  Nolo,  nolle,  nolui.  To  be  umvilling.  (From  non  volo 

INDICATIVE  MOOD. 
PRESENT  TENSE. 


Sing.  Nolo, 
Plur.  Nolumus, 

non-  vis, 
non-vultis, 

non-vult  ; 
nolunt. 

IMPERFECT. 

Sing.  Nol-ebam, 
Plur.  Nol-ebamus, 

nol-ebas, 
nol-ebatis, 

nol-ebat  ; 
nol-ebant. 

PERFECT. 

Sing.  Nolu-i, 
Plur.  Nolu-imus, 

nolu-isti, 
nolu-istis, 

nolu-it  ; 
nolu-erunt,  or  -Sre 

PLUPERFECT. 

Sing.  Nolu-eram, 
Plur.  Nolu-eramus, 

nolu-eras, 
nolu-eratis, 

nolu-erat  ; 
nolu-erant. 

FUTURE. 

Sing.  Nol-am, 
Plur.  Nol-emus, 

nol-es, 
nol-etis, 

nol-et  ; 
nol-ent. 

F.  PERFECT. 

Sing.  Nolu-ero, 
Plur.  Nolu-erimus, 

nolu-eris, 
nolu-eritis, 

nolu-erit  ; 
nolu-erint. 

Sing. 
Plur. 


SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD. 

PRESENT  TENSE. 

Nolim,  nolis,  nolit ; 

Nolimus,  nolitis,  nolint. 


IRREGULAR   VERBS, 


109 


Sing.  Nollem, 
Plur.  Nollemus, 

Sing.  Nolu-erim, 
Plur.  Nolu-erimus, 

Sing.  Nolu-issem, 
Plur.  Nolu-issemus, 

IMPERATIVE. 

S.  Noli,  or  nolito. 
P.  Nolite,  or  nolitote 


IMPERFECT. 

nolles, 
nolletis, 

PERFECT. 
nolu-eris, 
nolu-eritis, 

PLUPERFECT. 
nolu-isses, 
nolu-issetis, 

INFINITIVE.  PARTICIPLE. 

Pres.  Nolle.          Pres.  Nolens. 
Perf.  Noluisse.    The  rest  wanting. 


nollet ; 
nollent. 


nolu-erit ; 
nolu-erint. 

nolu-isset ; 
nolu-issent. 


6.  Malo,  malle,  malui.  To  be  more  willing.  (Magis  et  volo.) 

INDICATIVE  MOOD. 
PRESENT  TENSE. 


Sing.  Malo, 
Plur.  Malumus, 

mavis, 
mavultis, 

mavult  ; 
malunt. 

IMPERFECT. 

Sing.  Mai-  e"  bam, 
Plur.  Mal-ebamus, 

mal-ebas, 
mal-ebatis, 

mal-ebat  ; 
mal-ebant. 

PERFECT. 

Sing.  Malu-i, 
Plur.  Malu-imus, 

malu-isti, 
malu-istis, 

malu-it  ; 
malu-erunt,  or  -Sre. 

PLUPERFECT. 

Sing.  Malu-eram, 
Plur.  Malu-eramus, 

malu-eras, 
malu-eratis, 

malu-erat  ; 
malu-erant. 

110 


LATIN    LESSONS. 


FUTURE. 

Sing.  Mal-am, 
Plur.  Mai-  emus, 

mal-es, 
mal-etis, 

mal-et  ; 
mal-ent. 

F.  PERFECT. 

Sing.  Malu-ero, 

malu-eris, 

malu-erit  ; 

Plur.  Malu-erimus,      malu-eritis,       malu-erint. 

SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD. 
PRESENT  TENSE. 


Sing.  Malim, 
Plur.  Malimus, 

mails, 
malitis, 

malit  ; 
malint. 

IMPERFECT. 

Sing.  Mallem, 
Plur.  Mallemus, 

malles, 
malletis, 

mallet  : 
mallent. 

PERFECT. 

Sing.    Malu-erim, 
Plur.   Malu-erimus, 

malu-eris, 
malu-eritis, 

malu-erit  ; 
malu-erint. 

PLUPERFECT. 

Sing.  Malu-issem, 
Plur.  Malu-issemus, 

malu-isses, 
malu-issetis, 

malu-isset  ; 
malu-issent. 

PRES.  Malle. 


INFINITIVE  MOOD. 
PERF.  Maluisse. 


The  rest  not  used. 


EXEKCISE. 

LATIN  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  ENGLISH. 

Rex  esse  nolim,  ut  esse  crudelis  velim. 
Id  cseteri  facere  nolebant. 
Si  ego  illam  nolo  vendere,  coges  me  ? 
Noli  putare,  me  istud  maluisse. 
Malim  mori,  quam  vivere  male. 


IRREGULAR   VERBS. 


Ill 


ENGLISH  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  LATIN. 

Be  unwilling  to  think  me  to  have  preferred  that. 
The  others  were  unwilling1  to  do  it. 
I  would  rather  wish  to  die,  than  to  live  wickedly. 
If  I  am  unwilling  to  sell  her,  will  you  compel  me? 
I  would    he   unwilling    to  he   king,  as  I  might  wish 
to  be  cruel. 

QUESTION.  What  English  words  are  derived  from  the  Latin 
words  in  this  exercise  ? 


LESSON    LX. 

(Review  Lesson  LIX.) 

7.  Fero,  ferre,  tuli,  latum.   To  carry,  to  bring,  or  suffer 
ACTIVE  VOICE. 


Sing.  Fero, 
Plur.  Ferimus, 


INDICATIVE  MOOD. 
PRESENT  TENSE. 

fers, 
fertis, 


fert; 
ferunt. 


IMPERFECT- 

Sing.  Fer-eham,  fer-ebas,  fer-ehat; 

Plur.  Fer-ebamus,         fer-ehatis,         fer-ehant. 

PERFECT. 


Sing.  Tul-i, 
Plur.  Tul-imus, 


tul-isti,  tulit ; 

tul-istis,  tul-erunt,  or  -Cre. 


112 


LATIN    LESSONS. 


PLUPERFECT. 


Sing.  Tul-eram, 
Plur.  Tul-eramus, 

tul-eras, 
tul-eratis, 

tul-erat  5 
tul-erant. 

FUTURE. 

Sing.  Fer-am, 
Plur.  Fer-emus, 

fer-es, 
fer-etis, 

fer-et  ; 
fer-ent. 

F.  PERFECT. 

Sing.  Tul-ero, 
Plur.  Tul-erimus, 

tul-eris, 
tul-eritis, 

tul-erit  ; 
tul-erint. 

SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD. 

PRESENT  TENSE. 

fer-as, 

fer-atis, 

IMPERFECT. 
fer-res, 
fer-retis, 

PERFECT. 
tul-eris, 
tul-eritis, 

PLUPERFECT. 

tul-isses, 
tul-issetis, 

IMPERATIVE  MOOD. 

Sing.  Fer,  or  ferto,  ferto ;    Plur.  Ferte,  or  fertote,  ferunto 
INFINITIVE  MOOD. 

PRES.  Ferre.  FUT.  Esse  laturus,  -a,  -um. 

PERF.  Tulisse.         F.  P.  Fuisse  laturus,  -a,  -urn. 


Sing.  Fer-am, 
Plur.  Fer-Smus, 


Sing.  Ferrem, 
Plur.  Fer-remus, 


Sing.  Tul-erim, 
Plur.  Tul-erimus, 


Sing.  Tul-issem, 
Plur.  Tul-issemus, 


fer-at  ; 
fer-ant. 


fer-ret  ; 
fer-rent. 


tul-erit  ; 
tul-erint. 


tul-isset ; 
tul-issent. 


IRREGULAR    VERBS.  113 

PARTICIPLES.  GERUNDS.  SUPINES. 

PRES.  Ferens.  N.  Ferendum.       1.  Latum. 

FUT.     Laturus,  -a,  -um.     G.  Ferendi,  &c.     2.  Latu. 

EXERCISE. 

LATIN  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  ENGLISH. 

Contumeliam  nee  mgenuus  fert,  nee  fortis  facit. 

Ultro  obtulerat  se  ignotum. 

Incerti  quo  fata  ferant,  ingrediuntur. 

Timeo  Danaos  et  dona  ferentes. 

ENGLISH  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  LATIN. 

They  proceed,  uncertain  whither  the  fates  may  bear  them. 

Of  his  own  accord,  he  offered  himself  unknown  (to 
them.) 

I  fear  the    Greeks  even  bearing  gifts. 

An  ingenuous  man  does  not  bear  contumely,  nor 
does  a  brave  man  create  it. 

QUESTION.  What  English  words  are  derived  from  the  Latin 
words  in  this  Exercise? 


LESSON    LXI. 

(Review  Lesson  LX.) 

PASSIVE    VOICE. 

7.          Feror,         ferri,         latus,     To  be  brought 
INDICATIVE  MOOD. 

PRESENT  TENSE. 

Sing.  Feror,  ferris,  or  ferre,  fertur; 

Plur.  Ferimur,  ferimini,  feruntur. 


114 


LATIN     LESSONS. 


Szng. 
Plur. 


Sing. 
Plur. 


Sing. 
Plur. 


Sing. 
Plur. 


Sing. 
Plur. 


Sing. 
Plur. 


Sing. 
Plur. 


Sing. 
Plur. 


Sing. 
Plur. 


IMPERFECT. 

Ferebar,  fere.baris,  o?*ferebare,  ferebatur  ; 

Ferebamur,       ferebammi,  ferebantur. 

PERFECT. 

Latus  sum,  or  fui,  latus  es,  or  fuisti,  etc. 

Lati  sumus  or  fuirnus,        lati  estis,  or  fuistis,  etc. 

PLUPERFECT. 

Latus  eram,  or  fueram,       latus  eras,  or  fueras,  etc. 
Lati  eramus,  or  fueramus,  lati  eratis,  or  fueratis,  etc. 

FUTURE. 

Ferar,  fereris,  or  ferere,         feretur ; 

Feremur,  feremini,  ferentur. 

F.  PERFECT. 
latus  fueris, 


Latus  fuero, 

Lati  fuerimus,     lati  fueritis, 


latus  fuerit ; 
lati  fuerint. 


SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD. 

PRESENT  TENSE. 

Ferar,  fer-aris,  or  fer-are,  feratur ; 

Fer-amur,        fer-ammi,  fer-antur. 

IMPERFECT. 

Ferrer,  ferreris,  or  ferrere,         ferretur ; 

Ferremur,        ferremini,  ferrentur. 

PERFECT. 

Latus  sim,  or  fuerim,  latus  sis,  or  fueris,  etc. 

Lati  simus,  or  fuerimus,      lati  sitis,  or  fueritis,  etc. 

PLUPERFECT. 

Latus  essem,  or  fuissem,       latus  esses,  or  fuisses, 
Lati  essemus,  or  fuissemus,  lati  essetis,  or  fuissetis. 


IRREGULAR  VERBS.  115 

IMPERATIVE  MOOD. 
Sing.  Ferre,  or  fertor,  fertor ;     Plur.  Ferimini,  feruntor. 

INFINITIVE  MOOD.  PARTICIPLES. 

PRES.  Ferri.  PERF.  Latus,  -a,  -um. 

PERF.  Esse,  or  fuisse  latus,  -a,  -um.  FUT.  Ferendus,  -a,  -um. 
FUT.    Latum  iri. 

REM.  In  like  manner  are  conjugated  the  compounds  of  fero;  as  : 
affero,  afFerre,  attiili,  allatum  ;  offero,  offerre,  obtuli,  oblatumj 
perfSro,  perferre,  pertiili,  perlatum. 

EXERCISE. 

LATIN  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  ENGLISH. 

Fascem  virgularum  afFerri  jubet. 

Simonides  primus  artem  memoriae  protulisse  fertur. 

Quondam  defuncti  noctu  efferebantur. 

Partem  aliquam,  venti,  referatis  ad  meas  aures. 

Si  me  restitisse  dicam,  non  sim  ferendus. 

ENGLISH  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  LATIN. 

Simonides  is  said  first  to  have  brought  out  the  ar* 
of  memory. 

O  winds !  bear  back  some  part  to  my  ears. 

He  ordered  a  bundle  of  twigs  to  be  brought. 

If  I  should  say  that  I  resisted,  I  ought  not  to  be  tolerated 

Formerly  the  dead  were  carried  out  in  the  night. 

QUESTIONS.  From  what  Latin  words  are  the  following  derived  I 
— art  ?  — part  ?  —  ear  ?  —  resist  ?  —  refer  ?  —  memory  ? 


116  L  A  T  I  N  L  E  S  S  O  N  S  • 

LESSON     L  X 1 1 . 

(Review  Lesson  LXI.) 

8.     Fio,   fieri,    factus.     To  be  made^  or  done,  to  become 

INDICATIVE  MOOD. 

PRESENT  TENSE. 

Sing.  Flo,  fis,  fit; 

Plur.  Fimus,  fitis,  fiunt. 

IMPERFECT. 

Sing.  Fiebam,  fiebas,  fiebat; 

Plur.  Fiebamus,  fiebatis,  fiebant. 

PERFECT. 

Sing.  Factus  sum,  or  fui,  factus es,  or  fuisti,  etc. 

Plur.  Facti  sumus,  or  fuimus,        facti  estis,or  fuistis,  etc 

PLUPERFECT. 

Sing.  Factus  eram,  or  fueram,      factus  eras,  or  fueras ; 
Plur.  Facti  eramus,  or  fueramus,  facti  eratis,  or  fueratis 

FUTURE. 

Sing.  Fiam,  fies,  fiet; 

Plur.  Fiemus,  fietis,  fient. 

F.  PERFECT. 

Sing.  Factus  fuero,  factus  fueris,  etc. 

Plur.  Facti  fuerimus,  facti  fueritis.  &a 

SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD. 

PRESENT  TENSE. 

Sing.  Fiam,  fias,  fiat ; 

Plur.  Fiamus,  fiatis,  fiant. 

IMPERFECT. 

Sing.  Fierem,  fieres,  fieret; 

Plur.  FierSmus,  fier6tis,  fierent. 


IRREGULAR   VERBS.  117 

PERFECT. 

Sing.  Factus  sim,or  fuerirn,      factus  sis,  or  fueris,  etc. 
Plur.  Facti  simus,  orfuerimus,  facti  sltis,  or  fueritis,  etc. 

PLUPERFECT, 

Factus  essem,  or  fuissem,       factus  esses,  or  fuisses,  etc. 
Facti  essernus,  or  fuissemus,  facti  essetis,  or  fuissetis,  etc. 

IMPERATIVE  MOOD. 

S>  2.  Fi,  or  fito ;  £  2.  Fite,  or  fitote. 

g  3.  Fito.  §  3.  Fiunto. 

INFINITIVE  MOOD. 
PRES.  Fieri. 

PERF.  Esse,  or  fuisse  factus,  -a,  -um. 
FUT.    Factum  iri. 

PARTICIPLES.  SUPINE. 

PERF.  Factus,  -a,  -urn.  2.  Factu. 

FUT.    Faciendus,  -a,  -um. 

DEFECTIVE  VERBS. 

Defective  Verbs  are  those  which  are  not  used  in 
some  of  their  parts. 

These  three,  odi,  c&pi,  and  memini,  are  used  only 
in  the  perfect,  and  tenses  derived  from  it. 

Besides  these  three,  the  following  occur  most  fre- 
quently :  AiO)  "  I  say." — Inquam,  "  I  say." — Forem^ 
"  I  should  be." — rfve,  and  salve,  "  hail." 

Some  verbs  derive  the  preterit  tenses  and  future 
perfect  from  the  passive  form,  viz  :  soleo,  solere,  so- 
lltus  sum  ;  audeo,  audere,  ausus  sum  ;  gaudeo,  gau- 
dere,  gavlsus  sum  ;  fio,  fieri,  factus  sum. 

Jlusim  is  used  instead  of  auserim,  from  audeo;  and 
faxim  for  fecerim,  from  facio. 


118  LATIN   LESSONS. 

Impersonal  Verbs  are  those  which  are  used  only  in 
the  third  person  singular,  and  do  not  admit  of  a  per- 
sonal subject  or  nominative. 

These  verbs,  when  translated  literally  into  English, 
have  before  them  the  neuter  pronoun  it;  as  :  delectat, 
"it  delights;"  decet,  "it  becomes;"  contingit,  "it 
happens." 

The  ten  following  are  in  most  common  use  :  decet^ 
libetj  licet,  miseret,  oportet^  piget,  pcenitet,  pudet^ 
ttedet,  and  liquet. 

REM.  Most  Latin  verbs  in  the  passive  voice  may  be  used  imper- 
sonally j  as  :  pugnatur,  "it  is  fought,"  etc. 

EXERCISE. 

LATIN    TO    BE    TURNED    INTO    ENGLISH. 

Cum  literas  ad   senatum  deferri  placeret. 
Mulier  solebat  ancillas  suas  excitare. 
Deteriore  conditione  esse  coeperunt. 
De  grege  non  ausirn  quicquam  deponere 
Et  haec  olirn  memmisse  juvabit. 

ENGLISH  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  LATIN. 

A  woman  was  accustomed  to   arouse  her  maids. 

I  would  not  dare  to     take  anything  from  the  flock. 

And  hereafter  it  will  delight  (us)  to  remember  these 
things. 

They  began  to  be  in  a  worse  condition. 

When  it  might  please  that  the  letters  should  be 
carried  to  the  senate. 

QUESTIONS.  From  what  Latin  words  are  the  following  derived? 
— senate .?— defer  ? — please  ? — excite  ? — conditior  ? 


PART  II,— SYNTAX, 


LESSON    LXIII. 

(Review  Lesson  LXIL) 

SYNTAX  is  that  part  of  Grammar  which  treats  of  the 
proper  arrangement  and  connection  of  words  in  a 
sentence. 

GENERAL  PRINCIPLES  OF  SYNTAX. 

(  1.  In  every  sentence  there  must  be  a  verb  in  the  indicative,  subjunctive,  im- 
perative, or  infinitive  mood,  and  a  subject  expressed  or  understood.) 

(  2.  Every  adjective,  adjective  pronoun,  or  participle  must  have  a  substantive 
expressed  or  understood,  with  which  it  agrees . ) 

(  3.  Every  relative  must  have  an  antecedent  or  word  to  which  it  refers,  and 
with  which  it  agrees.) 

(  4.  Every  nominative  has  its  own  verb  expressed  or  understood,  of  which  it  is 
the  subject,  or  is  placed  after  the  verb,  or  in  apposition.) 

(  5.  Every  verb  in  the  indicative,  subjunctive,  or  imperative  mood,  has  its  own 
nominative  expressed  or  understood.) 

(  6.  Every  oblique  case  is  governed  by  some  word  expressed  or  understood,  in 
the  sentence  of  which  it  forms  a  pan,  or  is  placed  under  tho  "  construction  of  cir- 
cumstances") 

PARTS  OF  SYNTAX. 

The  parts  of  Syntax  are  commonly  reckoned  two, 
Concord  or  agreement,  and  Government. 

Concord  is  the  agreement  of  one  word  with  another, 
in  gender,  number,  case  or  person. 

Government  is  that  power  which  one  word  has  over 
another  in  determining  its  mood,  tense,  or  case. 


120  LATIN    LESSONS. 

RULES  OF  SYNTAX. 

RULE  I.  Substantives  denoting  the  same  person  or 
thing  agree  in  case;  as  : 

Cicero  orator,  Cicero  the  orator. 

(  REM.  1.  Substantives  thus  used  are  said  to  be  in  appo- 
sition.} 

(  REM.  2.  Nouns  in  apposition  are  often  connected  in 
English  by  such  particles  as  as,  being ,  for  ^  etc.;  as:  Pater 
misit  me  comitem.) 

RULE  II.  An  adjective  agrees  with  its  substantive 
in  gender,  number,  and  case;  as  : 

Bonus  vir,  a  good  man.       Bona  puella,  a  good  girl. 

(REM.  This  rule  applies  to  all  adjectives,  adjective  pronouns,  and 
participles.  "  Substantive,  "  in  this  rule,  includes  personal  and 
relative  pronouns.) 

OBS  1.  The  substantive  is  often  omitted,  and  the  adjective,  assuming  its  gender, 
number,  and  case,  is  used  as  a  substantive. 

OBS.  2.  These  adjectives,  primus,  medius,  imus,  summus,  etc.  usually  signify  the 
first  part,  middle  part,  lowest  pare,  etc.,  oi  any  thing ;  as  :  media  nox,  the  middh 
of  the  night. 

OBS.  3.  Adjectives  are  sometimes  used  as  adverbs ;  as  :  prior  venit,  "  he  came 
first"  of  the  two. 

RULE  III.  The  relative  qui,  qua,  quod,  agrees  with 
its  antecedent,  in  gender 3  number  and  person;  as  : 
Ego  qui,  or  qua  scribo,          I  who  write. 

OBS.  1.  The  relative  is  sometimes  attracted  into  the  case  of  the  antecedent : 
quibus  quisque  poterat  elatis,  for  (iis)  QUJE  quisque,  etc. 

OBS.  2.  The  antecedent  is  sometimes  attracted  into  the  case  of  the  relative;  as: 
Urbem  quam  statuo  vestra  est,  for  URBS  quam  statuo,  etc. 

RULE  IV.  A  verb  agrees  with  its  nominative^  in 
number  and  person  ;  as  : 

Ego  lego,     I  read.          Vos  scribitis,     Ye  write. 

(  REM.  1.  The  nominative  to  a  verb  may  be  either  a  noun,  a 
pronoun,  an  adjective  used  as  a  noun,  the  infinitive,  a  geiund, 
or  a  part  of  a  sentence.  Ego,  tu,  nos,  and  vos,  are  generally 
omitted.) 


SYNTAX.  121 

REM.  2.  The  nominative  often  is  found  with  the  infinitive,  in 
which  case  the  verb  is  called  the  historical  infinitive.) 

OBS.  1.  Two  or  more  substantives  singular  taken  together,  have  a  verb  in  the 
plural ;  taken  separately,  the  verb  is  singular. 

OBS.  2.  A  collective  noun   expressing  many   as    one   whole,   has  a  verb  in  the 
singular;  expressing  many  as  individuals,  it  has  a  verb  in  the  plural ;  as  : 
1.     Senatus  venit,    the  Senate  came.        2.     Turba  ruiiM,    the  crowd  rush. 


EXERCISE. 

LATIN  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  ENGLISH. 

Consul  ex  media  morte,  reservatus  est. 
Carthago  atque  Corinthus,  opulentissimes  urbes,  ever- 
sae  sunt. 

Omnes  boni  semper  beati  sunt. 
Multitudo  sunt  sine  ducibus. 
Literas  expecto,  quas  scripsisti. 
Urbem  quam  statuo  vestra  est. 

ENGLISH  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  LATIN. 

Carthage    and    Corinth,    very    opulent    cities,    were 
destroyed. 

I  expect  the  letters  which  you  wrote. 

The  Consul  was    preserved  from  the  midst  of  death. 

The  multitude  are  without  leaders. 

The  city  which  I  build  is  yours. 

All  good  (men)  are  always  happy. 

QUESTIONS.  From  what  Latin  are  the  following  English  words 
derived  ? — multitude  ? — reserve  ?— opulent  ? — expect  ? — letter  ? 


122  LATIN     LESSONS. 


LESSON    LXIV. 

(Review  Lesson  LXIII.) 

RULE  V.  Any  verb  may  have  the  same  case  after 
it  as  before  it,  \vhen  both  words  refer  to  the  same 
thing ;  as  : 

Ego  sum  discipulus,     I  am  a  scholar. 

OBS.  The  accusative  or  dative  before  the  infinitive  under  this  rule,  requires  the 
same  case  after  it  in  the  predicate ;  as  : 

Novimus  te  esse  virum,  We  know  that  you  are  a  man. 

Mihi  negligenti  non  esse  licet.      I  am  not  allowed  to  be  negligent. 

RULE  VI.  One  substantive  governs  another  in  the 
genitive,  where  the  latter  substantive  limits  the  signi- 
fication of  the  former  ;  as  : 

Lux  naturce,     The  light  of  nature. 

(REM.  This  rule  applies  to  substantives,  personal  pronouns,  and 
adjective  pronouns. 

OBS.  The  dative  is  often  used  instead  of  genitives,  as  ; 
Fratri  cedes,        The  house  of  my  brother, 

RULE  VII.  A  substantive  added  to  another  to  ex- 
press a  property  or  quality  belonging  to  it,  is  put  in 
the  genitive  or  ablative ;  as  : 

Vir  prudentid,  or  prudentice,     A  man  of  prudence 

RULE  VIII.    An    adjective    in   the    neuter   gender 
without  a  substantive  governs  the  genitive ;  as  : 
Multum  pecuniae,         much  money. 


SYNTAX.  123 

RULE  IX.  Verbal  adjectives,  or  such  as  imply  an 
operation  of  the  mind,  govern  the  genitive ;  as  , 
Avidus  glorias,         desirous  of  glory. 

OBS.  1    Participles  in  NS.  and  TUS  come  under  this  construction ;  as :  amans, 
cupien*,  txpcrtus,  inexpertus,  etc. 
OBS.  2.  Some  adjectives  take  the  infinitive  ;  as  :     Certus  ire. 

EXERCISE. 

LATIN  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  ENGLISH. 

Erit  inter  horum  laudes  aliquid  loci. 
Castor  et  Pollux  erant  fratres. 
Semper  fragilitatis  humane  sis  memor. 
Leonum  anlmi  index  cauda  est. 
Catilma  erat  monstrum  nulla  virtute. 
Caesar  erat  vir  consilii  magni. 

ENGLISH  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  LATIN. 

Castor  and  Pollux  were  brothers. 
The  tail  is  the  index  of  the  spirit  of  lions. 
There  will  be  some  place  among  the  praises  of  these. 
Caesar  was  a  man  of  great  wisdom. 
Catiline  was  a  monster  of  no  virtue. 
May  you  always  be  mindful  of  human  frailty. 
QUESTIONS  From  what  Latin  words  are  the  following  derived? 
— index  ? — counsel  ? — virtue  ? — human  ? — monster  ? 

LESSON    LXV. 

(Review  Lesson  LXIV.) 

RULE  X.  Partitives  and  words  placed  partitively^ 
comparatives,  superlatives,  interrogatives,  and  some 
numerals  govern  the  genitive  plural ;  as  : 

Quis  nostrtim  ?  which  of  us  ? 

Una  musarum,  one  of  the  muses. 


124  LATIN    LESSONS. 

REM.  1.  A  partitive  is  a  word  which  signifies  a  part  of  any 
number  of  persons  or  things. 

REM.  2.  A  word  placed  partitively  does  not  signify  a  part,  but 
distinguishes  a  part  from  the  whole  ;  as  :  expediti  militum. 

OBS.  Partitives  are  such  words  as  :  ullus,  nullus,  alter  ^  tot;  words  used  partiti- 
vely as  in  the  following  sentences : 

Superi  deorum,     nemo  nostrum,    sancte  deorum. 

RULE  XI.  Adjectives  of  plenty  or  want  govern  the 
genitive  or  ablative ;  as  : 

Plenus  irce,  or  irdy         Full  of  anger. 

RULE  XII.     Sum  governs  the  genitive  of  a  person 
or  thing  to  which  its  subject  belongs  as  a  possession, 
property,  or  duty  ;    as  : 
Est  regisy  It  belongs  to  the  king. 

Hominis  est  err  are,    It  is  the  characteristic  of  man  to  err. 

RULE  XIII.  Misereor,  miseresco,  and  satago, 
govern  the  genitive. 

Miserere  civium  tudrum,       Pity  your  countrymen. 

RULE  XIV.     Recorder^    memim,    reminiscor,   and 
obliviscor,  govern  the  genitive  or  accusative ;  as  : 
Recorder  lectidnis,  or  lectionem,     I  remember  the  lesson. 
Obliviscor  injurice,  or  injuriam,      I  forget  an  injury. 

EXERCISE. 

LATIN  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  ENGLISH. 

Erat  Italia  tune  plena  Graecarum  artium. 
Ilia  prsedicam  quae  sunt  consulis. 
Me  liceat  casum  misereri  amici. 
Gallorum  fortissimi  sunt  Belgae. 
Bonorum  est  injuriarum  oblivisci. 


SYNTAX.  125 

ENGLISH  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  LATIN. 

The  Belgians  are  the  bravest  of  the  Gauls. 

Italy  was  then  full  of  Grecian  arts. 

May  it  be  lawful  for  me  to  pity  the  calamity  of  a 
friend. 

I  will  declare  those  things  which  belong  to  the 
consul. 

It  is  the  characteristic  of  the  good  to  forget  injuries. 


LESSON    LXVI. 

(Review  Lesson  LXV.) 

RULE  XV.  Substantives  frequently  govern  the  dative 
of  their  object ;  as  : 

Hostis  virtutzbus,         An  enemy  to  virtue. 

OBS.  The  dative  of  the  possessor  is  governed  by  substantives  denoting  tho 
thing  possessed ;  as  : 

Ei  venit  in  mentem,  It  came  into  his  mind. 

Cui  corpus  porrigitur,         Whose  body  is  extended. 

RULE  XVI.  Adjectives  signifying  profit  or  disprofit, 
likeness  or  unlikeness,  govern  the  dative  ;  as  : 
JJ tills  bello,  Useful  for  war. 

Similis  patri,          Like  his  father. 
RULE  XVII.  All  verbs  govern  the  dative  of  the  object  or 
end,  to  which  the  action  expressed  by  them  is  directed  ;  as, 
Finis  venit  imperio.     An  end  has  come  to  the  empire. 

REM.    Under  this  general  rule  may  be  included  the  following 
Special  Rules. 


126  LATIN    LESSONS. 

RULE  I.   Sum  and  its  compounds  govern  the  dativf 
(except  possum  ;)  as  : 
Prcefuit  exercitui,        He  commanded  the  army. 

RULE  II.  The  verb  Est,  signifying  to  be,  or  to  belong 
to,  governs  the  dative  of  the  possessor  ;  as  : 

r,  .      .,  .  (LA  father  is  to  me,  i.  e. 

Est  rmhz  pater,     {  2    j  haye  a  father> 


RULE  III.  Verbs  compounded  of  satis,  bene,  and 
male,  govern  the  dative  ;  as  : 

Legibus  satisfacit.      He  satisfied  the  laws. 

RULE  IV.  Many  verbs  compounded  with  these  ten 
prepositions,  ad,  ante,  con,  —  in,  inter,  ob,  —  post,  pr&, 
sub,  and  super,  govern  the  dative. 

RULE  V.  Verbs  govern  the  dative,  which  signify  to 
profit  or  hurt  ;  to  favor  or  assist,  and  the  contrary;  to 
command  and  obey  ;  to  serve  and  resist  •  to  threaten 
and  to  be  angry  ;  to  trust. 

EXERCISE. 

LATIN  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  ENGLISH. 

Vir  bonus  semper  patrise  decus  est. 
Ira  insaniae  est  simillima. 
Caesar  prsefuit  toti  provincige. 
Sunt  nobis  mitia  poma. 
Maledixit  amico   suo  sine  causa. 
Maximum  periciilum  consuli  impendet. 
Mors  nulli  aetati  pare  it. 


SYNTAX.  127 

ENGLISH  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  LATIN. 

He  reproached  his  friend  without  cause. 

A  good  man  is  always  an  honor  to  his  country. 

Anger  is  very  similar  to  insanity. 

We  have  ripe  apples.     (There  are  to  us,  etc.) 

The  greatest  danger  overhangs  the  consul. 

Caesar  commanded  the  whole  province. 

Death  spares  no  age. 

QUESTION.  What  English  words  are  derived  from  the  Latin 
words  in  this  Exercise  ? 


LESSON  LXVI1. 

(Review  Lesson  LXVI.) 

RULE  XVIII.  An  impersonal  verb  governs  the 
dative ;  as  : 

Expedit  reipubliccs.         It  is  profitable  for  the  State. 

Exc.  I.  Refert  and  interest  govern  the  genitive;  as  : 
Interest  omnium,         It  is  the  interest  of  all. 

But  mca,  tua^  sua^  nostra,  vestra,  are  put  in  the  accu- 
sative plural  neuter  ;  as  : 

Non  mea  refert>         It  does  not  concern  me. 

Exc.  II.  These  five,  miseret,  pcenitet,  pudet,  tadet, 
and  piget,  govern  the  accusative  of  the  immediate, 
with  the  genitive  of  the  remote  object  ;  as  • 

Miseret  me  tui,         I  pity  you. 


128  LATI.N    LESSONS. 

Exc.  III.  Decet,delectat)juvatj  and  oportet,  govern 
the  accusative  with  the  infinitive  ;  as  : 

Delect  at  me  studere,         It  delights  me  to  study. 

RULE  XIX.  The  verbs  sum^  do,  habeo,  and  some 
others,  with  the  dative  of  the  object^  govern  also  the 
dative  of  the  end,  or  design;  as  : 

,-,  .      .,  .      7       ...    (  It  is  to  me  for  a  pleasure,  i.  e., 
Est  mzkz  voluptatz,  j  ft  ^  Qr  brings  a  pfeasure  to  me. 

OBS.  To  this  rule  is  sometimes  referred  the  forms  of  naming,  so  common  in 
Latin ;  as  :  Cui  cognomen  lulo  additur. 

RULE  XX.  A  transitive  verb  in  the  active  voice 
governs  the  accusative  ;  as  : 

Ama  Deum,         Love  God. 

SPECIAL    RULES. 

RULE  I.  A  transitive  deponent  verb  governs  the 
accusative  ;  as  : 

ReverSre  parentes,        Revere  your  parents. 
RULE  II.  An  intransitive  verb  may  govern  a  noun 
of  kindred  signification  in  the  accusative  ;   as  : 
Pugnare  pugnam,         To  fight  a  battle. 

OBS.  1.  Verbs  commonly  intransitive  are  sometimes  used  in  a  transitive  sense, 
and  govern  the  accusative ;  as : 

Abhorere  famam       To  dread  fame. 

OBS.  2.  Many  accusatives  are  governed  by  quod  attinet  ad,  or  secundum,  under- 
stood,  meaning,  as  to,  in  respect  of. 

EXERCISE. 

LATIN  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  ENGLISH. 

Cameli  diu  sitim  tolerant. 

Neque  satis  tribunis  constabat,  quid  agerent. 

Bonus  puer  est  honori  ejus  parentibus. 

Ilia  videtur  ire  longarn  viam. 

Non  decet  te  rixari. 

Tsedet  me  vitas* 


SYNTAX.  129 

ENGLISH  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  LATIN. 

A  good  boy  is  an  honor  to  his  parents. 
It  does  not  become  you  to  quarrel. 
It  was  not  sufficiently  evident   to    the  tribunes,  what 
they  should  do. 

She  seemed  to  go  a  long  journey. 
Camels  endure  thirst  a  long  time. 
(It  wearies  me)  I  am  weary  of  life. 

QUESTION.    What  English  words  are  derived  from  the  Latin 
words  in  this  Exercise? 


LESSON    LXVIII. 

(Review  Lesson  LXVII.) 

RULE  XXI.  The  interjections  0,  heu^  and  proh^  are 
construed  with  the  nominative,  accusative,  and  voca 
tive  ;  as  : 

O  formose  puer !         O  fair  boy. 

RULE  XXII.  Opus  and  usus  signifying  need,  require 
the  ablative  ;  as  : 

Est  opus  pecunid,         There  is  need  of  money. 

RULE  XXIII.  The  adjectives  dignus:  indignus^ 
contentuS)  pr&ditus^  captus^  zndfretus  ;  also  the 
participles  natus^  satus^  ortus,  editus^  and  the  like, 
denoting  origin,  govern  the  ablative  ;  as  : 

Dignus  hondre,         Worthy  of  honor. 

Fretus  viribus,         Trusting  in  his  strength. 


130  LATIN     LESSONS. 

RULE  XXIV.  The    comparative  degree  without  a 
conjunction  governs  the  ablative  ;  as  : 

Dulcior  melle,         Sweeter  than  honey* 

OBS.  Magis  and  minus,  joined  to  the  positive  degree  are  equivalent  to  the  com- 
parative ;  as  :    O  luce  magis  delecta. 

RULE  XXV.    Verbs  of  plenty  and  scarceness,  for 
the  most  part,  govern  the  ablative ;  as  : 

Abundat  divitiis,  He  abounds  in  riches, 

Caret  omni  culpd,         He  has  no  fault. 

EXERCISE. 

LATIN  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  ENGLISH. 

O  fallacem  hommum  spem ! 

O  vir  fortis  atque  amicus ! 

Viris  fortibus  nunc  opus  est. 

Germania  rivis  fhiminibusque  abundat. 

Quid  magis  est  durum  auro,  quid  mollius  aqua? 

Nihil  video  in  Sulla  odio  dignum. 

ENGLISH  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  LATIN. 

0  brave  man  and  friend ! 

What  is  harder  than  gold,  what  softer   than  water? 
Now  there  is  need  of  brave  men. 

1  see  nothing  in  Sylla  worthy  of  hatred. 
O  deceitful  hope  of  men ! 

Germanv  abounds  in  brooks  and  rivers. 

QUESTION.   What  English  words  are  derived  from  the  Latin 
words  in  this  exercise? 


,      SYNTAX.  131 

LESSON    LXIX. 

(Review  Lesson  LXVIII.) 

RULE  XXVI.  Utor,  abutor,  fruor,  fungor,  potior, 
vescor,  govern  the  ablative ;  as  : 

Utitur  fraude,         He  uses  deceit. 

OBS.  1.  To  these  we  may  add  gaudeo,  nascor,  pascor,  epulor.  Potior  governs 
iie  genitive ;  as  :  potiri  rerum  To  get  the  chief  command. 

OBS.  2.  Potior,  fungor,  epulor.  and  pascor,  sometimes  govern  the  accusative. 
Depasco,  and  depascor  always  have  the  accusative. 

RULE  XXVII.  Verbs  of  accusing,  condemning, 
acquitting,  and  admonishing,  govern  the  accusative  of 
a  person  with  the  genitive  of  a  thing  ;  as  : 

Arguit  me  furti,         He  accuses  me  of  theft. 

RULE  XXVIII.  Verbs  of  valuing,  with  the  accusa- 
tive, govern  such  genitive  as,  magni,  parvi,  nihili^ 
etc.  as  : 

JEstimo  te  magni,         I  value  you  much. 

REM.  These  genitives  are  adjectives,  and  properly  agree  with 
pretii,  momenti,  or  some  such  noun  understood. 

RULE  XXIX.  Verbs  of  comparing,  giving,  de- 
claring, and  taking  away,  govern  the  accusative  and 
dative  ;  as  : 

Co?nparo  Virgilium  Homero,  I  compare  Virgil  to  Homer. 

Eripuit  me  morti,  He  rescued  me  from  death. 

OBS.  Any  verb  may  govern  the  accusative  and  dative  when  together  with  the 
thing  done,  we  express  also  the  remote  object  to  which  it  is  done. 

RULE  XXX.  Verbs  of  asking  and  teaching  govern 
two  accusatives,  the  one  of  a  person,  and  the  other  of 
a  thing  ;  as  : 

Posdmus  te  pacem,         We  beg  peace  of  thee. 


133  LATIN    LESSONS. 

EXERCISE. 

LATIN  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  ENGLISH. 

Condemno  me  ipsum  inertias. 
Nunquam  divitias  deos  rogavi. 
Brutus  Tarquinio  ademit  imperium. 
TuaB  literse  erunt  magni. 
De  his  rebus  utere  tuo  judicio. 
Hoc  munere  functus  est. 

ENGLISH  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  LATIN. 

I  have  never  asked  riches  of  the  Gods. 

Thy  letters  will  be  of  great  value. 

I  condemn  myself  for  inactivity. 

He  performed  this  office. 

Brutus  took  the  command  from  Tarquinius. 

Concerning  these  things  use  your  judgment. 

QUESTION.  What  English  words  are  derived  from  the  Latin 
words  in  this  Exercise  ? 


LESSON    LXX. 

(Review  Lesson  LXIX.) 

RULE  XXXI.  Verbs  of  loading,  binding,  clothing, 
depriving,  and  their  contraries,  govern  the  accusative 
and  ablative  ;  as  : 

Onerat  naves  auro,       He  loads  the  ships  with  gold. 

OBS.  several  verbs  denoting  to  fill'  likewise  govern  the  genitive;  as:    Adoles- 
tentem  suce  temeritatis  implet. 


SYNTAX.  133 

RULE  XXXII.  Verbs  that  govern  two  cases  in  the 
active  voice,  govern  the  latter  of  these  in  the  pas- 
sive ;  as  : 

Acc&sor  furti,  I  am  accused  of  theft. 

Doceor  grammatzcam,      I  am  taught  grammar. 

RULE  XXXIII.  Passive  verbs  frequently  govern 
the  dative  of  the  doer  ;  as  : 

Vix  audior  ulli,  I  am  scarcely  heard  by  any  one. 

Nulla  audlta  mihi  so-      None  of  your  sisters  has  been 
rdrum,  heard  of  by  me. 

OBS.  The  passive  participle  in  -dus  has  the  agent  or  doer  almost  always  in  the 
dative  ;  and  generally  conveys  the  idea  of  obligation  or  necessity ;  as  : 

Adhibenda  est  nnbis  diligentia.        Diligence  must  be  used  by  us. 

CONSTRUCTION  OF  CIRCUMSTANCES. 

REM.  Words  and  phrases  are  by  common  usage  put  in  a 
particular  case  in  certain  circumstances,  without  government  01 
dependence  on  any  words  either  expressed  or  understood.  This 
is  called  the  "  Construction  of  circumstances." 

RULE  XXXIV.    Respect  wherein,   and    the    part 
affected,  are  expressed  in  the  ablative  ;  as  : 
Jure  perztus,  Skilled  in  law. 

Pcedibus  ceger,  Lame  in  his  feet. 

RULE  XXXV*  The  cause,  manner,  means,  and 
instrument,  are  put  in  the  ablative  ;  as  : 

Palleo  metu,  I  am  pale  with  fear. 

Fecit  suo  more,       He  did  it  in  his  own  way. 
EXERCISE. 

LATIN  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  ENGLISH. 

In  Africa  elephanti  capiuntur  foveis. 
Crocodilus  pelle  durissima  munitur. 
Ille  omnes  belli  artes  edoctus  erat. 
Pax  petenda  est  mihi. 


134  LATIN    LESSONS. 

Aras  multis  donis  onerant. 
Pueri  docentur  graminaticam. 
Neque  cermtur  ulli. 

ENGLISH  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  LATIN. 

He  was  taught  all  the  arts  of  war. 
In  Africa,  elephants  are  taken  in  pits. 
They  load  the  altars  with  many  gifts. 
Neither  is  he  perceived  by  any  one. 
The  crocodile  is  protected  by  a  very  hard  skin. 
Peace  must  be  sought  by  me. 
The  boys  are  taught  grammar. 

QUESTIONS.  What  English  words  are  derived  from  the  Latin 
words  in  this  exercise  ? 


LESSON     LXXI. 

(Review  Lesson  LXX.) 

RULE  XXXVI.  The  name  of  the  town  denoting 
the  place  where,  or  in  which,  is  put  in  the  genitive  ;  as  : 
Vixit  Romce,  He  lived  at  Rome. 

REM.  But  if  the  name  of  the  town  be  of  the  third  declension, 
or  plural  number,  it  is  expressed  in  the  ablative  j  as  : 

Habitat  Carthagine,        He  dwells  at  Carthage. 
Studuit  Athenis,  He  studied  at  Athens. 

RULE  XXXVII.  The  name  of  a  town  denoting  the 
place  whither,  or  to  which,  is  put  in  the  accusa- 
tive :  as : 

Venit  Romam,         He  came  to  Rome. 

OBS.  At,  or  near  a  place  is  expressed  by  ad,  oiapud  with  the  accusative;  as. 
Ad,  or  Apud  Trojam,  At  or  near  Troy. 


SYNTAX,  135 

XXXVIII.  The  name  of  a  town  whence^  or  from 
which;  or  6y3  or  through  which,  is  put  in  the  abla- 
tive ;  as  : 

Discessit  Corintho,       He  departed  from  Corinth. 

RULE  XXXIX.  Domus  and  rus  are  construed  like 
names  of  towns  ;  as  : 

Manet  domi,        He  remains  at  home. 

Abiit  rus,  He  has  gone  to  the  country. 

OBS.  Humi,  militia,  and  belli,   are   likewise   construed   in  the  genitive  like 
names  of  towns. 

EXERCISE. 

LATIN    TO    BE    TURNED    INTO    ENGLISH. 

Ego  domi  ero. 

Si  enim  es  Romae,  me  assequi  non  potes. 
Is  negat  filium  esse  rure  (or  ruri.) 
Non  commovi  me  adhuc  Thessalomca. 
Infesto  exercitu  Romam  venit. 
Spartam  redire  nolebat. 

ENGLISH  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  LATIN. 

He  denies  that  his  son  is  in  the  country. 
He  came  to  Rome  with  a  hostile  army. 
I  shall  be  at  home. 

I  have  not  as  yet  moved  myself   from  Thessalonica. 
He  was  unwilling  to  return  to  Sparta. 
For  if  you  remain  at  Rome,  you  will  not  be  able  to 
overtake  me. 

QUESTION.  What  English  words  are  derived  from  the  Latin* 
words  in  this  Exercise  ? 


136  LATIN  LESSONS. 

LESSON    LXXII. 

(Review  Lesson  LXXI.) 

RULE  XL.  Time  when,  is  put  in  the  ablative  ;  as  : 
Venit  hord  tertid,       He  came  at  three  o'clock. 

RULE  XLI.  Time  how  long,  is  put  in  the  accusa- 
tive or  ablative  ;  as  : 

Mansit  paucos  dies,         He  staid  a  few  days. 

Sex  mensibus  abfuit,      He  was  absent  six  months, 

RULE  XLII.    Measure  or  distance,  is   put   in   the 
accusative,  and  sometimes  in  the  ablative  ;  as  : 

Murus  est  decem  pedes  altus,   The  wall  is  ten  feet  high. 
Iter,  or  itinere  unius  diei,       One  day's  journey. 

RULE  XLIII.  The  measure  of  excess  or  deficiency 
is  put  in  the  ablative  ;  as  : 

Sesquipede  longior,        Taller  by  a  foot  and  a  half. 
Novem  pedibus  minor,     Less  by  nine  feet. 

RULE  XLIV.  The  price  of  a  thing  is   put  in  the 
ablative  ;  as  : 

Constttit  talento,  It  cost  a  talent. 

Vendidit  hie  auro  patriam,    This  man  sold  his  country 

for  gold. 

Exc.  But  tanti,  quanti,  pluris,  minoris,  are  used  in  the  geni- 
tive j  as  : 

Quanti  constttit,  How  much  cost  it  ? 


SYNTAX.  137 

RULE  XLV.  Adverbs  are  joined  to  verbs,  adjec- 
tives, participles,  and  other  adverbs,  to  modify  and 
limit  their  signification  ;  as  : 

Bcne  scribit,  He  writes  well. 

Fortiter  pugnans,  Fighting  bravely. 

Egregie  fidelis  Remarkably  faithful. 

Satis  bene,  Well  enough. 

OBS.  Two  negatives,  in  Latin,  are  equivalent  to  an  affirmative ;  as :  nee  non 
senserunt,  "  nor  did  they  not  perceive  ;  "  i.  e.  they  did  perceive.  So,  nonnulli, 
"  not  none  j  "  i.  e.  "  some."  Nonnunquam,  "  not  never,  "  i.  e.,  sometimes,  &c. 

EXERCISE. 

LATIN  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  ENGLISH. 

Isocrates  orationem   viginti  talentis  vendidit. 
^Estate  dies  sunt  longiores  hieme. 
Vixit  annis  novem,  imperavit  triennio. 
In  eo  bello  tres  annos  quaestor  fuit. 
Locus  est  ab  Roma  decem  millia  passuum. 
Literas  tuas  vehementer  expecto. 

ENGLISH  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  LATIN. 

He  lived  nine  years,  he  commanded  three  years. 

Isocrates  sold  an  oration  for  twenty  talents. 

I  expect  thy  letters  earnestly. 

The  days  are  longer  in  summer  than  in  winter. 

The  place  is  ten  miles  from  Rome. 

In  that  war  he  was  quaestor  three  years. 

QUESTION.  What  English  words  are  derived  from  the  Latin 
words  in  this  Exercise? 


138  LATIN   LESSONS 

LESSON    LXXIII. 

(Review  Lesson  LXXII.) 

RULE  XLVI.  Some  adverbs  of  time,  place,  and 
quantity,  govern  the  genitive  ;  as  : 

Pridie  ejus  diei,  The  day  "before  that  day. 

Ubique  gentium.          Every  where. 

Satis  est  verborum,      There  is  enough  of  words. 

RULE  XLVII.  Some  derivative  adverbs  govern  the 
case  of  their  primitives  ;  as  : 

Omnium  opttmc  loquitur,       He  speaks  the  best  of  all. 
Venit  obviam  ei,  He  came  to  meet  him. 

RULE  XLVIII.  Twenty-eight  prepositions,  ad,  apud, 
ante,  &c.  govern  the  accusative  ;  as  : 

Ad  patrem.  To  the  father. 

RULE  XLIX.  Fifteen  prepositions,  a,  ab,  abs,  etc. 
govern  the  ablative  ;  as  : 

A  patre,  From  the  father. 

RULE  L.  The  prepositions  in,  sub,  super,  and  subter, 
denoting  motion  to,  or  tendency  towards,  govern  the 
accusative  ;  as  : 

Venit  in  urbem.       He  came  into  the  city. 

RULE  LI.  The  prepositions  in  and  sub  denoting 
situation,  govern  the  ablative  ;  super  and  subter,  either 
the  accusative  or  ablative  ;  as  : 

Jacet  in  terra       He  lies  upon  the  ground. 


SYNTAX.  139 

OBS.  1.  The  preposition  is  frequently  understood  before  its  case ;  as  :  Devenere 
locos. 

OBS.  2.  Sometimes  the  case  is  omitted  after  the  preposition :  as :    Circum  Con- 
cordicR,  (understand  cedem.) 

RULE  LII.  A  preposition  in    composition    often 
governs  its  own  case  ;  as  : 

Adedmus  urbem,       Let  us  go  to  the  city. 
Exeamus  urbe,          Let  us  go  out  of  the  city. 

EXERCISE. 

LATIN  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  ENGLISH. 

Apud  Romanes  mortui  plerumque  cremabantur. 

Gallia  est  omnis  divisa  in  partes  tres. 

Summus  mons  a  Tito  Labieno  tenebatur. 

Camel  us  odium  adversus  equos  gerit. 

Dulce  est  pro  patria  mori. 

Literae  a  Phcenicibus  inventas  sunt. 

Obviam  hosti  eunt  consules. 

Instar  montis  equurn  aedificant. 

ENGLISH  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  LATIN. 

Letters  were  invented  by  the  Phoenicians. 

Among  the  Romans,  the  dead  were  generally  burnt. 

It  is  sweet  to  die  for  one's  country. 

They  build  a  horse  the  size  of  a  mountain. 

The  camel  bears  hatred  against  horses. 

The  consuls  go  to  meet  the  enemy. 

All  Gaul  is  divided  into  three  parts. 

The  top  of  the  mountain  was  held  by  Titus  Labienus. 

QUESTION.    What  English  words  are  derived  from  the  Latin 
words  in  this  Exercise  ? 


140  LATIN    LESSONS. 

LESSON    LXXIV. 

RULE  LIII.  Any  tense  of  the  subjunctive  mood  may 
follow  a  tense  of  the  same  class  in  the  indicative  ;  as  : 
Lego  ut  discam,       I  read  that  I  may  learn. 

RULE  LIV.  The  conjunctions  ut,  quo,  licet,  ne, 
utinam,  and  dummodo,  etc.,  and  words  used  indefinitely 
in  dependent  clauses,  for  the  most  part,  require  the 
subjunctive  mood  ;  as  : 

Nescit  quis  sim,       He  knows  not  who  I  am. 

RULE  LV.  The  relative  qui,  qua,  quod,  requires 
the  subjunctive,  when  it  refers  to  an  indefinite,  nega- 
tive, or  interrogative  word,  —  to  words  implying 
comparison,  —  or  assigns  the  reason,  cause,  or  end  of 
that  which  precedes, — and  also  in  all  cases  of  oblique 
narration. 

OBS.  When  the  relative  with  its  clause  assigns  the  cause  or  reason  of  the 
action  or  event  announced  in  the  antecedent  clause,  it  requires  the  subjunctive;  as  • 

Peccavisse  mihi  videor  qui  a  te  discesserim. 

REM.  In  all  constructions  of  this  kind,  the  relative  is  equivalent 
to  quum,  quod,  quia,  or  quonam,  with  ego,  tu,  is,  nos,  &c.,  signi- 
fying "  because,"  or  "seeing  that  I,"—"  thou,"—  "  he;  "— "  we," 
&c. 

RULE  LVI.  One  verb  being  the  subject  of  another, 
is  put  in  the  infinitive  ;  as  : 

Facile  est  queri.         To  complain  is  easy. 
Mentiri  turpe  est,      To  lie  is  base. 

REM.  The  infinitive  mood  without  a  subject  may  be  regarded 
as  a  verbal  noun  in  the  singular  number,  neuter  gender,  and  in 
form  indeclinable,  and  may  be  used  as  a  noun  in  all  the  cases. 


SYNTAX.  141 

RULE  LVII.  One  verb  governs  another,  as  its  object, 
in  the  infinitive  ;  as  : 

Cupio  discere,       I  desire  to  learn. 

OBS.  1.  The  infinitive  "without  a  subject  is  also  used  after  adjectives,  participles^ 
aad  nouns. 

OBS.  2.  The  verb  governing  the  infinitive  is  sometimes  omitted,  when  c&pit  or 
cceperunt  is  understood.  When  so  used  it  is  called  the  historical  infinitive. 

RULE  LVIIT.  The  subject  of  the  infinitive  is  put 
in  the  accusative  ;  as  : 

Gaudeo  te  valere,       I  am  glad  that  you  are  well. 

(REM.  The  English  particle  '*  that"  may  be  called  the  sign  of 
the  accusative  before  the  infinitive. 

EXERCISE. 

LATIN  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  ENGLISH. 

Percurro  ad  forum  ut  hsec  tibi  dicam. 
Nemo  felix  est,  qui   ea  lege  vivat. 
Peccavisse  mihi  videor,  qui  a  te  discesserim. 
Virgilius  jusserat   carmma  sua  cremari. 
Ego  cupio  ad  te  venire. 
Philippus  volebat  amari. 

ENGLISH  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  LATIN. 

1  seem  to  myself  to  have  (I  think  that  I  have)  erred 
because  I  have  left  you. 

Philip  wished  to  be  loved. 

Virgil  ordered  his  own  poems  to  be  burned. 

I  run  to  the  forum  that  I  may  say  these  things  to 
thee. 

No  one  is  happy  who  lives  by  this  law. 

QUESTION.  What  English  words  are  derived  from  the  Latin 
Words  in  this  Exercise  ? 


142  LATIN    LESSONS 

LESSON    LXXV. 

(Review  Lesson  LXXIV.) 

RULE  LIX.  Participles,  like  adjectives,  agree  with 
their  substantives  in  gender,  number,  and  case ;  as  : 
Homo  carens  fraude,      A  man  wanting  in  guile. 
Pax  tantum  amata,        Peace  so  greatly  loved. 

OBS.  1.  Participles,  gerunds,  and  supines,  being  parts  of  verbs,  govern  the  cases 
of  the  verbs  to  which  they  belong. 

OBS.  2.  The  perfect  participle  is  used  to  supply  the  place  of  a  verbal  noun, 
when  such  a  noun  is  wanting,  or  but  seldom  used ;  as :  Hce  literce  recitatez  mag- 
num luctum  fecerunt,  "  The  reading  of  these  letters  (not  these  letters  being 
read,)  caused  great  mourning."  Receptus  Hannibal,  "  The  reception  of  Han- 
nibal." Ab  urbe  condita,  "  From  the  building  of  the  city." 

OBS.  3.  The  participle  in  -dus,  generally  implies  the  idea  of  propriety,  necessity, 
or  obligation. 

RULE  LX.  A  substantive  with  a  participle,  whose 
case  depends  on  no  other  word,  is  put  in  the  ablative 
absolute  ;  as  : 

Sole  oriente,  fugiunt         The  sun  rising,  darkness 
tenlbrcB,  flees  away. 

REM.  This  rule  belongs  to  the  substantive  only,  with  which 
the  participle  then  agrees  by  the  preceding  rule. 

RULE  LXI.  The  gerund,  as  the  subject  of  the  verb 
Est,  implies  necessity,  and  governs  the  dative  ;  as  : 
Legcndum  est  mihi,    Reading  is  to  me,  i.  e.,  I  must  read. 
Moriendum  est  om-    Dying   is    to    all,   i.  e.,  all    must 
nibus,  die. 

OBS.  1,  The  gerund  is  a  verbal  noun  in  the  singular  number  (wanting  the  voca- 
tive,) and  is  construed,  in  all  the  cases,  like  a  substantive  noun  ;  as  : 
Tempus  legendi^    Time  of  reading. 

OBS  2.  The  gerund,  as  a  verbal  noun,  resembles  the  infinitive,  and  is  often  put 
for  it ;  as : 

Est  tempus  legendi,      It  is  the  time  to  read. 


SYNTAX.  143 

EXERCISE. 

LATIN  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  ENGLISH. 

Omnibus  aliquando  moriendum  est. 
Homo  natura  est  cupldus  nova  videndi. 
Libri  sunt  inutiles  ignaro  legendi. 
Amicus  amlcum  semper  juvabit  consolando. 
Exempla  fortunae  variantis  sunt  innumera. 
Sabmis  debellatis,  Tarquinius  rediit. 

ENGLISH  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  LATIN. 

Examples  of  changing  fortune  are  innumerable. 

All  must,  at  length,   die 

Books  are  useless  to  one  ignorant  of  reading. 

The  Sabines  having  been  subdued,  Tarquin  returned. 

Man  is,  by  nature,  desirous  of  seeing  new  things. 

A  friend  will  always  assist  a  friend  by  consoling  him. 


LESSON   LXXVI. 

(Review  Lesson  LXXV.) 

RULE  LXII.  Gerunds  governing  the  accusative,  are 
elegantly  turned  into  gerundives  in  -dus^  which,  with 
the  sense  of  the  gerund,  instead  of  governing ,  agree 
with  their  substantives,  in  gender,  number,  and 
case  ;  as  ; 

GeruutU:    KgSSSSfK  {  ™»  «*  «*"*  P*»- 
RULE  LXII1.  The  supine  in  -um  is  put  after  a  verb 
of  motion  :  as  : 

Abiit  dea?nluldtum,       He  hath  gone  to  walk. 
RULE  LXIV.  The  Supine  in  -u  is  put  after  an  ad- 
jective noun  ;  as : 

Facile  dictu^       Easy  to  tell,  or  to  be  told. 


144  LATIN     LESSONS. 

REM.  The  supines  bein^  nothing  but  verbal  nouns  of  the  fourth 
declension,  and  only  in  the  accusative  and  ablative  singular,  are 
governed  in  these  cases  by  prepositions  understood  ;  they  may  be 
translated  as  infinitives  j  as  :  difficile  cognltu,  or  cognosci. 

RULE  LXV.  The  conjunctions  et,  ac,  clique,  nee, 
neque,  ant,  vel,  and  some  others,  couple  similar  cases 
and  moods  ;  as  : 

Honora  patrem  et  matrem,    Honor  father  and  mother. 

Nee  legit  nee  scribit,  He  neither  reads  nor  writes. 

EXERCISE. 

LATIN  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  ENGLISH. 

Initum  est  consilium  urbis  delendae. 
Rogatum  auxilium  Rom  am  legates  mittunt. 
Res  est  visu  foeda,  et  auditu. 
Ea  videre  ac  perspicere  potestis. 
Pater  et  films  sunt  scelesti. 

ENGLISH  TO  BE  TURNED  INTO  LATIN. 

The  father  and  son  are  wicked. 

They  entered  upon  the  design  of  destroying  the  city. 
The  thing  is  loathsome  to  be  seen,  and  to  be  heard. 
You  are  able  to  see  and  to  discern  these  things. 
They  send  ambassadors  to  Rome,  to  ask  aid. 

QUESTION.  What  English  words  are  derived  from  the  Latin 
words  in  this  exercise? 

N.  B.  When  the  pupil  has  proceeded  thus  far,  let  him 
return  and  review  thoroughly,  but  rapidly,  from  the 
beginning. 

When  he  commences  the  history  of  Joseph,  after  the 
general  review,  he  should  begin  with  Bullions'  Latin 
Grammar,  or  with  whatever  text-book  the  teacher  adopts. 


THE 

HISTORY  OF  JOSEPH, 

FROM 

L'HOMOND'S  HISTORIA  SACRA, 


(!N  arranging  the  words  of  each  sentence  in  the  proper  order 
for  translation  into  English,  let  the  pupil  carefully  follow  the 
•'DIRECTIONS  FOR  BEGINNERS/'  in  Bullions'  Latin  Grammar, 
$  52,  p.  270.  —  He  will  be  greatly  assisted  in  preparing  his  les- 
sons, by  examining  the  references  to  the  same  Grammar  at  the 
foot  of  each  page. — Where  the  reference  is  to  a  Rule  of  Syntax 
only,  it  will  also  be  found,  by  its  number,  in  the  preceding  Lessons. 
— The  pupil  should  carefully  analyse  each  sentence,  and  parse 
the  words  it  contains. — See  §§  152,  153.). 

1.  JOSEPH'S  INFANCY. 

Jacdbus  habuit  duodecim  filios,  inter  quos  erat  Jose- 
phus  :  hunc  pater  amabat  a  prae  cseteris b  quia  senex  c 
genueratd  eum.  Dederat  illi e  togam  textam  e  filisf 
varii  coldris.  ff 

Quam  ob  causam  Josephus  erat  invisus  suis  fratri- 
bus5h  prgesertim  post  quarn  narravisset  eise  duplex 
somnium,  quo  i  futura  ejus  magnitude  portendebatur. 

Oderant-'  ilium  tantopere  ut  non  possent  k  cum  eo 
amice  loqui. 


*§44,    11,1. 
b§  136,  R.  XLIX. 
c§    98,  Obs.  10. 

a       gigno. 

»  §  123  R.  XXIX. 
'§128  Obs.  2. 
s§  106  R.  VII. 
h  §  126  R.  XXXIII. 

»  §  129  R.  XXXV. 
J  §   84  Obs.  2. 
k  §  140  1,  1st. 

146  HISTORY  OF  JOSEPH 

2.  JOSEPH'S  DREAM. 

Haec  proro  erant  Josepla a  somnia."  b  Ligabamus, " ' 
inquitj  "simul  manipulos  in  agro  :  ecce  manipulus 
"  meus  surgebat  et  stabat  rectus;d  vestri  autem  mani- 
"  puli  circumstantes  venerabantur  meum." 

"  Postea  vidi e  in  somnis  solem,  lunam  et  untied m 
"  Stellas  adorantes  me." 

Cui f  fratres  responderunt  :  "  Quorsum  spectant  ista  s 
somnia?  "num  tu  eris  rexb  noster  ?  num  subjiciemur 
"  ditioni  h  tuse?53  Fratres  igitur  invidebant  ei  \ l  et 
pater  rem  tacitusd  considerabat. 

3.     JOSEPH'S  BRETHREN  RESOLVE  TO  KILL  HIM. 

Quadam  die-'  quum  fratres  Joseph!  pascerentk  greges 
proculj  ipse  remanserat  domi. l  Jacobus  misit  eum  ad 
fratreSj  ut  sdret  m  quomodo  se  haberent.  n 

Qui  videntes  Josephum  venientem,  consilium  cepe- 
runt  illius  occidendi :  °  "  Ecce, "  inquiebant?  u  somnia- 
"  tor  venit  :  occidamusp  ilium,  et  projiciamus  p  in 
"  puteum  :  dicemus  patri  :f  fera  devoravit  Josephum. 
"  Tune  apparebit  q  quid  sua  illi r  prosint  somnia." 

4.  REUBEN,  THE  ELDEST,  TRIES  TO  SAVE  HIM. 

Reuben,  qui  erat  natu8  maximus,  deterrebat*  fratros 
a  tanto  scelere. 


a§106,R.VI.               h 

§  126,  R.  III. 

°§  147,R.LXII. 

b§103,R.V.                 i 

§  112,  R.  V. 

P§    45,1,1. 

c§    44,11.                     j 

§  131,  R.XL. 

q§    85,2. 

d§    98,Obs.lO.            k 

§  140,  Obs.4. 

r  §  112,  R.  1. 

«§    44,  Ul,Indef. 
*  §123,R.XXIX,02.  m 

§  130,  R.  XXXIX. 
§  140,  R  LIV. 

»§128,R.  EXP. 
§  26,6,  Note. 

•  §    28,Obs.  3,  3d. 

§  140,4. 

t  §  44,  II,  2. 

HISTORY    OF    JOSEPH.  147 

"  Nolite,  "  inquiebat,  "  interficere  puerum  :  est 
"  enim  frater  a  noster  :  dimittite  eum  potius  ia  hanc 
"  foveam." 

Habebat  in  animo  liberare  b  Josephum  ex  eorum  c 
manibus,  etd  ilium  extrahere  e  fovea,  atque  d  ad  pa- 
trem  reducere. 

Reipsa  his  verbis  e  deductif  sunt  ad  mitius  consi- 
lium. 


5.  JOSEPH  SOLD  BY  HIS  BRETHREN  TO  MERCHANTS- 

Ubi  Josephus  pervenit  ad  fratres  suos,  detraxerunt 
eiff  togam?  quah  indutus  erat,  etd  detruserunt  eum  in 
foveam. 

Deinde  quum  consedissent l  ad  sumendumJ  cibum 
conspexerunt  mercatores  quipetebantk  ^Egyptum1  cum 
camelis  portantibus  varia  aromata.  m 

Venit n  illis  °  in  mentem  Josephum  vendere  iis  mer- 
catonbus. s 

Qui  emerunt  Josephum  viginti  nummisp  argenteis, 
eumque  duxerunt  in  ^Egyptum. 

6.  THEY    SEND    TO    THEIR    FATHER,  JOSEPH'S   ROBE 
STAINED  WITH  BLOOD. 

Tune  fratres  Josephi  tinxerunt  togam  ejus  in  san- 
guine hsedi  quern  occiderant,  et  d  miserunt  earn c  ad 

*  §  103,  R.  V.  f  §    44,  III,  5  Note.  1    §  130,  Obs.  10 
^  §  144,  R.  LVII.  8  §  123,  R.  XXIX.       »  §  146  Rem. 
«§    28,  Obs.  3,  3d  and   h§126,R.V.  n  §    85,2. 

§106,  R.  VI.  i  §  140,  Obs,  4.  o  §  no,  Obs.  1. 

*  §  149,  R.  LXV.  J  §  147,  R.  LXII.         P  §  133,  R.  XLIV. 
•§  129,  R.  XXXV.        *§    44,11. 


, 


148  HISTORY    OF   JOSEPH. 

patrem  cum  his  verbis  :  u  Invemmus a  hanc  togam ; 
t£  vide  an  toga  filii  tui  sit."  b 

Quam  quum  agnovissetc  pater,  exclamavit  :  "  Toga 
"  filii  mei  est  :  fera  pessima  devoravita  Josephum." 
Deinde  sciditd  vestem,  ete  induit  cilicium. 

Omnes  filii  ejus  convenerunt  ut  lenirentf  dolorem 
patris  ;  sed  Jacobus  noluit  accipere  %  consolationem, 
dixitque  ;  "  Ego  descendam  mcerens  cum  filio  meo  in 
sepulcrum.  " 

7.  POTIPHAR  PURCHASES  JOSEPH. 

Putiphar  ^Egyptius  emit  Josephum  a  mercatoribus. 

Deus  autem  favit  Putipharih  causa1  Josephi  :  om- 
nia-J  eik  prospere  succedebant. 

Quam  ob  rein  Josephus  benigne  habitus  est  ab  hero, ] 
qui  praa fecit  eum  domuim  suae. 

Josephus  ergo  administrabat  rem  familiarem  Puti- 
pharis,  omniaj  fiebantn  ad  nulum  ejus,  nee  Putiphar 
ullius  negotii  curam  gerebat. 

8.  JOSEPH,  ACCUSED  BY  POTIPHAR'S  WIFE,  is  CAST  INTO 
PRISON. 

Josephus  erat  insigni  et  pulchra  facie0  uxor  Puti- 
pharis  eum  pelliciebatp  ad  flagitium. 

Josephus  autem  nolebat  assentiri  improbse 


»  §  44,  III  Def. 
i§  140,4. 
'§  140,Obs.4. 
«  §  144,  III  Indef. 
•  §  149,  R.  LXV. 
'  §  140,  R.  LIV. 

g  §  144,  R.  LVII. 
*§  112,  R.V. 
i  §  129,  R.  XXXV. 
j  §    98,  Obs.  5.  ' 
*  §  112,  R.  IV. 
1  §  126,  Obs.  2. 

»  §  123  R.  XXIX. 
»  §    83,  Obs.  3. 
°  §  106,  R.  VII. 
P  §    44,  II,  L 

HISTORY   OF   JOSEPH.         /  149 

Quadam  diea  mulier  apprehendit  oram  pallii  ejus, 
at  Josephus  reliquit  pallium  in  manibus  ejus3  etb  fugit. 

Mulier  irata  inclamavit  servos, c  et  Josephum  accu- 
savit  apud  virum,  qui  nimiuni  crediilus  conjecit  Jose- 
phum  in  carcerem. 

9.  THE  DREAMS  OF  PHARAOH'S  OFFICERS. 

Erant  in  eodem  carcere  duo  miriistri  Regis  Phara- 
onis;  alter  d  prseerat  pincernisyf  alter  d  pistoribus. 

Utrlquef  obvenit  divinitus  somnium  eadem  nocte.  a 

Ad  quos  quurn  venissetff  Josephus  mane,  etb  ani- 
madvertisset  eos  tristiores  solito  interrogavit  qusenam 
esset h  moestitia3  causa  ?  i 

QuiJ  responderunt  :  "  Obvenit  nobisf  somnium,  nee 
"  quisquam  est  qui  illud  nobisk  interpretetur."  } 

"  Nonne,"-  inquit  Josephus:  "  Dei  m  solius  n  est 
praBnoscere  °  res  futuras  ?  narrate  mihi  k  somnia 
vestra. 

10.    JOSEPH  EXPLAINS  THE  CHIEF  CUPBEARER'S  DREAM. 

Turn  prior  sic  exposuit  Josephok  somnium  suum  : 
"  Vidip  in  quiete  vitem  in  qua  erant  tres  palmites  • 
"  ea  paulatim  prolulit  gemmas  •  deinde  flores  eruperunt, 
"  ac  denique  uvae  maturescebant."q 

"  Ego  exprimebarn  r  uvas  in  scyphum  Pharaonis, 
aeiquek  porrigebam." 

•  §  131,  R.  XL.  6  §  140,  Obs.  4.  m  §  108,  R.  XII. 

b  §  149,  R.  LXV.  h  §  140,  5.  n  §    20,  4. 

«  §  116,  Obs.  4.  2d.  !    §  103,  R.  V.  °  §  144,  R.  LVI. 

d§    98,  Obs.  12.  J   §    99,  R.  III.  P§    44,  III.  Indef, 

«  §  112.  R.  I.  k  §  123,  R.  XXIX.       q  §    88,  2. 

t  §112,  R.  IV.  i   §141,R.I.&Obs.l.  r  §    44,11.1. 


160  HISTORY    OF    JOSEPH. 

"  Esto  bono  ammo,"  a  in  quit  Josephus ;  "post  tres 
"  dies  Pharao  te  restituet  in  gradum  prisunum  :  te  b 
44  rogo  ut  meminerisc  mei."  ' 

11.    HE    EXPLAINS    THE    CHIEF    BUTLER5  S    DREAM. 

Alter  quoque  narravit  sornnium  suum  Josepho  :  * 
"  Gestabam  f  in  capite  tria  canistra  in  quibus  erant  ci- 
"  bi  quos  pistores  solent  conficere." 

"  Ecce  autem  aves  circuravolitabant,  f  et  cibos  illos 
"  comedebant."  Cuie  Josephus  :  "  Ha3C  est  interpre- 
"  tatio  s  istiush  somnii :  tria  canistra  sunti  tres  dies,5 
"  quibus  J  elapsis,  Pharao  te  feriet  securi,k  et  afFiget 
"  ad  palum,  ubi  aves  pascentur  carne  l  tua." 

12.    THE  ACCOMPLISHMENT  OF    THE    TWO    DREAMS. 

Die™  tertio,  qui  dies  natalis  Pharaonis  erat3  splendi- 
dum  convivium  paratum  n  fuit. 

Tune  rex  meminit  ministiorilm  c  suorunij  qui  erant 
in  carcere. 

Restituit  °  preefecto  e  pincernarum  munus  suum, 
alterum  vero  securik  percussum  suspendit0  ad  palum. 
Ita  res  sornnium  comprobavit.  ° 

Tamen  praefectus  pincernarum  oblitus  est  Josephi,  c 
nee  illius  p  in  se  meiiti  c  recordatus  est.q 


»§106,  R.  VII.  '§    44,11.1.  i   §  14,5, &§  121, 0.2 

*  §  124,  R.  XXX  and  s  §  103,  R.  V.  »  §  131,  R.  XL. 

§116,  EXP.  b§    31,  Obs.  2.  n§44)ttote>    Indef. 

c  §  140,  1,  3d.  i         represent.  '  §44,  III.  Indef. 

d  §  108,  R.  XIV.         J    §  146,  R.  LX.  P  §  106,  R,  VI    ' 

e  §  123,  R.  XXIX.       *§    15,5.  q§72,  1. 


HISTORY    OF    JOSEPH.  151 

13.    TlIE    DREAMS    OF    KING    PHARAOH. 

Post  biennium  rex  ipse a  habuit  somnium.  Vide- 
batur  si.bi  b  adslare  Niloc  flumini :  et  ecce  emergebant 
cle  fiumine  septem  vacca3  pingues3  quse  pascebantur  in 
palude.  Delude  septem  aliae  vaccse  macilenta3  exie- 
runt  ex  e5dem  flumine,  quse  devorarunt  priores.d 

Pharao  experrectus  rursum  dormivit,  et  alterum  c 
habuit  somniurn.  Septem  spicee  plena?  enascebantur 
in  uno  culmo,  aliseque  toticlem  exiles  succrescebant,  et 
spicas  plenas  consumebant. 

14.    THE  CHIEF  CUPBEARER  MENTIONS  JOSEPH  TO  THE 
KING. 

Ubi  illuxit?f  Pharao  perturbatus  convocavit  omnes 
conjectores  ^Egypti,  et  narravit  illis^  somnium;  at 
nemo  poterat  illud  interpretari. 

Tune  praefectus  pincernarum  dixit  Regi  :h  "  Con- 
"  fiteor  peccatum  meum  ;  quum  ego  et  praefectus  pisto- 
rum  esserous1  in  carcere,  uterquej  somniavimus  eadem 
nocte.k 

Erat  ibi  puer  Hebreeus,  qui  nobis  ff  sapienter  iriter- 
pretatus  est  somnia  ;  res  enim  interpretationem  com- 
probavit. 

15.  JOSEPH  EXPLAINS  THE  KING'S  DREAM. 
Rex  arcessivit  Josephum,  eique  s  narravit  utrumque 
somnium.  Turn  Josephus  Pharaoni : h  "  duplex,"  inquit, 
"  somnium  unam  atque  eandem  rem  signif icat." 

a§32.  e§24,  7.  i  §  140.  Obs.  4.  and 

b    he  seemed  to  himself.  '  §  85,  5.  §  102,'  Obs.  3. 

«  §  112,  R.  IV.  §  §  123,  R.  XXIX.  J  §  98,  Exc.  4. 

<*  §  98,  Obs.  5.  h  §  123,  Obs.  2.  k  §  131,  R.  XL. 


152  HISTORY    OF    JOSEPH. 

"Septem  vaccse  pingues  et  septern  spicae  plenae  sunt 
"  septem  anni  a  ubertatis  b  mox  venturse  ;  septem  vero 
"  vaccse  macilentse,  et  septem  spicee  exiles  sunt  totidem 
"anni  famis  quse  ubertatem  c  secutura  est."d 

"Itaque,  Rex,  prsefice  totie  JEgypio  f  virum  sapien- 
"  tern  et  industrium,  qui  partem  fruguin  b  recondat  8 
"  in  horreis  publicis,  servetque  h  diligenter  in  subsidi- 
"  um  famis  b  secuturse.*'' 

16.  JOSEPH  is  MADE  GOVERNOR  OF  ALL  EGYPT. 

Regi l  placuit  consilium  :  quare  dixit  Josepho  :•* 
cc  Num  quisquam  est  in  ^Egypto  te  k  sapientior  1  nemo 
u  certe  fungetur  melius  illo  munere."  l 

"  En  tibi  f  trado  curam  regni  mei." 

Turn  detraxit  e  manu  sua  annulum,  et  Joseph!  digi- 
to  f  inseruit :  induit  ilium  veste  m  byssina  :  collo  f  tor- 
quern  aureum  circumdedit,  eumque  in  curru  suo  secun- 
dum  collocavit. 

Josephus  erat  triginta  annos n  natus,  quum  °  sum- 
mam  potestatem  a  Rege  accepit.  ° 

17.  JOSEPH  RESERVES  PART  OF  THE  GRAIN,  WHICH 

HE  AFTERWARDS  SELLS. 

Josephus  perlustravit  omnes  ^Egypti  regiones  et  per 
septem  annos  p  ubertatis  b  congessit  q  maximam  fru- 
menti  copiam. 

Secuta  est  inopia  septem  anndruin, r  et  in  orbe  uni- 
verso  fames  ingravescebat.  8 


a  §  103,  R.  V. 
b  §  106,  R.  VI. 
»§  116,  R.I. 
^§    79,8. 
•  §    20,  4. 
<  §  123,  R.  XXIX. 
•  §  141,  R.  II,  4th. 

h  §  149,  R.  LXV. 
i   §  112,  R.  V. 
J  §  123,  Obs.  2. 
k  §  120,  R.  XXIV. 
1   §  121,  R.  XXVI. 
»  §  125,  R.  XXXI. 

D  §  131,  R.  XLI. 
°§140,  Obs.  3. 
P§131,  Obs.  1. 
a  §    44,  III,  Indtf 
'  §  106,  R.  VII 
•  §   88,  2. 

HISTORY    OF    JOSEPH.  153 

Tune  -3£gyptii,  quosa  premebat  egestas,  adierunt 
Regem  b  postulantes  cibum. 

Quos  Pharao  remitlebat  ad  Josephum.  Hie  autem 
aperuit  horrea,  et  ^]gyptiisc  frumenta  vendidit.  d 

18.  JACOB  SENDS  HIS  SONS  INTO  EGYPT,  RETAINING 

ONLY  BENJAMIN  WITH  HIM. 

Ex  aliis  quoque  regionibus  conveniebatur  e  in  ^Egyp- 
tum  ad  emendam  f  annonain. 

Eadem  necessitate  s  compulsus  Jacobus,  misit  illuc 
filios  suos. 

Itaque  profecti  sunt  fratres  Josephi  ;  sed  pater 
retinuit  domi  h  natu  minimum,1  qui  vocabatur  Benja- 
minus.  j 

Timebat  enim  ne  k  quid  mali  l  ei  m  accideret  in  iti- 
nere. 

Benjamlnus  ex  eadem  matre  n  natus  erat  qua0  Jo- 
sephus,  ideoque  ei  p  longe  carior  erat  quam  casteri 
fratres.  q 

19.  JOSEPH  PRETENDS  TO  TAKE  HIS  BROTHERS  FOR 

SPIES. 

Decem  fratres,  ubi  in  conspectum  Josephi  venerunt, 

eum  proni  r  venerati  sunt. 

Agnovit  eos  Josephus,  nee  ipse  est  cognitus  ab  eis.  " 
Noluit  indicare  statim  quis  esset  ;  *  sed  eos  u  inter- 

rogavit    tanquam    alienos  ;    u  Unde    venistis    et    quo 


*  §99,  R.  III.  h  §  130,  R.  XXXIX.    °§  119,  R.  XXIII 

»>  §  136,  R.  LII.  j  §26,  6,  Note.  P  §  111,  R.  XVI. 

c  §  123,  R.  XXIX.  J  §  103,  R.V.  q  §  120,  Obs.  1. 

d  §  44,  III,  Indef.  k  §  140,  Obs.  6.  r  §  98,  Obs.  10. 

«  §85,6,abhomimbus.  »  §  106,  R.  VIII.  •  §  126,  Obs.  2. 

f  §  147,'R.LXII.  m§H2,  R.  IV.  »  §  140,5. 

g  §  129,  R.  XXXV.  »  §  119,  EXP.  •  §  124,  R.  XXX. 


154.  HISTORY   OF  JOSEPH. 

Qui  responderunt :  "  Profecti a  sumus  e  regione 
"  Chanaan,  ut  emamus  b  frumentum." 

"  Non  estc  ita,"  inquit  Josephus ;  "  sed  venistis  hue 
u  animod  hostlli  ;  vultis  explorare  nostras  urbes  et  loca 
"  -^Egypti  parum  munita." 

At  illi  :  "  Minim  e ,"  inquiunt  :  "  nihil  mail e  medi- 
."  tamur  :  duodecim  fratres  f  sumus  ;  minimus  g  reten- 
"  tus  est  domih  a  patre  :  alius  vero  non  superest." 

20.  JOSEPH  DETAINS  SIMEON  UNTIL  THEY  BRING  BEN- 
JAMIN TO  HIM. 

Illud  Josephum  angebat,  quod  Benjaminus  cum 
caeteris  non  aderat.  * 

Quare  dixit  eis  : J  "  Experiar  an  verum  dixeritis  :k 
"  maneat ]  unus  ex  vobis™  obsesn  apud  me,  dum  addu- 
"  catur  °  hue  frater  vester  minimus  ;  cseteri, p  abite 
"  cum  frumento." 

Tune  coeperunt  inter  se  q  dicere  :  "Merito  hsec  pa- 
"  tirnur  :  crudeles  r  fuimus  in  fratrem  nostrum  ;  nunc 
"  pcenam  hujus  sceleris  luimus." 

Pulabant  hsec  verba  s  non  intelligi  a  Josepho  ; t  qui 
per  interpretem  cum  eis  loquebatur. 

Ipse  autem  aver  tit  se  parumper,  et  flevit. 

21.  THE  BROTHERS  OF  JOSEPH  RETURN. 
Josephus  jussit  fratrum  saccos  8  impleri  tritico,11  et 


•  §  44,  III,  Note. 
b§  140,  R.  LIV,  1. 
«§  85,  2. 
*  §  129,  R.  XXXV. 
e  §  106,  R.  VI. 
f  §  103,  R.  V. 
t  §  26,  6,  Note. 
*  §  130,  R.  XXXIX. 

1      ddsum. 
J  §  123,  R.  XXIX. 
*§.140,  5. 
1  §  45,  I,  1. 
m§  107,  Obs.  8. 
»  §  97,  R.  I.  EXP. 
o  §  140,  4. 

P  §  107,  R.  X.    Stt^. 
vestrum,' 
i§  28,  Obs.  5. 
'  §  103,  Obs.  2. 
•  §  145,  R.  LVIH 
t  §  126,  Obs.  2. 
«  §  126,  R.  V. 

HISTORY    OF   JOSEPH.  1&5 

peeuniam  a  quam  attuierant  rep5ni  in  ore  sacc5rum  . 
addidit  insuper  cibaria  in  viam. 

Deinde  dimlsit  eos,  prseter  Simeonem,  quern  retinuit 
obsidem.  b 

Itaque  profecli  sunt  fratres  Josephi,  et  quum  ve- 
P4ssentc  ad  patrem,  narraverunt  ei  d  omniae  quse  sibif 
acciderant. 

Quum  aperuissent c  saccos,  ut  effunderents  frumenta, 
mirantes  repererunt  peeuniam. 

22.  JACOB  WILL  NOT  LET  BENJAMIN  DEPART. 

Jacobus,  ut  audivit  Benjamlnum  a  arcessi  a  Prsefe(.- 
to  ^Egypti,  cum  gemitu  questus  est. 

"  Orbum  me  liberish  fecistis  ;  Josephus  mortuus  est; 
"  Simeon  retentus  est  in  .ZEgypto  ;  Benjamlnum  vul- 
"  tis  abducere."  'l 

"  Ha3c  omnia  rnala6  in  me  recidunt;  non  dimittam 
"  Benjaminum  :  nam  si  quid  ei  f  adversij  accident k  in 
"  via,  non  potero  ei l  superstes  vivere,  et  dolorem  op- 
"  pressus  moriar." 

23.    HlS    SONS    PRESS     HIM    TO    CONSENT. 

Postquam  consuinpti  sunt  cibi  quos  attuierant,  Jaco- 
bus dixit  filiisd  suis  :  a  Proficiscimlni  iterum  in^Egyp- 
"  turn,"  ut  ematis  s  cibos." 

Qui  responderunt :  u  Non  possumus  adire  Praefec- 
"tum°  ^Egypti  sine  Benjamino  :  ipse  enim  jussit  il- 
"  lurn  a  ad  se  adduci." 

~§  145,  R.  LVIII.  f  §  112,  R.  IV.  M  140,  2. 

fc  §  97.  R.  I   EXP.  e  §  140,  R.  LIV,  1.  '  §  111,  R.  XVI. 

c  §  140,  Obs.  4.  h  §  107,  R.  IX.  »§  129,  R.  XXXV 

d  §  123   R  XXIX.  »  §  144,  R.  LVII,  n  §  136,  R.  L. 

•  &  93,  Obs.  5.-  J  §  106,  R.  VIII.  «  §  136,  R.  LII. 


156  HISTORY    OF    JOSEPH 

"Cur,"  inquit  pater,  "mentidnem  fecistis  de  fratre 
"  vestro  minim o  1" 

"Ipse,"  inquiunt,  nosinterrogavit  an  pater  viveret, a 
"  an  alium  fratrem  haberemus.  a  Respondimus  ad  ea 
"  quse  sciscitabatur  :  non  potuimus  prsescireb  eum'B 
44  dicturum  esse  :  adducite  hue  fratrem  vestrum." 

24.  JACOB  AT  LAST  CONSENTS. 

Tune  Judas  unus  e  filiisd  Jacobi,  dixit  patri  :e  "  Com- 
"  mitte  mihi f  puerum  :  ego  ilium  recipio  in  fidem 
"  meam  :  ego  servabo,  ego  reducam  ilium  ad  te  ;  nisi 
"  fecero,  hujus  rei  eulpa  in  me  residebit ;  si  voluisses  8 
ueum  statim  dimittere,  jam  secundo  hue  rediissemus." 
Tandem  victus  pater  annuit  :  a  Quoniam  necesse  est," 
inquit,  uproficiscaturh  Benjammus  vobiscum  ;l  deferte 
a  viro  munera  et  duplum  pretium,  ne  forte  errorej 
u  factum  sit, k  ut  vobis  l  redderetur  m  prior  pecunia." 

25.  JOSEPH  PREPARES  A  FEAST  FOR  HIS  BRETHREN. 

Nunciatum  est  Josepho  }  eosdem  viros c  advenisse, 
et  cum  eis  parvulurn  fratrem.  c 

Jussit  Josephus  eos  c  introduci  domum,11  et  lautum 
parari  convivium.c 

Illi  porro  metuebant  ne  °  arguerentur  de  pecunia?p 
quam  in  saccis  repererant :  quare  purgaverunt  se  apud 
dispensatorem  Josephi. 

a§  HO,  5.  E§  140,  2.  »  §  126,  R.  III. 

b  §  144,  R.  LVII.  ii  §  45,  1,  1.  '»§  140,  1,  4th. 

«=  §  145,  R.  LV1II.  i  §  28,  Obs.  4.  n  §  ]36,  R.  LII. 

•»  §  107,  Obs.  8.  j  §  129,  R.  XXXV.  o  §  ]40,  Obs.  6. 

•§123,  Obs.  2.  k§  140,  R.  LIV,  1.  P  §  122,  Obs.  1, 
§  123,  R.  XXIX. 


HISTORY    OF    JOSEPH.  157 

"Jam  semel,"  inquiunt,  "  hue  venimus  ;  reversi  do- 
"  mum  in  venimus  p  ret  him  frumenti  in  saccis :  nesci- 
"  mus  quonam  casu  id  factum  fuerit  ;a  sed  eandem 
u  pecuniam  reportavimus." 

Quibusb  dispensator  ait:  "Bono  animoc  estote." 
Deinde  adduxit  ad  illos  Simeonem,  qui  retentus 
fuerat. 

26.  THEY  ARE  ADMITTED  INTO  JOSEPH'S  PRESENCE. 

Deinde  Josephus  ingressus  est  in  conclave,  d  ubi  sui 
eum  fratres  expectabant,  qui  eum  venerati  sunt  offe- 
rentes  ei  munera. 

Josephus  eos  clementer  salutavit,  interrogavitque ; 
"Salvusne6  est  senex  ille  quern  vos  patrem  habetis? 
"  Vivitne  adhuc  ?" 

"Qui  responderunt  :  "Salvuse  est  pater  noster,  ad- 
"  hue  vivit." 

Josephus  autem,  conjectis  in  Benjaminum  occulis,  f 
dixit :  •"  iste  s  est  fra'ter11  vester  minimus,  qui  domi1 
"  remanserat  apud  patrem?"  et  rursus  :  "  Deus  sitj* 
"  tibi  k  propitius,  fili  mi :" l  et  abiit  festinans,  m  quia 
commotus  erat  ammo, "  et  lacrymse  erumpebant.  ° 

27.  JOSEPH  CAUSES  HIS  SILVER  CUP  TO  BE  PUT  INTO 

BENJAMIN'S  SACK. 

Josephus  lota  facie f  regressus,  continuit  se,  eti* 
•  jussit  apponi  cibos.  q  Turn  distribuit  escam  unicuique  b 

»§140,  5.  s§31,Obs.  2.  "§146,  Obs.  6. 

"  §  123,  R.  XXIX.      h  §  103,  R.  V.  »  §  128,  R.  XXXIV. 

c  §  107,  R.  VII.  i  §  130,  4.  o  §  44,  II. 

d  §  136,  R.  L.  J  §  45,  I,  1.  P  §  149,  R.  LXV. 

e§  103,  R.  V,0bs.2.*§  111,  R.  XVI.  q  §  145,  R.  LVIII. 

f  §  146;  R.  LX.  l  §  30,  Obs,  2. 


158  HISTORY    OF   JOSEPH. 

fratruma  suorum  ;  sed  pars  Benjamini  erat  quintuple 
major  quain  cseter6rum.b  Peracto  convivio, c  Jose- 
phus  dat  negotium  dispensatori, d  ut  saccos  eorum 
impleat6  frumento3f  pecuniam  simul  reponat,6  et  in- 
super  scyphurn  suum  argenteum  in  sacco  Benjamini 
recondat.  e 

Ille  fecit  diligenter  quod  s  jussus  fuerat. 

28.  JOSEPH  SENDS  IN  PURSUIT  OF  THEM. 

Fratres  Josephi  sese  in  viam  dederant,  necdum  pro- 
cul  ab  urbe  h  aberant. 

Tune  Josephus  vocavit  dispensatorem  domus  suse, 
eique  dixit  :  a  Persequere  viros?  et  quum  eos  assecutus 
"  fueris,1  illisd  dicito  :  Quare  injuriam  pro  beneficio 
"  rependistis  ?" 

"  Subripuistis  scyphum  argenteum,  quoj  dominus 
umeus  utitur  :  improbe  fecistis." 

Dispensator  mandata  Josephi  perfecit ;  ad  eos  con- 
festim  advolavit  ;  furtum  exprob,avitj  rei  indignitatem 
expo  suit. 

29.  THE  CUP  is  FOUND  IN  BENJAMIN'S  SACK. 
Fratres  Josephi  responderunt  dispensatori ;  a  "  Istud 
ascelerisk  longe   a   nobis  alienum  est  :  nos,    ut  tute 
a  scis,  retulimus  boria  fide  ]  pecuniam  repertam  in  sac 
<ccis  ;  tantum  abest  ut  furati  simusm  scyphum  domini 
u  tui  :    apud    quern    furtum    deprehensum    fueritjn    is 
"  morte1  mulctetur."0 

*  §  107,  R.  X.  f  §  125.  R.  XXXI.     *  §  106,  R.  VIII. 

b  §  120,  Obs.  1.  e  §99,'Obs.  J,  4th.  1  §  129.  R.  XXXV. 

«  §  146,  R.  LX.  h  §  136,  Obs.  7.  «  §  140,  1,  4th. 

*  §  123,  R.  XXIX.  >  §  140,  Obs.  3.  »  §  140,  5. 

*  §  140,  1,  3d.  J  §  121,  R.  XXVI.  °  §  45,  i,  1. 


HISTORY   OF   JOSEPH.      -  159 

Continue  deponunt  saccos  et  aperiunt,  quos  ille 
scrutatus,  invenit  scyphum  in  sacco  Benjamin!. 

30.  THEY  RETURN  TO  THE  CITY  OVERPOWERED  WITH 

SORROW. 

Tune  fratres  Joseph!  mcerore*  oppress!  revertuntur 
in  urbem. 

Adducti  ad  Josephum,  sese  abjecerunt  ad  pedes 
illius.  Quibus  b  ille  :  "  Quomodo,"  inquit,  "potuistis 
"hoc  scelus  admittere." 

Judas  respondit  :  "  Fateor  ;  res  est  manifesta  ;  nul- 
"  lam  possumus  excusationem  afferre,  nee  audemus  ° 
u  petere  veniam  aut  sperare  •  nos  omnes  erimus  servi  d 
"  tui." 

"  Nequaquam,"  ait  Josephus  ;  "  sed  ille,  apud  quern 
"  inventus  est  scyphus,  erit  mihie  servus  :  autem  abite 
"  liberi  ad  palrem  vestrum." 

31.  JuDAH  OFFERS  HIMSELF  INTO  SLAVERY  INSTEAD  OF 

BENJAMIN. 


Judas  accedens  propius  ad  Josephum  :  "  Te  f 
"  oro5"  inquit,  "  Domine  mi,  %  ut  bona  cum  venia  me 
4caudias:h  pater  unice  diligit  puerum  :  nolebat  primo 
a  eum  dimittere  ;  npn  potuiid1  ab  eo  impetrare,  nisi 
"  postquam  spopondieumJ  tutum  ab  omni  periculo  fo- 
u  re;  si  redierimusk  ad  patrem  sine  puero,  ille  mcerore 
"  confectus  morietur." 

uTef   oro  atque  obsecro,  ut  sinash  puerum  abire 

»§  129,  R.  XXXV.  «§110,0bs.  1.  l  §  98,  Obs.  7. 

b  §  123,  Obs,  2.  f  §  124,  R.  XXX.  J  §  145.  R.  LVIII. 

«  §  78,  1.  s§30,Obs.  2.  k§  140,  2. 

^  §  103,  R.  V.  fa§  140,  1,3d. 


160  HISTORY   OF  JOSEPH. 

a  meque  pro  eo  addicas  in  servitutem  :  ego   poenam, 
"  qua  a  dignus  est,  mihi  sumo  et  exsolvam." 

32.  JOSEPH  MAKES  HIMSELF  KNOWN  TO  HIS  BRETHREN. 

Interea  Josephus  continere  seb  vix  poterat  :  quare 
jussit  J£gyptiosc  adstantes  recedere. 

Turn  flens  dixit  magna  voce  : d  "  Ego  sum  Josephus ; e 
"  vivitne  adhuc  pater  meus  1" 

Non  poterant  respondere  fratres  ejus  nimio  timored 
peiturbati. 

Quibusf  ille  amice  :  "  Accedite,"  inquit,  aad  me  ; 
"ego  sum  Josephus  frater*  vester,  quern  vendidistis 
a  mercatoribus  h  euntibus  in  JEgypttufa ;  nolite  timere ; 
"  Dei  providentia  d  id  factum  est,  ut  ego  saluti i  vestraa 
"  consulerem."j 

33.  JOSEPH  CHARGES  THEM   TO  BRING  HIS  FATHER 
INTO  EGYPT. 

Josephus  haec  locutus,  fratrem  suum  Benjaminum 
complexus  est5  eumque  lacrymis  <l  conspersit. 

Deinde  caBteros  quoque  fratres h  collacrymans  oscu 
latus  est.     Turn  demum    illi   cum  eo  fidenter   locuti 
sunt. 

Quibus  Josephus  :  "  ite,"  inquit,  "  properate  ad  pa- 
"  trem  meum,  eiquef  nunciate  filiumc  suum  vivere,  et 
"  apud  Pharaonem  plurimum  posse  :  persuadete  illi3f 
"  ut  in  ^Egyptum  cum  omni  familia  commigret."  i 

a  §  119,  R.  XXIII.  *  §  103,  R.  V.  i  §'  112,  R.  V. 

*  §  28,  Obs.  3,  1st.  f  §  123,  Obs.  2.  J  §  140.  1.4th. 

c  §  145,  R.  LVIII.  K  §  97,  R.  I.  *  §  116,  R.  I. 

d  §  129,  R.  XXXV.  h  §  123,  R.  XXIX.  i  §  140,  1,  3d. 


HISTORY    OF    JOSEPH  161 

34.  PHARAOH  SENDS  PRESENTS  AND  CHARIOTS  TO  JACOB. 

Fama  de  adventu  fratrum  Joseph!  ad  aures  Regis 
pervenit ;  qui  declit  eis  a  munera  perferendab  ad  patrem 
cum  his  mandatis  :  "  Adducite  hue  patrem  vestrum  et 
omnem  familiam  ejus :  nee  multum  curate  supellecti- 
lem  vestram,  quia  omnia3c  quse  opusd  erunt  vobis,  e 
prsebitui  us  sum:  et  omnes  opes  ^Egypti  vestraed 
erunt." 

Misit  quoque  currus  ad  vehendum  f  senem  et  parvu- 
los,  et  mulieres. 

35.  JOSEPH'S  BRETHREN  TELL  THEIR  FATHER  THAT 
JOSEPH  is  LIVING. 

Fratres  Joseph!  festinantes  reversi  sunt  ad  patrem 
suum  eique  nunciaverimt  Josephurng  vivere,h  et  princi- 
pem  esse  totius  JEgypiV. 

Ad  quern  nuncium,  Jacobus  quasi  e  gravi  somno  ex- 
citatus1  obstupuit,  nee  primum  filiisa  rem  narrantibus 
fidem  adhibebat ;  sed  postquam  vidit  plaustra  et  dona 
sibij  a  Josephok  missa,'  recepit  animum  ;  et :  "  Mihi 
"  satis  est,"  inquit,  u  si  vivat  adhuc  Josephus  meus3  ibo 
44  et  videbo  eum  ante  quarn  moriar. ] 

36.  JACOB  DEPARTS  WITH  ALL  HIS  FAMILY,  TO  GO  INTO 
EGYPT,  IN  THE  YEAR  1706,  B.  C. 

Jacobus  profectus  cum  filiis  et  nepotibus  pervenit  in 


*  §  123,  R.  XXIX.  e  §  111,  R.  XVI.  i  §  146,  R.  LIX. 

b  §  146,  Obs.  3.  f  §  147,  R.  LXII.  J   §  126,  R.  III. 

'  §  98,  Obs.  5.  s  §  145,  R.  LVIII.  *"§  126.  Obs.  2. 

a  §  103,  Obs.  2.  »§47fn    2.  1  §  140,  4. 


162  HISTORY    OF    JOSEPH. 

^Egyptum,  et  praBrrrisit  Jut! am  ad  Josephum,  ut  eum 
faceret*  certiorem  de  aclventu  suo. 

Confestim  Josephus  processit  obviam  patri,  b  quern 
ut  vidit,  in  collum  ejus  insiliit,  et  flens  flentem  com- 
plexus  est  : 

Turn  Jacobus  :  "  Satis  diu  vixi,"  inquit ;  "  nunc 
"  sequo  ammo c  moriar,  quoniam  conspectu  d  tuo  frui 
"  mihie  licuit,  et  te  mihi  f  superstitem  relinquo." 

37.  JOSEPH  MENTIONS  TO  THE  KING  THE  ARRIVAL  OF 
HIS  FATHER. 

Josephus  adiit  Phara5nem,&  eique  nunciavit  patrem  h 
suum  advenisse  :l  constituit  etiam  quinque  e  fratribus 
suis  coram  Rege. 

Qui  eos  interrogavit  quidnam  operisj  haberent  •  illi 
responderunt  se  h  esse  past5res.  k 

Turn  rex  dixit  Josepho  :  "  ^Egyptus  in  potestate  tua 
"  est :  cura  ut  pater  et  fratres  tui  in  optimo  loco  habi- 
"  tent ; l  et  si  qui  sint m  inter  eos  gnavi  et  industrii, 
"  trade  eisn  curam  pecorum  meorum." 

38.    HE  PRESENTS    HIS  FATHER  TO  PHARAOH. 

Josephus  duxit  quoque  patrem  suum  ad  Pharaonem, 
qui,  salutatus  a  Jacobo,  percontatus  est  ab  eo  qua  esset  ° 
aetate  1  p 

Jacobus  respondit  Regi  :<*  "Vixi  centum  et  triginta 

a§  140,1.  e§  136,  R.  LII..'  "'§140,2. 

»>  §  135,  R.  XLVII.  h  §  145,  R.  LVIII.  n  §  123,  R.  XXIX. 

c  §  129,  R.  XXXV.  i  §  47,  11,  5.  °  §  140    5. 

d  §  121,  R.  XXVI.  J  §  106,  R.  VIII.  P  §  106,  R.  VII 

•  §  113,  R.  XVIII.  k  §  103,  R.  V.  q  §  123,  Obs.  2. 

f  §111,  R.  XVI.  i  §  140    i,3d. 


HISTORY   OF  JOSEPH.  163 

"annos, a  nee  adeptus  sura  senectutem  beatam  avorum 
meorum."  Turn  bene  precatus  Regi,b  discessit  ab  eo. 
Josephas  autem  patrem  et  fratres  suos  collocavit  in 
optima  parte  ^Egypti,  eisque  omnium  rerum  abundan- 
tiam  suppeditavit. 

39.  JACOB  DESIRES  TO  BE  BURIED  IN  THE  SEPULCHRE  OF 
HIS  FATHERS. 

Jacobus  vixit  decem  et  septem  annos, d  postquam 
commigrasset c  in  .ZEgypturn. 

Ubi  sensit  mortem  d  sibie  imminere,  arcessitof  Jose- 
pho  dixit :  u  Si  me  amas,  jura  ted  id  facturum  esse 
"  quod  a  te  petam,  scilicet,  ut  ne  me  sepelias  s  in  ^Egyp-. 
"  to,  sed  corpus  meum  transferas  s  ex  hac  regione,  et 
"  con  das  s  in  sepulcro  majorum  meoruir." 

Josephus  autem  :  "  faciam,"  inquit,  "  quod  h  jubes, 
"  pater." 

"  Jura  ergo  mihi,"1  ait  Jacobus,  "  te  d  certo  id  factu- 
"  rum  esse."  Josephus  juravit  in  verba  patris. 

40.  JOSEPH  PRESENTS  HIS  TWO  SONS  TO  HIS  ^FATHER 
THAT  HE  MAY  BLESS  THEM. 

Josephus  adduxit  ad  patrem  duos  filios  suos,  Manas 
sera  et  Ephraimum  :  posuit  Manassem,  qui  natuj  ma- 
jor erat,  ad  dextram  senis,  Ephraimum  vero  minorem 
ad  sinistram  ejus. 


«§  131,  R.  XLI. 
*§  112,  R.  V. 
c  §  140,  4. 
d  §  145,  R.  LVIII. 

•§  112,  R.  IV. 
t  §  146,  R.  LX. 
s§  140,  1,3d. 

h  §  99,  Obs.  1,  4th. 
5  §  123,  Obs.  2. 
j  §  128,  R.  XXXIV. 

164  HISTORY    OF    JOSEPH. 

A.t  Jacobus,  decussansa  manus  dextram  imposuit 
Ephraimo,  sinistram  autem  Manassi,  et  utrique  b  simul 
bene  precatus  est.  .  Quod  Josephus  animad  vertens  segre 
tulit,  et  conatus  est  manus  patris  commutare. 

At  pater  restitit,  dixitque  Josepho  : c  "  Scio,  fill  d  mi, 
u  scio  hunc  e  esse  majorem  riatu,  f  et  ilium  minorem ; 
"  id  prudensg  feci." 

Ita  Jacobus  Ephraimum  Manassi  anteposuit. 

41.  JOSEPH  PERFORMS  THE  LAST  DUTIES  TO  HIS  FATHER. 

Uth  vidit  Josephus  extinctum  patrem,  ruit  super  eum 
flens,  et  osculatus  est  eum,  luxitque  ilium  diu. 

Deinde  prsecepit  medicisc  ut  condirent1  corpus,  et 
ipse  cum  fratribus  multisque  .ZEgyptiis  patrem  deporta- 
vit  in  region  em  Chanaan. 

Ibi  funus  fecerunt  cum  magno  planctu,J  et  sepelie- 
runt  corpus  in  spelunca,  ubi  jacebant  Abrahamus  et 
Isaacus,  reversique  sunt  in  ^Egyptum. 

42.  JOSEPH  COMFORTS  HIS  BRETHREN. 

Post  mortem  patris  timebant  fratres  Josephi  ne k 
ulcisceretur1  injuriam  quam  acceperat ;  miserunt  igitur 
ad  ilium  rogantesm  nomine  patris,  ut  earn  obliviscere- 
tur, J  sibique11  condonaret. 


»  §  149,  R.  LIX.  f  §  128,  R.  XXXIV.  *  §  140,  Obs.  6. 

b  §  112,  R.  V.  s  §  98,  Obs.  10.  1   §  140,  1. 

c  §  123,  Obs.  2.  h  §  140,  Obs.  1.          ™  §  146,  Obs.  3 

d  §  30,  Obs.  2.  i  §  140,  1,  3d.  *  §  149,  R.  LXV. 

•  §  145,  R.  LVIII.  J  §  129,  Obs.  2. 


HISTORY    OF   JOSEPH.  165 

Quibusa  Josephus  respondit :  "Non  est  quodb  tiine- 
<eatis;c  vos  quidem  malo  in  me  ammo  d  fecistis  ;  bed 
"  Deus  convertit  illud  in  bonum  ;e  ego  vos  alam  et  fa- 
"  milias  vestras."  Consolatus  est  eos  plurimis  verbis3d 
et  leniter  cum  illis  locutus  est. 

43.  THE  DEATH  OF  JOSEPH. 

Josephus  vixit  annos  f  centum  et  decem ;  quumque 
essets  morti h  proximus,1  convocavit  fratres  suos5  et 
illos  admonuit  sej  brevi  moriturum  esse.k 

"Ego,"  inquit,  "jam  morior  :  Deus  vos  non  deseret, 
•"  sed  erit  vobis  pra3sidio?  ]  et  deducet  vos  aliquando 
"  ex  ^Egypto  in  regi5nem,  quam  patnbusm  nostris  pro- 
a  misit  ;  oro  vos  atque  obtestor  ut  illuc  ossa  mea  de- 
portetis. n 

Deinde  placide  obiit  :  corpus  ejus  condltum  est3  et 
in  feretro  positum. 

»  §  123,  Obs.  2.  <  §  131,  R.  XLI.        *  §  47,  11,  8. 

*  §  99,  Obs.  1,  4th.    6  §  140,  Obs.  4.          1  §  114,  R.  XIX. 

c  §  141, R.I,  Obs.  1.  ^  §  111,  R.  XVI.         »§  123,  R.  XXIX. 
d  §  129,  R.  XXXV.    i  §  26,  4.  =  §  140,  1,  3d. 

•  §  1)8,  Obs.  5.  J   §  145,  LVIII. 


VOCABULARY. 


EXPLANATION  OF  ABBREVIATIONS 


odj.        adjective. 

inc. 

\  ceptive. 

ord. 

ordinal. 

adv.        adverb. 

ind. 

i  declinable. 

part. 

participle 

e.            common  gender. 

imp. 

mpersonal 

pass. 

passive. 

cow/.       conjunction. 

int. 

i  terjection. 

pi 

plural. 

compar.  comparative. 

intr. 

i  transitive. 

prep. 

preposition. 

d.           doubtful  gender. 

irr. 

r  egular. 

pret. 

preteritive. 

def.         defective. 

m. 

masculine. 

pro. 

pronoun. 

dep.        deponent. 

M. 

neuter. 

reL 

relative. 

dis.        distributive 

neut.  pass. 

neuter  passive. 

subs. 

substantive. 

/.           feminine. 

num. 

numeral. 

sup. 

superlative. 

fr.          from. 

obsol. 

obsolete. 

tr. 

transitive. 

The  declension  of  nouns  is  known  by  the  termination  of  the  genitive  singular, 
placed  next  after  the  word. 

The  conjugations  of  the  regular  verbs  are  distinguished  by  the  vowel  before  -rt 
of  the  infinitive. 


A,  ab,  abs,  prep.,/rora;  by  ; 
(abl.) 

Abduco,  ducere,  duxi,  due- 
turn,  tr.  (ab  &  duco,)  to 
lead  away. 

Abeo,  ire,  ivi,  itum,  intr.  irr. 
to  go  away. 

Abjicio,  jicere,  jeci,  jectum, 
tr.  (ab  &  jacio,)  to  cast 
away. 

Abrahamus,  i.  m.  Abraham. 

Absolve,  solvere,  solvi,  solti- 
tum,  tr.  (ab  &  ?olvo,)  to 
loose  ;  to  release. 

Absum,  esse,  fui,  intr.  (ab  & 
sum,)  to  be  absent ;  to  be 
gone. 


Abundantia,  ae,  f.  plenty ; 
abundance  ;  from 

Abundo,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr. 
(ab  &  undo,)  to  rise  in 
waves;  to  abound. 

Ac,  conj.  and;  as;  than. 

Accedo,  cedere,  cessi,  ces- 
sum,  intr.  (ad  &  cedo,)  to 
approach  ;  to  advance. 

Accido,  cidere,  cidi,  intr. 
(ad  &  cado,)  to  fall  down 
at ;  accidit,  imp.  it  hap- 
pens. 

Accipio,  cipere,  cepi,  ceptum, 
tr.  (ad  &  capio,)  to  take  ; 
to  receive. 

Accuso,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr 


168 


ACE  R — JE  O  L  U  S  . 


(ad  &  causor,)  to  accuse ; 
to  blame. 

Acer,  acris,  acre,  adj.  (acrior, 
acerrimus,)  sharp ;  vehe- 
ment ;  violent. 

Acies,  ei,  f.  an  army  ;  a  bat- 
tle ;  an  edge. 

Ad,  prep,  to  ;  near  ;  at ;  with 
a  numeral,  about. 

Addico,  dicere,  dixi,  dictum, 
tr.  (ad  &  dico,)  to  adjudge  ; 
to  assign. 

Adduco,  ducere,  duxi,  due- 
turn,  tr.  (ad  &  duco,)  to 
lead  ;  to  bring. 

Addo,  dere,  didi,  ditum,  tr. 
(ad  &  do,)  to  add ;  to  give. 

Adeo,  adire,  adii,  adituin,  tr. 
intr.  irr.  (ad  &  eo,)  to  go 
to. 

Adhibeo,  hibere,  hibui,  hibi- 
tum,  tr.  (ad  &  habeo,)  to 
admit  ;  to  use. 

Adhuc,  adv.  (ad  &  hue,)  hith- 
erto ;  as  yet  ;  still. 

Adimo,  imere,  emi,  emptum, 
tr.  (ad  &  emo,)  to  take 
away. 

Adipiscor,  adipisci,  adeptus 
sum,  tr.  dep.  to  reach ;  to 
overtake. 

Aditus,  us,  m.  an  approach. 

Adj  uro,  are,  avi,  tr.  to  swear ; 
to  adjure. 

Adjuvo,  are,  uvi,  uturn,  tr. 
to  assist. 

Administro,  are,  avi,  atum, 
tr.  (ad  &  ministro,)  to  ad- 
minister ;  to  manage. 

Admitto,  mittere,  misi,  mis- 


sum,  tr.  (ad  &  mitto,)  to 

admit ;  to  allow. 

Admoneo,  monere,  monui, 
monitum,  tr.  (ad  &  mo- 
neo,)  to  admonish. 

Adoleo,  dolere,  dolui,  et  do- 
levi,  dultum,  tr.  to  wor- 
ship ;  to  burn. 

Adoro,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (ad 
&  oro,)  to  adore  ;  to  pray 
to. 

Adspicio,  spicere,  spexi,  spec- 
turn,  tr.  (ad  &  specie,)  to 
behold;  to  regard. 

Adsto,  stare,  stiti,  titum,  intr. 
(ad  &  sto,)  to  stand  by ,  to 
be  near. 

Adsum,  esse,  fui,  intr.  irr. 
(ad  &  sum,)  to  be  present ; 
to  aid. 

Advenio,  venire,  venio,  ven- 
um,  intr.  (ad  &  venio,)  to 
a?*rive  ;  to  come. 

Adventus,  us,  m.  (from  ad- 
venio,)  an  advent ;  an  ar- 
rival. 

Adversus,  a,  um,  adj.  ad- 
verse ;  opposite  ;  unfavor- 
able ;  bad. 

Advolo,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr. 
(ad  &  volo,)  to  fly  to  ;  to 
hasten. 

.ZEdifico,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(sedes  &facio.)  to  build. 

jEgre,  adv.  ill. 

.^Egyptius,  a,  um,  adj.  an 
Egyptian. 

JEgyptus,  i,  f.  Egypt. 

JEolus,  i,  m.  Eolus,  called 
god  of  the  winds. 


JE  Q  U  U  S — A  NIMADVERTO. 


169 


Equus,  a,  urn,  adj.  equal; 
aequo  ammo,  with  equani- 
mity. 

JEstas,  atis,  f.  summer. 

jEstuo,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr. 
to  be  very  hot  ;  to  boil. 

jEtas,  atis,  f.  age. 

AfFero,  ferre,  attuli,  allatum, 
tr.  irr.  (ad  &  fero,)  to  bring; 
to  car^y. 

Affiicio,  icere,  eci,  ectum, 
(ad  &  facio,)  to  affect  ;  to 
move. 

Affigo,  figere,  fixi,  fixum, 
(ad  &  figo,)  to  affix ;  to 
fasten. 

Africa,  ae,  f.  Africa. 

Ager,  gri,  m.  afield;  land; 
a  country. 

Agnosco,  noscere,  novi,  ni- 
turn,  tr.  (ad  &  nosco,)  to 
recognize;  to  know. 

Agnus,  i,  m.  a  lamb. 

Ago,  agere,  egi,  actum,  tr. 
to  drive  ;  to  lead  ;  to  act ; 
to  do. 

Aio,  ais,  ait,  def.  verb,/^, 
&c. 

Alba,  se.  f.  Alba. 

Albus,  as,  urn,  adj.  ivhite. 

Alcibiades,  is,  m.  Alcibiades. 

Alexander,  dri,  m.  Alexan- 
der, king  of  Macedon. 

Alienus,  a,  urn,  adj.  of  or  be- 
longing to  another;  Jo- 
reign  ;  m.  a  stranger. 

Aliquando,  adv.  once ;  for- 
merly ;  at  length ;  some- 
times. 

Aliquis  qua,  quod,  or  quid, 
15 


indef.  pron.  some;  some 
one  ;  a  certain  one. 

Alius,  a,  ud,  adj.  an  other; 
other  ;  alii — alii,  some — 
others. 

Alo,  ere,  ui,  itum,  tr.  to  main- 
tain. 

Alter,  era,  erum,  adj.  the 
one  ;  (of  two,)  the  other. 

Altum,  i,  n.  the  sea ;  the 
deep. 

Altus,  a,  urn,  adj.  (ior,  issi- 
mus,)  high  ;  deep  ;  loud. 

Amice,  adv.  -cius,  -cissime, 
in  a  friendly  manner  ; 
kindly,  and 

Amicitia,  SB,  f.  friendship, 
from 

Amicus,  a,  um,  adj.  friendly. 

Amlcus,  i,  m.  a  friend. 

Aniitto,  mittere,  misi,  mis- 
sum,  tr.  (a  &  mitto,)  to 
send  away  ;  to  lose. 

Amo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
love. 

Amplector,  ecti,  exus  sum,  tr. 
dep.  to  embrace. 

Amplectus,  us,  m.  an  em- 
brace. 

Amplus,  a,  um,  adj.  great ; 
abundant  ;  spacious. 

An,  adv.  whether  1 

Ancilla,  SB,  f.  a  female  ser- 
vant ;  a  maid. 

Ango,  angere,  anxi,  tr.  totrou- 
ble  ;  to  vex  ;  to  torment. 

Animadverto,  vertere,  verti, 
versum,  tr.  (animus  ad  & 
verto,)  to  attend  to  ;  to  ob- 
serve ;  to  punish. 


170 


A  N  I  M  IT  S A  U  X  I  L  I  U  M . 


Animus,  i,  m.  wind  ;  the 
soul:  or  mind;  disposition; 
spirit. 

Annona,  SB,  f.  corn  ;  produce  ; 
provisio?is. 

Annulus,  i,  m.  a  ring. 

Annuo,  ere,  ui,  intr.  (ad  & 
nuo,)  to  assent ;  to  agree. 

Annus,  i,  m.  a  year. 

Ante,  prep,  before  ;  sooner. 

Antepono,  ere,  posui,  posi- 
tum,  tr.  to  prefer. 

Antequam,  adv.  before  that ; 
before. 

Antrum,  i,  n.  a  cave. 

Aperio,  perire,  perui,  per- 
tum,  tr.  to  open;  to  discover. 

Appareo,  parere,  parui,  intr. 
to  appear  ;  to  be  visible. 

Appono,  ponere,  posui,  posi- 
tum,  (ad  &  pono,)  to  place 
before  ;  to  join. 

Apprehendo,hendere,  hendi, 
hensum,  tr.  to  understand; 
to  seize. 

Apud,  prep,  at  ;  a?nong ;  be- 
fore; to. 

Aqua,  as,  f.  water. 

Aquila,  ae,  f.  an  eagle. 

Aquilo,  onis,  m.  the  north 
wind. 

Ara,  SB,  f.  an  altar. 

Arbor,  oris,  f.  a  tree. 

Arcesso,  sere,  sivi,  situm,  tr. 
to  call ;  to  send  for  ;  to  in- 
vite. 

Arduus,  a,  um,  adj.  high  ; 
lofty;  steep.  ' 

Argenteus,  a,  um,  adj.  of  sil- 
ver ;  made  of  silver. 


Argivus,  a,  um,  adj.  of  AT 
gos ;  Argive. 

Argueo,  ere,  ui,  utum,  tr.  to 
accuse. 

Arma,  Drum,  n.  arms. 

Aroma,  atis,  n.  all  sweet  spi- 
ces. 

Ars,  tis,  f.  art  ;  skill. 

Arundo,  mis,  f.  a  reed  ;  an 
arrow. 

Ascanius,  i,  m.  Ascanius. 

Assentio,  sentire,  sensi,  sen- 
sum,  tr.  (ad  &  sentio,)  to 
agree  ;  to  agree  to. 

Assequor,  -sequi,  -secutus 
sum,  tr.  dep.  (ad  &  se- 
quor,)  to  overtake  ;  to  ob- 
tain. 

At,  conj.  bu^. 

Ater,  tra,  trum,  adj.  black  ; 
gloomy. 

Atque,conj.  and;  as;  than. 

Audax,  acis,  adj.  bold  ;  au- 
dacious ;  daring. 

Audeo,  and  ere,  ausus  sum, 
neut.  pass,  to  dare  ;  to  at- 
tempt. 

Audio,  ire,  Ivi.  itum,  tr.  to 
hear. 

Aula,  as,  f.  a  hall;  a  court- 
yard. 

Aureus,  a,  um,  adj.  golden. 

Auris,  is,  f.  the  ear. 

Aurum,  i,  n.  gold. 

Auster,  tri,  m.  the  south  wind; 
wind. 

Aut,  conj.  either;  or. 

Autem,  conj.  but ;  yet. 

Auxilium,  i,  n.  help ;  aid; 
assistance. 


171 


AVERT  0 — C  E  N  T  U  R  I  Q  . 


Averto,  -vertere,  -verti,  -ver- 
sum,  (a  &  verto,)  to  turn 
away  ;  to  avert. 

A  vide,  adv.  anxiously. 

Avis,  is,  f.  a  bird. 

Avus,  i,  m.  a  grandfather. 

B. 

Beatus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior,  issi- 
mus,)  happy  ;  blessed. 

Belgse,  arum,  m.  pi.  the  Bel- 
gians. 

Bellurn,  i,  n.  war. 

Bene,  adv.  (melius,  optime,) 
well ;  finely. 

Beneficium,  i,  n.  a  benefit,  a 
kindness. 

Benigne,  adv.  kindly  ;  from 

Benignus,  a,  um,  adj.  kind ; 
benign. 

Benjammus,  i,  m.  Benja- 
min. 

Bibiilus,  i,  n.  Bibtilus,  a  col- 
league of  Julius  Ccesar. 

Biennium,  i,  n.  the  space  of 
tivo  years. 

Bonus,  a,  urn^  adj.  (melior, 
optimus,)  good;  happy; 
kind. 

Bos,  bovis,  c.  an  ox  ;  a  coiv; 

Brevis,  e,  adj.  short ;  brief. 

Brutus,  i,  m.  the  name  of  a 
noble  family  ;  Brutus. 

Byssmus,  a,  um,  adj.  made  of 
cambric. 

c. 

Caesar,  is,  m.  Gasar ;  a  cog- 


nomen, or  surname  of  the 

Julian  family. 
Cseter,  or  Cseterus,  -a,  -um, 

adj.  the  rest ;  the  other. 
Camelus,  i,  c.  a  camel. 
Campus,    i,    m.    a  field;    a 

Canistrum,  i,  n.  a  basket. 

Cantus,  -us,  m.  a  song  ;  crow- 
ing. 

Caper,  pri,  m.  a  he- goat. 

Capio,  ere,  cepi,  captum.  tr. 
to  hold ;  to  take ;  to  cap- 
ture. 

Caput,  itis,  n.  a  head  ;  life. 

Career,  eris,  m.  a  prison. 

Carmen,  mis,  n.  a  song  ;  a 
poem. 

Caro,  carnis,  f.  flesh. 

Carthago,  mis,  f.  Carthage. 

Carus,  -a,  um,  (carior,  caris- 
simus,)  adj.  dear, 

Castigo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
to  chastise  ;  to  punish. 

Castor,  oris,  m.  Castor. 

Castra,  orum,  n.  pi.  a  camp. 

Casus,  us,  m.  a  fall;  an  ac- 
cident ;  a  calamity. 

Catilina,  se,  m.  Catiline,  the 
conspirator. 

Cato,  onis,  m.  Cato. 

Cauda,  se,  f,  a  tail. 

Causa,  se,  f.  a  cause;  a  rea- 
son; lawsuit. 

Cautus,  a,  um,  adj.  cautious. 

Celer,  eel  eris,  ere,  &&'},  swift; 
rapid. 

Centum,  num.  adj.  pi.  ind. 
a  hundred. 

Centurio,  onis,  m.  a  centurion. 


172 


C  E  R  N  0 — C  0  M  P  R  0  B  0  . 


Cerno,  cernere,  cre"vi,  cre- 
tum,  tr.  to  perceive. 

Certe,  or  certo,  adv.  certain- 
ly ;  surely. 

Cervus,  i,  m.  a  stag. 

Cesso,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr. 
to  cease  ;  to  yield. 

Ceterus,  -era,  -erum,  adj. 
other  ;  the  other  ;  the  rest. 

Ohanaan,  ind.  Canaan. 

Cibaria.  orum,  n.  pi.  food  ; 
victuals. 

Cibus,  i,  m.  food;  nourish- 
ment. 

Cicero,  orris,  m.  Cicero. 

Ciconia,  ae,  f.  a  stork. 

Cilicium,  i,  n.  hair  cloth; 
sackcloth. 

Circumdo,  are,  dedi,  datum, 
tr.  (circum  &  do,)  to  sur- 
round. 

Circumsto,  are,  steti,  intr. 
(circum  &  sto,),  to  stand 
round. 

Circumvenio.  ire,  veni,  ven- 
tum,  tr.  (circum  &  venio^ 
to  go  round  ;  to  surround. 

Circumvolito,  are,  avi,  tr.  to 
fly  about. 

Civitas,  atis,  f.  a  state  ;  citi- 
zenship. 

Clades,  is,f.  damage;  slaugh- 
ter ;  defeat. 

Clarus,  -a,  -um,  (clarior,  cla- 
rissimus,)  clear  ;  famous. 

Classis,  is,  f.  a  class  ;  a  fleet. 

Clementer,  adv.  (ius,  issime,) 
gentty,  kindly. 

Co3pi,  -isse,  def.  /  began  ;  or, 
f  begin. 


Cogo,   ere,   coegi,   coactum, 

tr.  (con  &  ago,)  to  compel ; 

to  collect. 
Cognito,  onis,  f.  a  knowledge ; 

an  examination. 
Cognosce,  ere,  novi,  mtum, 

tr.  (con  &  nosco,)  to  learn; 

to  know. 
Collachrymo,  arc,  avi,  atum, 

tr.  to  weep  with. 
Colloco,   are,   ari,  atum,  tr. 

(con  &  loco,)  to  place ;  to 

set  up. 
Collum,  i,  n.  the  neck. 
Color,  oris,  m.  a  color. 
Comedo,  ere,   edi   esum,  & 

estum,  tr.  to  eat  up. 
Comes,  itis,  c.  (con  &  eo,)  a 

companion. 
CommTgro,    are,   avi,   '".turn, 

intr.  (con  fomigro^  to  emi- 
grate. 
Committo,  ere,  isi,  issum,  tr. 

(con  &  mitto,)  to  commit ; 

to  entrust. 
Commoveo,  ere,  ovi,  otum, 

tr.  (con  &  moveo,)  to  ex- 
cite ;  to  induce. 
Commute,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr 

to  change. 
Compello,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 

to  address. 
Compello,     ellere,    iili,    ul- 

sum,  tr.  to  drive  ;  to  com- 
pel. 
Complector,  ecti,  exus  sum, 

intr    dep.  to    embrace;  to 

reach. 
Comprobo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 

to  approve  ;  to  verify. 


173 


C  0  N  C  L  A  V  E C  0  N  V  O  C  0  . 


Conclave,  is,  n.  a  private 
room. 

Condemno,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
to  condemn. 

Conditio,  onis,  f.  a.  condition. 

Condo,  ere,  idi,  iturn,  tr. 
(con  &  do,)  to  found ;  to 
build  ;  to  conceal. 

Condono,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(con  &  dono,)  to  pardon  ; 
to  forgive. 

Confestim,  adv.  immediately ; 
continually. 

Conficio,  ere,  eci,  ectum,  tr. 
(con  &  facio,)  to  make  ;  to 
finish. 

Confiteor,  eri,  fessus  sum,  tr. 
dep.  to  confess;  to  ac- 
knowledge. 

Congero,  erere,  essi,  estum, 
tr.  (con  &  gero,)  to  collect. 

Conjector,  oris,  m.  an  inter- 
preter of  dreams  ;  a  sooth- 
sayer. 

Conjicio,  ere,  jeci,  jectum, 
tr.  (con  &  jacio,)  to  cast ; 
to  conjecture. 

Consequor,  consequi,  conse- 
cutus  sum,  tr.  dep.  to  ob- 
tain ;  to  gain  ;  to  follow. 

Considero,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
to  consider  ;  to  think. 

Consido,  -ere,  -sedi,  -ses- 
sum,  intr.  to  sit  down  to  en- 
camp. 

Consilium,  i,  n.  counsel ;  de- 
sign ;  a  plan ;  a  council. 

Consolatio,  onis,  f.,  consola- 
tion; comfort. 

Consoior,  ari,  atus  surn,  tr. 
15* 


dep.  to  console;  to  com- 
fort. 

Conspectus,  us,  m.  a  seeing  ; 
a  sight  ;  a  view. 

Conspergo,  gere,  si,  sum,  tr. 
to  besprinkle. 

Conspicio,  icere,  exi,  ectum, 
tr.  to  behold  ;  to  see. 

Constat,  imp.  it  is  certain, 
it  is  evident. 

Constituo,  ere,  ui,  Qtum,  to 
place;  to  establish;  to  re- 
solve. 

Consto,  stare,  stiti,  stitum. 
.intr.  to  stop. 

Consul,  ulis,  m.  a  consul : 
hence, 

Consulo,  ere,  ui,  turn,  tr.  to 
advise  together ;  to  co?i- 
sult. 

Consume,  ere,sumpsi,  sump- 
turn,  tr.  (con  &  sumo,)  to 
consume. 

Contineo,  -ere,  -tinui,  -ten- 
turn,  tr.  (con  &  teneo,)  to 
contain. 

Continue,  adv.  immediately ; 
in  succession. 

Contra,  prep,  against. 

Contumelia,  ae,  f.  an  affront ; 
a  taunt. 

Convenio,  ire,  veni,  ventum, 
intr.  (con  &  venio,)  to  come 
together  ;  to  assemble. 

Converto,  vertere,  verti,  ver- 
sum,  tr.  (con  &  verto,)  to 
convert ;  to  change. 

Convivium,  i,  n.  (con  &  vivo,) 
a  banquet ;  a  feast. 

Convoco,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr 


174 


C  0  O  R  I  0  R — D  E  G  E  N  E  R  0. 


(con  &  voco,)  to  asse?nble. 
Coorior,  coorlri,  coortus  sum, 

intr.   dep.  to  arise,   as   in 

mutiny. 
Copia,  ae,  f.  an  abundance.; 

copise,  pi.  forces  ;   troops. 
Cor,  dis,  n.  the  heart. 
Coram,  prep,  in  the  presence 

of ;  before  ;  adv.  openly. 
Corinthus,  i,  f.  Corinth. 
Comix,  icis,  f.  a  crow. 
Cornu,  n.  indec.  a  horn. 
Corpus,  oris,  n.  a  body  ;  a 

corpse. 

Credulus,  -a,  um,  adj.  credu- 
lous ;  easy  of  belief. 
Cremo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 

burn;  to  consume. 
Creo,  are,   avi,  atum,  tr.  to 

make  ;  to  elect. 
Crocodilus,  i,  m.  a  crocodile. 
Crudelis,  -e,  (crudelior,  cru- 

delissimus,)  cruel. 
Culmus,  i,  m.  a  stalk  of  corn. 
Culpa.  ae,  f.  a  fault  ;  guilt ; 

blame. 
Culpo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  tr. 

to  -blame. 
Curri,  prep,  with;  adv. when: 

cum — turn,  not   only — but 

also. 
Cunctus,  a,  um,  adj.  all;  the 

whole. 
Cupidus,    -a,  -um,  adj.  (ior, 

issimus,)    desirous;  covet- 
ous. 
Cupio, -ere,  -ivi, -itum,  tr.  to 

desire  ;  to  wish. 
Cur,  adv.  why  ;  wherefore. 
Cura,  ae,  f.  care  ;  anxiety. 


jCuro,  -are,  -avi,  atum,  tr,  to 

take  care  of ;  to  care. 
Currus,  us,  rn.  a  chariot 
Cursus,  us,  m.  a  running  ;  a 
course. 

D. 

Damno,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
adjudge  to  loss ;  to  con- 
demn. 

Danai,  orum,  m.  pi.  the 
Greeks. 

De,  prep,  concerning;  from; 

of- 

Dea,  ae,  f.  a  goddess. 
Deambulo,    are,   avi,    atum, 

intr.  to  walk  abroad. 
Debello,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  tr. 

to  conquer  ;  to  subdue. 
Debeo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itum,  tr.  to 

owe  ;  ought,  or  should. 
Decedo,  -ere,  -cessi,  -cessum, 

intr.  to  depart ;  to  yield  ;  to 

die. 

Decem,  num,  adj.  ten. 
Dec£t,  imp.  it  becomes. 
Decus,  oris,  n.  an  ornament ; 

honor. 
Deduco,  -cere,  -xi,  -ctum,  tr. 

(de  &  duco,)  to  lead  forth  ; 

to  bring. 
Deerunt,  see  Desum. 
Defero,  -ferre,   -tuli,  -latum, 

tr.  irr.  to  convey  ;  to  give. 
Defungor,    -fungi,     -functus 

sum,  intr.  dep.  to  perform  ; 

to  finish. 
Degenero,  -are,  -avi,  -atum 

intr.  to  degenerate. 


D  E  G  E  N  E  R — D  I  S  C  Q  R  D  I  A  . 


175 


Degener,  eris,  adj.  cow- 
ardly. 

Deinde,  adv.  then;  further; 
after  that. 

Dcleo,  -ere,  -evi,  -etum,  tr. 
to  blot  out  ;  to  destroy. 

Dernum,  adv.  at  length  ;  in 
fine. 

Denique,  adv.  finally ;  at 
last. 

Depono,  -ere,  -posui,  -posl- 
tum,  tr.  (de  &  pono,)  to  lay 
down,  or  aside. 

Deporto,  -  are,  avi,  aturn,  tr. 
(de  &  porto,)  to  carry 
down. 

Deprehendo,  -ere,  -di,  -sum, 
tr.  to  seize  ;  to  detect. 

Descendo,  -ere,  -di,  -sum, 
intr.  (de  &  scando,)  to  de- 
scend ;  in  certamen,  to  en- 
gage in  contest. 

Desero,  -ere,-erui,  -ertum,  tr. 
to  desert  ;  to  abandon. 

Despicio,  -spicere,  -spexi, 
?pectum,  tr.  to  look  down  ; 
to  disregard. 

Desum,  esse,  fui,  intr.  irr. 
(de  &  sum,)  to  be  want- 
ing. 

Deterreo,  -ere,  -ui,  itum,  tr. 
to  deter  ;  to  frighten  fro?n. 

Deterior,  adj.  compar.  (sup. 
deterrimus,)  ivorse. 

Detineo,  ere,  tinui,  tentum, 
tr.  (de  &  teneo,)  to  hinder ; 
to  stop. 

Detraho,  ere,  traxi,  tractum, 
tr.  (de  &  traho)  to  draw 
down,  to  draw  off. 


Detrudo,  ere,  si,  sum,  tr.  to 

push  down  ;  to  shove  off. 
Deus,  i,  m.  God;  a  God. 
Devoro,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (de 

&  voro,)  to  devour  ;  to  eat 

up. 
Dexter,    tra,    trurn,    adj.  the 

left. 
Dico,  ere,  dixi,  dictum,  tr.  to 

say  ;  to  name  ;  to  call. 
Dictator,  oris,  m.  a  dictator , 

a  chief  magistrate. 
Dies,  ei,  m.  or  f.  in  sing.;  m. 

in  pi.  a  day  ;  in  dies,  daily; 

every  day. 
Difficilis,  e,   adj.    (dificilior, 

dificillimus,)  difficult. 
Digit  us,  i,  m.  a  finger. 
Dignitas,  at  is,  f.  dignity  ;  of- 
fice, ;  honor. 

Dignus,  a,  um,  adj.  worthy. 
Diligens,  ens,  ens,  adj.  dili- 
gent. 
Diligentur,   adv.  diligently ; 

carefully. 
Diligo,  ere,  lexi,  lectum,  tr. 

(dis  &  lego,)  to  select ;  to 

esteem.  , 

Dimitto,  ere,  misi,  missum, 

tr.     to    dismiss ;    to    send 

away. 

Dionysius,  i.  m.  Dionysius. 
Discedo,  ere,  cessi,  cessum, 

intr.  to  depart  ;  to  differ. 
Discipulus,  i,  m.  a  pupil ;  a 

scholar. 
Disco,  discere,  didici,  tr.  to 

learn. 
Discordia,  ae,  f.  (dis  &  cor,) 

discord ;  dissension. 


176 


D  i  s  j  i  c  i  o — £  y . 


Disjicio,  jicere,  jeci,  jectum, 
tr.  to  cast. 

Dispensator,  oris,  m.  a  stew- 
ard. 

Distribuo,  ere,  ui,  utum,  tr. 
to  distribute  ;  to  divide. 

Ditio,  orris,  rule  ;  power  ;  au- 
thority. 

Diu,  adv.  (utius,  utissime,) 
long ;  for  a  long  time. 

Dives,  itis,  adj.  rich;  fer- 
tile. 

Divido,  videre,  isi,  isum,  tr. 
to  divide. 

Divinities,  adv.  divinely. 

Divitiae,  arum,  f.  pi.  riches ; 
wealth. 

Do,  dare,  dedi,  datum,  tr.  to 
give  ;  dare  pcenam,  to  suf- 
fer punishment. 

Doceo,  ere,  docui,  doctum,  tr. 
to  teach. 

Dolor,  oris,  m. grief ;  sorrow; 
pain. 

Dominus,  i,  m.  lord  ;  master  ; 
owner. 

Domus,  6s  &  i,  f.  a  house ; 
dorm,  at  home;  domum, 
home. 

Donum,  i,  n.  a  gift ;  a  pre- 
sent. 

Dormio,  ire,  ivi,  itum,  intr. 
to  sleep. 

Dubito,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr. 
to  doubt ;  to  hesitate. 

Duco,  ere,  duxi,  ductum,  tr. 
to  lead  ;  ducere  uxorem,  to 
marry. 

Dulcis,  e,  adj.  (dulcior,  dul- 
cissimus,)  siveet;  pleasant. 


Dum,    adv.  &  conj.   while, 

whilst ;  as  long  as  ;  until. 
Duo,  ae,  o,  num.  adj.  pi.  two. 
Duodecim,  num.  adj.  ind.  pi. 

twelve. 
Duplex,    icis,    adj,  twofold; 

double. 
Duplus,    a,    um,   num.  adj. 

double  ;  twice  as  much. 
Durus,  a,  um,  adj.  (durior, 

durissimus,)  hard  ;  rough, 

hardy. 

E. 

E,  or  ex,  prep,  out  of ;  from  ; 

among. 

Ecce,  int.  see  !  lo  !  behold  ! 

Edoceo,  ere,  docui,  doctum, 
tr.  to  instruct  ;  to  teach. 

Effero,  efferre,  extuli,  ela- 
tum,  tr.  irr.  to  bring  out,  or 
forth. 

EfFundo,  ere,  udi,  usum,  tr. 
to  pour  out ;  to  shed. 

Egestas,  atis,  f.  want ;  need. 

Ego,  mei,  pro.  I. 

Elabor,  bi,  psus  sum,  dep. 
intr.  to  glide  away. 

Elephantus,  i,  m.  an  ele- 
phant. 

Elephas,  antis,  m.  an  ele- 
phant. 

Eloquentia,  se,  f.  eloquence  ; 
(e  &  loquor.) 

Emergo,  ere,  si  sum,  intr.  to 
emerge  ;  to  come  out. 

Emo,  emere,  emi,  emptum, 
tr.  to  buy  ;  to  purchase. 

En,  adv.  lo!  behold! 


E  N  A  S  C  0  R — F  A  C  T  U  M  . 


177 


Enascor,  enasci,  enatus  sum, 
in l,  to  spring  from  ;  to  rise 
up. 

Enim,  con j.  for  ;  but ;  truly  ; 
indeed. 

Eo,  ire,  ivi,  itum,  intr.  irr.  to 

8°- 

Ephralmus,  i,  m.  Ephraim. 
Eques,  ids,  m.  a  knight ;  a 

horseman  ;  pi.  cavalry. 
Equus,  i,  m.  a  horse. 
Erga,  prep,  towards. 
Ergo,  conj.  therefore. 
Error,  oris,  m.  an  error. 
Erumpo,   ere,  rupi,  ruptum, 

intr.  to  burst  forth. 
Esca,  ae,  f.  food  ;  meat. 
Et,    conj.   and ;   also;  even: 

et — et,  both,  and. 
Everto,    vertere,   versi,   ver- 

sum,  tr.  to  overthrow. 
Ex,  prep,  (before  a  vowel,) 

see  E. 
Excito,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 

excite ;  to  arouse. 
Exclamo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 

&  intr.  to  exclaim;  to  cry  out. 
Excusatio,  onis,  f.  an  excuse  ; 

a  defence. 
Exemplurn,  i,  n.  an  example  ; 

an  instance. 
Exeo,  ire,  ivi  &  ii,  Itum,  intr. 

irr.  to  go  out ;  to  depart. 
Exercitus,  us,  m.  an  army. 
Exilis,  e,  adj.  lean;  thin. 
Exitus,  us,  m.  an  exit  ;  the 

issue  ;  the  event. 
Expecto,  -are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 

to  expect ;  to  wait  for. 
Experior,  iri,  expertus  sum, 


tr.  dep.  to  attempt ;  to  try. 
Expergiscor,    .gisci,     rectus 

sum,  tr.  dep.  to  awaken. 
Explore,  are  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 

view  ;  to  search. 
Expono,  ere,  osui,  ositum,  tr. 

to  sat  forth  ;  to  expose. 
Exprimo,  ere,  essi,  essum,  tr. 

to  press  out;  to  squeeze  ;  to 

express. 
Exprobo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  tr. 

to  upbraid  ;  to  reproach  ;  to 

blame. 
Exsolvo,  vere,  vi,  utum,  tr. 

to  loose  ;  to  free  ;  to  pay. 
Extendo,  ere,endi,ensum,  tr. 

to  extend. 
Extinguo,  ere,  xi,  ctum,  tr. 

to  put  out  ;  to  extinguish  ; 

to  put  to  death. 
Extraho,  ere,  traxi,  tractum, 

tr.  (ex  &  traho,)  to  draw 

out ;  to  extract. 
Extruo,  ere,  uxi,  uctum,  tr. 

(ex  &  struo,)  to  build. 

F. 

Fabula,  as,  f.  a  story ;  a  fa- 
ble. 

Fabius,  i,  m.  Fabius,  the  Ro- 
man. 

Facies,  iei,  f.  (facio,)  a  face; 
appearance. 

Facilis,  e,  adj.  easy. 

Facio,  ere,  feci,  factum,  tr. 
to  do  ;  to  make ;  to  per- 
form: facere  iter,  to  travel. 

Factum,  i,  n.  a  deed ;  an  ac- 
tion. 


178 


F  A  L  L  A  X — F  R  U  M  E  N  T  tT  M  . 


Fallax,   acis,  adj.  deceitful; 

vain. 
Fama,  ae,  f.  fame;   reputa- 


tion. 


Famis,    is,    f.    hunger ;   fa- 


mine. 


Familia,  ae,  f.  a  family  ;  pi. 
servants. 

Familiaris,  e,  adj.  of  the  same 
family  ;  familiar. 

Fascis,  is,  m.  a  bundle;  pi. 
fasces. 

Fateor,  eri,  fassus  sum,  tr. 
dep.  to  confess. 

Fatum,  i,  n.  fate  ;  destiny  ; 
pi.  the  fates. 

Faveo,  ere,  favi,  fautum, 
intr.  to  favor. 

Felix,  icis,  adj.  happy  ;  fruit- 
ful ;  favorable. 

Femma,  ae,  f.  a  female ;  a 
woman. 

Fera,  ae,  f.  a  wild  beast. 

Feretrum,  i,  n.  a  bier ;  a  cof- 
fin.. 

Ferio,  Ire,  tr.  to  strike;  to 
beat. 

Fero,  ferre,  tuli,  latum,  tr. 
irr.  to  bear  ;  to  carry  ;  to 
relate  ;  to  produce. 

Festino,  are,  avi,  alum,  intr. 
to  hasten. 

Fidenter,  adv.  confidently ; 
boldly. 

Fides,  ei,  f.  fidelity ;  faith; 
in  fidem  accipere,  to  re- 
ceive under  protection. 

Filius,  i,  i,  m.  a  son. 

Fila,  ae,  f.  a  thread. 

Fio,  fieri,    factus    sum,  irr. 


pass,  to  be  made ;  to  be- 
come ;  fit,  it  happens. 

Firmitas,  atis,  f.  firmness. 

Flagitium,  i,  n.  an  outrage  ; 
a  crime. 

Fleo,  ere,  evi,  etum,  tr.  & 
intr.  to  weep;  to  lament; 

Flos,  oris.  m.  a  flower ;  a, 
blossom. 

Flumen,  mis,  n.  a  river ;  a 
flowing. 

Fcedus,  a,  um,  toothsome; 
filthy  ;  foul. 

Fons,  tis,  m.  a  fountain ;  a 
source. 

Fore,  def.  verb,  from  forem, 
to  be  about  to  be. 

Formosus,  a,  um,  adj.  beau- 
tiful;  handsome. 

Forte,  adv.  accidentally ;  by 
chance. 

Fortis,  e,  adj.  bold;  brave; 
courageous. 

Fortuna,  33,  f.  fortune , 
chance. 

Forum,  i,  n.  the  forum ;  the 
market-place. 

Fovea,  ae,  f.  a  pit. 

Foveo,  ere,  fovi,  fotum,  tr. 
to  keep  warm  ;  to  hatch. 

Fragor,  oris,  m.  a  crashing. 

Fragilitas,  atis,  f.  frailty; 
tveakness. 

Frater,  tris,  m.  a  brother. 

Frigidus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior,  is- 
simus,)  cold. 

Fructus,  us,  m.  fruit  ;  enjoy- 
ment. 

Frumentum,  i,  n.  corn , 
wheat. 


F  R  U  0  R — H  0  N  0  R  O . 


179 


Fruor,  frui,  fruitus  &  fructus 
sum,  intr.  dep,  to  enjoy. 

Frux,  gis,  f.  fruit. 

Fugio,  ere,  fugi,  fugitum, 
intr.  and  tr.  to  fly  ;  to  es 
tape  ;  to  avoid. 

Fuisti,  (See  Sum.) 

Fuit,  (See  Sum.) 

Fungor,  i,  functus  sum,  intr. 
dep.  to  perform  or  dis- 
charge an  office ;  fato,  to 
die. 

Funus,  eris,  n.  a  burial. 

Furens,  tis,  part,  of  furo,  ra- 
ving. 

Furor,  oris,  m.  fury ;  pas 
sion  ;  madness. 

Furtum,  i,  n.  theft. 

Futurus,  a,  um,  part,  of  sum, 
to  be  about  to  be. 

G. 

Gallus,  i,  m.  a  Gaul. 
Gemma,    ae,    f.     a    precious 

stone;  buds. 
Gernitus,  us,  m.  a  groan ;  a 

sigh,  v 

Gener,  eri,  m.  a  son-in-law. 
Germania,  as,  f.  Germany. 
Gero,  gerere,  gessi,  gestum, 

to   bear;     to    carry;    res 

gestae,  exploits. 
Gesto,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 

bear',  to  carry  about. 
Gigno,  gignere,  genui,  geni- 

tum,  tr.  to  beget. 
Gnavus,  a,  um,  adj.  diligent. 
Gradus,    us,   m.    a  step ;    a 

stair ;  rank. 


Grascia,  33,  f.  Greece. 

Grascus,  i,  m.  a  Grecian. 

Grammatica,  ae,  f.  grammar ; 
the  arl  of  grammar. 

Gratus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior,  issi- 
mus,)  acceptable;  pleas- 
ing ;  grateful. 

Gravis,  e,  adj.  (ior,  issimus,) 
heavy  ;  severe  ;  important. 

Grex,  gregis,  c.  a  flock ;  a 
herd. 

H. 

Habeo,  ere,  ui,  itum,  tr.  to 
have ;  to  possess ;  to  es- 
teem. 

Habito,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
inhabit. 

Hasdus,  i,  m.  a  kid. 

Hebraaus,  a,  um,  adj.  a  He- 
brew. 

Hero,  us,  m,  a.  a  priest  of 
Venus. 

Herus,  i,  m.  a  lord. 

Hie,  hasc,  hoc,  pro.  this  ;  he  ; 
she;  &c. 

Hie,  adv.  here. 

Hiems,  emis,  f.  winter ;  a 
storm. 

Hispani,  orum,  m.  the  Span- 
iards. 

Flistoria,  ae,  f.  history. 

Flomerus,  i,  m.  Homer. 

FJomo,  mis,  c.  a  man  ;  a  per- 
son. 

Honor,  oris,  m.  honor  ;  re- 
spect ;  an  office. 

Sonoro,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
honor. 


180 


H  O  R  R  E  U  M 1  N  D  I  G  N  1  T  A  S . 


Horrenm,  i,  n.  a  larn ;  a] 
storehouse  ;  a  granary. 

Hostiiis,  e,  adj .  hostile  ;  un- 
friendly. 

Hostis,  is,  c.  an  enemy. 

Hue,  adv.  hither;  hue — illuc, 
hither — thither. 

Humanus,  a,  urn,  adj .  human. 

I. 

Ibi,  adv.  there;  here ;  then. 

Idem,  eadem,  idem,  pro.  the 
same. 

Ideo,  conj.  for  that  cause; 
therefore. 

Igitur,  adv.  therefore;  then. 

Ignarus,  a,  um,  adj.  igno- 
rant. 

Ignis,  is,  m.  fire. 

Ignobilis,  e,  adj.  unknown 
ignoble  ;  mean. 

Ignore,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  not 
to  know. 

Ignotus,  a,  um,  adj.  un 
known. 

Ille,  ilia,  illud,  pro.  that  ;  he  ; 
she;  it;  the  former, 

Illuc,  adv.  thither. 

Illuxit,  impers.  it  was  dawn. 

Imitatio,  onis,  f.  imitation. 

Imitor,  ari,  atus  sum,  tr.  dep. 
to  imitate  ;  to  copy. 

Immensus,  a,  um,  adj.  bound- 
less ;  immense. 

Immineo,    ere,    ui,    intr. 
hang  over  ;  to  threaten. 

Jmmortalis,  e,  adj.  (in  &  mor- 
talis,)  immortal. 

Impedio,  ire,  ivi,  Itum,  tr.  (in 


&  pes,)  to  fetter ;  hence, 
to  impede  ;  to  hinder. 

[mpendeo,  endere,  endi,  en- 
sum,  intr.  to  ha?i§  over  ;  to 
threaten. 

[mperium,  i,  n.  a  command  ; 
government ;  reign  ;  pow- 
er. 

Impero,  are,  avi,  atum,  to 
command ;  to  direct ;  ^o 
govern. 

Impetro,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
to  obtain  by  request ;  to 
finish. 

Impleo,  ere,  evi.  etum,  tr.  to 
fill  up  ;  to  accomplish. 

Irnpono,  ponere,  posui,  posi- 
tum,  tr.  to  impose. 

Irnprobe,  adv.  ivickedly ; 
basely  ;  from 

Improbus,  a,  um,  adj.  ivick- 
ed  ;  bad. 

Imus,  a,  um,  sup.  of  Inferus, 
which  see, 

In,  prep.  ace.  &  abl.  in ; 
among  ;  against ;  upon. 

Incertus,  a,  um,  adj .  uncertain, 

Incipio,  ere,  cepi,  cepturn,  tr. 
to  commence;  to  begin. 

Inclamo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
to  call  in. 

Incompertus,  a,  um,  adj.  un- 
known. 

Index,  icis,  d.  an  index  ;  a 
mark  ;  a  sign. 

Indico,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (in 
&  dico,)  to  indicate  ;  to  de- 
clare. 

Indignitas,  atis,  f.  baseness  ; 
•meanness. 


I  N  D  0  L  E  S — I  N  V  I  D  E  0  . 


181 


Indoles,  is,  f.  ?iatural  dispo- 
sition ;  inherent  quality. 
Induo,  ere,  ui,  utum,  tr.  to 
put    on  ;     to    dress  ;     to 
clothe. 

Industrius,  a,  um,  adj.  indus- 
trious ;  active. 
Ineo,   ire,  ivi  &  ii,  Itum,  tr. 
et  intr.  irr.  to  go  into ;   to 
enter  upon  ;  to  make. 
Iners,  tis,  adj.  inactive. 
Inferus,  a,  um,  adj.  (inferior, 
infimus,    or    imus,)    low; 
humble. 
Infestus.,  a.,  um,  adj.  hostile  ; 

inimical. 
Inflammo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 

to  inflame. 
Ingens,  tis,  adj.  very  great  ; 

huge. ' 
Ingenuus,  a,  um,  adj.  free ; 

natural  ;  Ingenuous. 
Ingravesco,  ere,  intr.  to  grow 

heavy  ;  to  increase. 

Ingredior,     gredi,      gressus 

sum,  tr.  et  intr.  dep.  (in  & 

gradior  )  to  enter  ;  to  walk 

upon  ;  to  go. 

fnimicus,   a,  um,  adj.  (in  & 

amlcus,)     inimical ;      hos 

tile. 

Injuria,  85,  f.  an  injury  ;  ar 

insult. 
Innocens,  tis,  adj.  (in  &  no 

cens,)  innocent. 
Innumerus,  a,  um,  adj.  (in 

numerus,)  without  number 
Inopia,  33,  f.  want ;  scarcity. 
[nquam,    or    inquio,    def. 
say. 

16 


nsania,  ag,  f.  insanity  ;  mad- 
ness. 

nsero,  ere,  erui,  ertum,  Ir. 
(in  &  sero,)  to  put  in,  or 
upon  ;  to  insert. 

nsignis,  e,  adj.  (in  &  sig- 
num,)  distinguished  ;  emi- 
nent. 

nstar,  ind.  the,  lig?iess ;  the 
likeness. 

nstruo,  ere,  struxi,  structum, 
tr.  (in  &  struo,)  to  arrange; 
to  supply. 

nsula,  as.  f.  an  island. 

nsiiper,  adv.  moreover. 

ntelligo,  ere,  lexi,  lectum,tr. 
to  choose  letiveen ;  to  un- 
derstand. 

nter,  prep,  between  ;  among  ; 
inter  se,  mutually;  by 
turns. 

nterea,  adv.  in  the  mean 
time. 

nterficio,  icere,  eci,  ectum, 
tr.  to  destroy  ;  to  kill  ;  by 
turns. 

nterpres,  etis,  c.  an  inter- 
preter. 

interpretatio,  onis,  f.  the  in- 
terpretation. 

Interpreter,  ari,  atus  sum,  tr. 
dep.  to  interpret. 

[nterrogo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
to  interrogate ;  to  ask. 

Introduce,  cere,  xi,  ctum,  tr. 
(intro  &  duco,)  to  intro- 
duce ;  to  lead  in. 

Inutllis,  e,  adj.  useless. 

Invideo,  ere,  vidi,  visum,  tr 
&  intr.  to  envy. 


182 


I  N  V  E  N  I  O — L  A  V  0. 


Invenio,   ire,  veni,  ventum 

tr.  (in  &  venio,)  to  come  to , 

to  find  ;  to  invent. 
Invisus,  a,  um,  adj.  envied , 

hated  ;  obnoxious. 
Invito,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  tr.  to 

invite. 
Ipse,    ipsa,    ipsum,    pro.    he 

himself;  she  herself;    ego 

ipse,  /  myself. 
Ira,  33,  f.  anger  ;  rage. 
Iratus,  a,   um,    adj.  angry, 

enraged. 
Imto,  are,  avi,   atum,  tr.  to 

make  angry  ;  to  enrage. 
Is,  ea,  id,  pro.  t his  ;  he  ;  she  ; 

it. 

Isaacus,  i.  m.  Isaac. 
Isocrates,  is,  m.  Isocrates. 
Iste,  ista,  istud,pro.£A<atf  ;  he; 

she;  it. 
Ita,  adv.  so ;  in  such  a  man- 
ner ;  thus. 
Italia,  33,  f.  Ilaly. 
Itaque,  adv.  and  so ;  there- 
fore. 
Iter,  itineris,  n.  a  journey  ;  a 

road  ;  a  rout. 
Iterurn,  adv.  again  ;  a  second 

time. 

j. 

Jaceo,  ere,  ui,  intr.  to  lie. 

Jacobus,  i  m.  Jacob. 

Jacto,  are,  avi,  atum,   tr.  to 

throw  ;  to  cast  ;  to  hurl. 
Jam,  adv.  noiv. 
Joseph  us,  i,  m.  Joseph. 
Juba,  ae,  Juba;  and,  the  mane. 


Jubeo,  ere,  jussi,  jussum,  tr 

to  command  ;  to  order. 
Judas,  ae,  m.  Judah. 
Judex,  icis,  c.  a  Judge. 
Judicium,  i,  n.  a  judgment  ; 

a  decision. 
Jugurtha,  33,  m.   a  king  of 

Numidia. 
Jupiter,  Jo  vis,  m.  son  of  Sa- 
turn and  king  of  the  gods. 
Juro,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr.  to 

swear. 
Jus,  juris,    n.    right;    civil 

right  ;    jure,  deservedly  ; 

with  reason. 
Jusjurandum,  jusjurandi,  n. 

an  oath. 
Justus,    a,    um,    adj.  just; 

right ;  exact. 
Juvat,  imp.  it  delights. 
Juvenis,  is,  c.  a  youth. 
Juvenis,     e,     adj.     young; 

youthful. 
Juvo,  are,  juvi,  jutum.  tr.  to 

help  ;  to  assist. 


Labienus,  i,  m.  Labienus. 
Labor,  oris,  m.  labor  ;  toil. 
Lacryma,  ae,  f.  a  tear. 
Lacrymabilis,  e,    adj.   sad , 

mournful. 
Lrnudo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 

praise  ;  to  extol. 
•aus,  dis,   f.  praise  ;  glory 

honor. 
•autus,  a,  um,   adj.   clean; 

neat ;  splendid. 
iavo,  are,  vi,  lautum,  lotum, 


L  E  G  A  T  U  S — M  A  L  U  S  . 


183 


or  lavatum,  tr.  to  lathe; 

to  wash. 
Legatus,  i,  m.  an  ambassa- 
dor. 
Lego,  ere,  legi,  lectum,  tr.  to 

choose  ;  to  read. 
Lenio,  ire,  ivi,  itum.  tr.  to 

soothe  ;  to  assuage. 
LenTter,  adv.  gently ;  kindly. 
Leo,  onis,  m.  a  lion. 
L  e  vis ,  e ,  a  d  j .  light ;  t  rivial ; 

smooth. 

Levius,  adv.  more  lightly. 
Lex,  legis,  f.  law,  meaning 

statute  or  written  law. 
Liber,  bri,  m.  the,  inner  bark 

of  a  tree  ;  a  book. 
Liberi,  orum,  m.  children. 
Libero,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 

liberate;  to  free. 
Liberus,  a,  urn,  adj./ree. 
Licet,  licuit,  &  licitum  est, 

imp.    it  is   lawful;    licet 

tibi,  you  may. 
Ligo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 

bind. 

Litera,  ae,  f.  a  letter  ;  pi.  let- 
ters; literature;  an  epistle. 
Locus,  i,  m.  a  place  ;  pi.  loci 

&  loca  ;  m.  &  n. 
Locutus,    a,    urn.    part,   (lo- 

quor.) 

Longe,  adv.  far. 
Longus.  a,    um,  adj.  long  ; 

lasting. 
Loquor,  loqui,  locutus  sum, 

intr,  dep.  to  speak  ;  to  con- 
verse. 
Luceo,    ere,    luxi,    intr.  to 

shine. 


Lucus,  i,  m.  a  grove  ;  a  wood 
consecrated. 

Luna,  as,  f.  the  moon. 

Luo,  ere,  i,  luitum,  tr.  to  ex- 
piate ;  to  atone  ;  luere  poe- 
nam,  to  suffer  punishment. 

Lupus,  i,  m.  a  wolf. 

Lux,  lucis,  f.  light. 

Lysander,  dri,  m.  a  Laceda- 
monian  general. 

M. 

Macilentus.  a,  um,  adj.  lean ; 
meagre. 

Magis,  adv.  more;  rather. 

Magister,  tri,  m.  a  master  ;  a 
teacher. 

Magnificus,  a,  um,  adj. 
comp.  irr.,  mag?iificent ; 
grand. 

Magnitude,  mis,  f.  magni- 
tude. 

Magnus,  a,  um,  adj.  grand ; 
great. 

Major,  us,  oris,  adj.  (comp.  of 
magnus,)  greater  ;  the  el- 
der ;  hence, 

Majores,  um,  m.  pi.  forefa- 
thers ;  ancestors. 

Male,  adv.  badly ;  ill. 

Maledico,  dicere,  dixi,  dic- 
tum, tr.  (mala  &  dico,)  to 
revile  ;  to  rail  at ;  to  re- 
proach. 

Malo,  maile,  malui,  tr.  irr.  to 
prefer  ;  to  be  more  willing; 
to  wish. 

Malum,  i,  n.  an  apple  ;  evil. 

Malus,  a,  um,  adj.(pejor,pes- 


1S4 


M  A  N  A  S  S  E  S — M  I  S  C  £  O  . 


simus,)  bad ;  wicked :  mail, 
wicked  men. 

Manasses,  is,  m.  Manasseh. 

Mandatum,i,  n.  a  command  ; 
a  charge. 

Mando,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
co?nmand  ;  to  commit. 

Mane,  adv.  early  in  the  morn- 
ing. 

Maneo*  ere,  mansi,  mansum, 
intr.  to  remain. 

Manifestus,  a,  urn,  adj.  mani- 
fest ;  clear. 

Manipulus,  i,  m.  a  sheaf. 

Man  us,  us,  f.  a  hand  ;  a  band. 

Mare,  is,  n.  the  sea,  (in  gen- 
eral.) 

Mario,  on  is,  m.  Mario. 

Mater,  tris,  f.  a  mother ;  a 
matron. 

Materfamilias,  t'risfamilias,  f. 
irr.  the  mistress  of  a,  family. 

Materia,  se.  f.  a  material; 
stuff ;  matter. 

Maturesco,  escere,  ui,  intr. 
to  ripen. 

MaxTmus,  a,  um,  adj.  (sup. 
of  magnus,)  very  great; 
the  greatest ;  chief. 

Medicus,  i,  m.  a  physician. 

Meditor,  ari,  atus  sum,  intr. 
dep.  to  meditate. 

Medius,  a,  um,  adj.  the  mid- 
dle ;  midst. 

Meipsum,  me  myself. 

Mel,  lis,  n.  honey. 

Melior,  us,  adj.  (comp.  of  bo- 
nus,) better. 

Memini,  def.  pret.  I  remem- 
ber ;  I  relate. 


Memor,  oris,  adj.  mindful. 

Memorria,  ae,  f.  memory. 

Mens,  tis,  f.  the  mind ;  the 
understanding* 

Mentio,  Onis,  f.  a  mention. 

Mercator,  oris,  m.  a  mer- 
chant ;  a  trader. 

Mercor,  -ari,  atus  sum,  tr. 
dep.  to  purchase. 

Mereor,  eri,  meritus  sum,  tr. 
et  intr.  to  merit ;  to  dz- 
serve  ;  to  earn. 

Merito,  adv.  with  good  rea- 
so7i ;  deservedly. 

Meritum,  i,  n.  merit ;  de- 
sert. 

Metuo,  ere,  ui,  tr.  et  intr.  to 
fear;  from 

Metus,  us,  m.  fear. 

Meus,  a,  um,  pro.  my  ;  mine. 

Miles,  itis,  c.  a  soldier ;  the 
soldiery. 

Mille,  num.  adj.  ind.  a  thou- 
sand: milia,  um,  pi. 

SVlimme,  adv.  by  no  means. 

Minimus,  a,  um,  adj.  (sup. 
of  parvus,)  the  least  ;  the 
smallest. 

Minister,  tri,  rn.  a  servant  ; 
an  attendant. 

Minus,  adv.  less  :  quo  minus, 
that — not. 

Mirandus,  a,  um,  part,  (from 
miror,)  wonderful. 

Miror,  ari,  atus  sum,  tr. 
dep.  to  wonder  at ;  to  ad- 
mire. 

Mirus,  a,  um,  adj.  wonderful; 
surprising. 

Misceo,  ere,  miscui,  rnistum, 


M  I  S  E  R  E  0  R N  ECESSITAS. 


185 


&  mixtum,  tr.  to  mingle  ; 

to  mix. 
Misereor,  eri,  eritus,  or  ertus 

sum,  tr.  dep.  to  pity. 
Mitis,  e,  adj.  mild;    kind; 

humane. 
Mitto,  ere,  misi,  missum,  tr. 

to  send  ;  to  throw. 
Modestus,  a,  um,  adj.  modest. 
Moenia,  um,  n.  pi.  the  walls 

of  a  city ;  fortifications. 
Moereo,     ere,    ui,     intr.    to 

mourn  ;  to  grieve. 
Mceror,  oris,  m.  sorrow. 
Moestitia,     ae,     f.     sadness  ; 

mourning. 

Mollis,  e,  adj.  soft ;  tender. 
Mollius,  adv.  more  tender. 
Morieo,  ere,  ui,  itum,  tr.  to 

ivarn  ;     to    admonish;    to 

advise. 

Mons,  tis,  m.  a  mountain. 
Monstrum,  i,  n.  a  monster. 
Montanus,  a,  um,  adj.  moun- 
tainous. 
Montuosus,     a,     um,     adj. 

mountainous. 
Morbus,  i,  m.  a  disease. 
Morior,  mori,  rarely  moriri, 

mortuus    sum,    intr.   dep. 

to  die. 

Mors,  tis,  f.  death. 
Mortuus,  a,  um,  part,  (mori- 

or,)  dead. 
Mos,  moris,  m.  a  custom;  a 

manner. 
Moveo,    ere  motum, 

tr.  *  'e. 

I  by. 
tr. 


fine  ;  to  punish. 
Mulier,  eris,  f.  a  woman. 
Vlultitudo,  inis,  f.  a    ??iultt- 

tude. 

VEultus,  a,  um,  adj.  many. 
Mundus,  i,  m.  the  world;  the 

universe. 
Munio,  ire,  Ivi.  itum,  tr.  to 

fortify. 
Munus,   eris,  n.  a  gift;  an 

office  ;  a  reward. 
Vturus,  i,  m.  a  wall. 
Mus,  muris,  m.  &  f  a  mouse. 

N. 

N"am,  con j.  for  ;  but. 

N^arro,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
relate  ;  to  narrate. 

tfascor,  nasci,  natus  sum, 
intr.  dep.  to  be  born ;  to 
grow. 

Nfatalis,  e,  adj.  natal:  dies 
natalis,  a  birthday. 

Natura,  SB,  f.  nature;  crea- 
tion. 

Natus,  a,  um,  part,  (nascor,) 
born. 

Natus,  i,  m.  a  son. 

Natu,  (abl.)  by  birth. 

Navis,  is,  f.  a  ship.   - 

Ne,  conj.not;  lest;  lest  that; 
ne  quidem,  not  even. 

Nee,  or  neque,  conj.  neither; 
nor. 

Necdum,  adv.  nor  yet;  not 
as  yet. 

Necesse,  adj.  ind.  necessary. 

Necessitas,  atis,  f.  neces- 
sity. 


186 


N  E  G  O — 0  B  V  E  N  I  O  . 


Nego,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
deny  ;  to  refuse. 

Negotium,  i,  n.  business  ;  la- 
bor. 

Nemo,  mis,  c.  no  one ;  no 
man :  (non  homo.) 

Nepos,  Otis,  m.  a  grandson. 

Nequaquam,  adv.  by  no 
means. 

Neque,  conj.  neither  ;  nor  ; 
not. 

Nescio,  ire,  ivi,  itum,  intr. 
to  be  ignorant  of;  not  to 
know  :  hence, 

Nescius,  a,  um,  adj.  not 
knowing  ;  ignorant. 

Neuter,  tra,  trum,  adj.  nei- 
ther of  the  two  ;  neither. 

Nidus,  i,  m.  a  nest. 

Nihil  &  nil,  ind.  n.  nothing. 

Nilus,  i,  m.  the  Nile. 

Nimium,  adv.  too  much. 

Nimius,  a,  um,  adj.  too  much; 
too  great. 

Nisi,  conj.  unless  ;  except  ;  if 
not. 

Nobllis,e,adj. noble;  known, 
noted. 

Nocens,  tis,  part,  (noceo,)  in- 
juring. 

Noctu,  abl.  sing,  monoptote 
by  night. 

Nolo,  nolle,  nolui,  intr.  irr 
to  be  unwilling :  noli  fa 
cere,  do  not. 

Nomen,  inis,  n.  a  name,. 

Non,  adv.  not. 

Nonne,  adv.  not  ?  a  negative 
interrogative. 

Noster,  tra,  trum,  pro.  our. 


Votus,  a,  um,  adj.  known. 
Sfovem,  num.  adj.  ind.  ni?ie. 
S"ovus,    a,     um,    adj.    new  ; 

fresh. 

N"ox,  noctis,  f.  night. 
STullus,  a,  um,  adj.  gen.  nul- 

lius,  dat.  nulli,  none  ;  no  ; 

no  one. 


,  adv.  interrog.  whether  ? 
?Sunierus,  i,  m.  a  number. 
hummus,  i,  m.  money. 
N^unc,  adv.  now  ;  nunc  etiam, 

now  even  ;  still. 
Nuncio,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 

announce  ;   to  tell. 
Nuncius,  i,  m.  a  messenger. 
Nunquam,  adv.  never. 
Nutus,  us,  m.  a  nod  ;  will. 
Nympha,  ae,  f.  a  nymph. 

o. 

Ob,  prep,  on  account  of. 
Obeo,  ire,  ivi  or  ii,  itum,  tr. 

&  intr.  irr.  to  go  to  ;  to  exe- 

cute ;  to  die. 
Obliviscor,  i,  oblitus  sum,  tr. 

dep.  to  forget. 
Obsecro,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 

to  beseech. 

Obses,  idis,  m.  &  f.  a  hostage. 
Obsideo,  ere,  sedi,  sessum, 

tr.  to  besiege  ;  to  invest. 
Obstupesco,   esere,  ui,   intr. 

to  be  astonished.         • 
Obtestor,  ari,  atus  sum,   tr. 

dep.  to  call  to  witness  ;   tt> 

beseech. 
Obvenio,     ire,    eni,    entum, 

intr.  to  meet. 


0  B  V  I  A  M P  A  S  C  0  . 


187 


Obviam,  adv.  in  the  way. 

Occido,  ere,  cidi,  cisum,  tr. 
(ob  &  csedo,)  to  kill ;  to 
slay. 

Oculus,  i,  m.  an  eye. 

Odi,  odisse,  def.  pret.  to 
hate. 

Odium,  i,  n.  hatred  ;  odium. 

OfTero,  ferre,  obtuli,  obla- 
tum,  tr.  to  offer ;  to  pre- 
sent. 

Olim,  adv.  formerly  ;  here- 
after. 

Omnis,  e,  adj.  all;  every: 
omnia,  all  things. 

Onero,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
load. 

Opperior,  periri,  pertus  sum, 
tr.  to  wait  for. 

Oppidum,  i,  n,  a  walled 
town. 

Opprimo,  ere,  pressi,  pres- 
sum,  tr.  to  oppress ;  to 
press  dow7i. 

Ops,  (nom.  not  in  use,)  opis, 
gen.  f.  aid ;  help :  opes, 
pi*  resources ;  riches. 

Optimus,  a,  urn,  adj.  sup. 
(bonus,)  the  best;  most 
worthy. 

Opulens,  tis,  adj.  wealthy ; 
opulent. 

Opus,  eris,  n.  a  ivork ;  a 
task. 

Ora,  a3,  f.  a  coast  ;  shore. 

Oratio,  onis,  f.  an  oration;  a 
discourse. 

Orator,  oris,  m.  an  orator. 

Or  bis,  is,  m."  an  orb  ;  a  cir- 
cle. 


Orbus,  a,  urn,  adj.  destitute. 
Origo,  inis,  f.  origin;  source. 
Oro,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to  beg; 

to  entreat. 
Os,  oris,  n.  the  mouth ;  the 

face. 

Os,  ossis,  n.  a  bone. 
Osculor,    ari,    atus  sum,  tr. 

dep.  to  kiss. 
Ovum,  i,  n.  an  egg. 

p. 

Pabulum,  i,  n.  fodder. 
Pallium,  i,  n.  a  cloak. 
Palmes,  itis,  m.  a  bough  ;  a 

twig. 

Palus,  udis,  fern,  a  marsh. 
Palus,  i,  m.  a  whipping  post. 
Parco,  ere,  peperci  or  parsi, 

parsum  or  parcitum,  intr. 

to  spare. 
Parens,  tis,  c.  a  parent. 
Pareo,  ere,  ui,  iturn,  intr.  to 

obey. 
Pario,  ere,  peperi,  partum,tr. 

to  bear  ;  to  bring  forth  ;  to 

produce. 
Paro,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 

prepare  ;  to  provide. 
Pars,  tis,  f.  a  part. 
Parum,   adv.   (minus,   mini- 

me,)  little  ;  too  little. 
Parumper,  adv.  a  little  while. 
Parvulus,  a,  um,   adj.   dim. 

a  very  small  child. 
Parvus,  a,  um,  adj.  small. 
Pasco,  ere,  pavi,  pastum,  tr. 

&  intr.  to  give  food  to  ;  to 

graze. 


188 


P  A  S  C  0  R — P  E  S  T  I  8  . 


Pascor,  i,  pastus  sum,  tr.  & 

intr.  dep.  to  feed. 
Passus,    us,    m.    a   pace,  (5 

feet.) 

Pastor,  oris,  m.  a  shepherd. 
Pater,  tris,  m.  a  father. 
Patior,  pati,  passus  sum,  tr. 

dep.  to  suffer. 
Patria,  aB,  f.  one's  native  coun- 
try. 

Paulatim,  adv.  gradually. 
Pauper,  eris,  adj.  poor. 
Pax,  pacis,  f.  peace. 
Peccatum,  i,  n.  sin  ;  wicked- 
ness. 
Pecco,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr.  to 

do  wrong  ;  to  sin. 
Pectus,  oris,  n.  the  breast. 
Pecunia,  ae,  f.  money. 
Pecus,  oris,  a  herd ;  cattle. 
Pedes,  itis,  c.  a  foot- soldier. 
Pejor,  comp.  of  malus,  worse. 
Pellicio,  licere,  lexi,  lectum, 

to  allure  ;  to  entice. 
Pellis,  is,  f.  the  skin. 
Peninsula,  ae,  f.  a  peninsula. 
Penna,  ae,  f.  a  feather;   a  pen. 
Per,     prep,     by  ;     through  ; 

along. 
Perago,    agere,  egi,  actum, 

tr.  to  finish;  to  perfect. 
Percontor    &    cunctor,    an, 

atus  sum,  tr.  dep.  to  ask  ; 

to  inquire. 

Percussus,  part,  (percutio.) 
Percutio,  cutere,  cussi,  cus- 

sum,     tr.    to    strike  ;    to 

wound. 
Perfero,  ferre,  tuli,  latum,  tr. 

irr.  to  endure. 


Perficio,  ere,  feci,  fectum,  tr. 
to  finish  ;  to  accomplish. 

Pergama,  drum,  n.  pi.  the  cit- 
adel of  Troy  :  from  Perga- 
mum. 

Pergo,  pergere,  perrexi,  per- 
rectum,  intr.  to  advance  ; 
to  continue. 

Periciilum,  i,  n.  danger  ;  ha- 
zard. 

Perlabor,  labi,  lapsus  sum,tr. 
dep.  to  glide  through,  or 
along. 

Perlustro,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
to  survey. 

Permitto,  mittere,  misi,  mis- 
sum,  tr.  to  permit ;  to  in" 
trust. 

Permultus,  a,  um,  adj.^ery 
many. 

Persae,  arum,  f.  pi.  the  Per- 
sians. 

Persequor,  sequi,  secutus 
sum,  tr.  dep.  to  follow 
closely  ;  to  pursue. 

Perspicio,  spicere,  spexi, 
spectum,  tr.  to  see  through; 
to  discern. 

Persuadeo,  suadere,  suasi, 
suasum,  tr.  to  persuade. 

Perturbo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
to  trouble  ;  to  disturb. 

Pervenio,  venire,  veni,  ven- 
tum,  intr.  to  arrive  at ;  to 
reach. 

Pes,  pedis,  m.  afoot. 

Pessimus,  sup.  of  malus, 
(which  see,)  worst. 

Pestis,  is,  f.  a  pest ;  destruo 
tion. 


PET  0 — P  R  J£  M  I  U  M. 


189 


Peto,  petere,  petivi,  petitum, 
tr.  to  seek  ;  to  ask  ;  to  at- 
tack. 

Phalanx,  angis,  f.  a  phalanx. 

Pharao,    onis,    m.  Pharaoh, 

Philippus,  i,  m.  King  of  Ma- 
cedon. 

Phoenix,  Icis,  a  Phoenician. 

Pietas,  alls,  f.  piety. 

Pincerna,  ae,  m.  a  butler. 

Pinguis,  e,  adj.  fat ;  rich. 

Pistor,  oris,  m.  a  baker. 

Pius,  a,  um,  adj.  pious; 
good. 

Placeo,  ere,  ui,  itum  intr.  to 
please. 

Placet,  placuit  imp.  it  plea- 
ses. 

Placide,  adv.  placidly  ;  qui- 
etly. 

Planctus,  us,  m.  a  shrieking ; 
a  mourning. 

Plaustrum,  i,  n.  a  cart ;  a 
wagon. 

Plenus,  a,  um,  adj.  full; 
large. 

Plerumque,  adv.  commonly  ; 
generally, 

Plunmus,  sup.  of  multus, 
(which  see,)  very  many. 

Pcena,  ae,  f.  punishment. 

Poeta,  ae,  rn.  a  poet. 

Pollux,  ucis,  m.  a  son  of  Le- 
da. 

Pompeius,  i,  m.  Pompey. 

Pomum,  i,  n.  an  apple. 

Pono,  ponere,  posui,positum. 
tr.  to  place  ;  to  put. 

Populus,  i,  m.  the  people  ;  pi. 
nations 


Porrigo,  rigere,  rexi,  rectum, 
tr.  to  extend  ;  to  offer. 

Porro,  adv.  moreover. 

Porta,  ae.  f.  a  gate. 

Portendo,  tendere,  tendi,  ten- 
turn,  tr.  to  port  end;  to  pre- 
sage. 

Porto,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
carry. 

Positus,  part,  (pono.) 

Possum,  posse,  potui,  intr. 
irr.  to  be  able ;  I  can. 

Post,  prep,  after  :  adv.  after  ; 
after  that. 

Postea,  adv.  afterwards. 

Postquam,  adv.  after  ;  after 
that. 

Postulo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
ask  for  ;  to  demand. 

Potestas,  atis,  f.  power  (civilt 
imperium,  military.) 

Potius,  adv.  rather. 

Pras,  prep,  before  ;  for ;  in 
comparison  with. 

Praebeo,  ere,  ui,  itum,  tr.  to 
offer  ;  to  supply. 

Prascipio,  cipere,  cepi,  cep- 
tum,  tr.  to  take  before  ;  to 
command. 

Prseda,  33,  f.  prey  ;  booty. 

Prasdico,  dicere,  dixi,  dictum, 
tr.  to  declare  ;  1o  publish. 

Proafectus,  i,  m.  a  chief  offi- 
cer ;  a  prcefect. 

Prasficio,  ficere,  feci,  fectum, 
tr.  to  set  over. 

Praemitto,  mittere,  misi,  mis- 
sum,  tr.  to  send  before. 

Premium,  i,  n  a  reward  ;  a 
price. 


190 


P  R  JR  N  0  S  C  0 P  R  U  D  E  N  S  . 


Preenosco,  noscere,  novi,  no- 
turn,  tr.  to  foreknow. 

Praescio,  Ire,  Ivi,  Itum,  tr.  to 
know  beforehand. 

Praesens,  tis,  adj.  present;  im> 
minent. 

Praesertim,  adv.  especially. 

Praesidium,  i,  n.  a  defence  ;  a 
garrison. 

Praesum,  esse,  fui,  intr.  irr. 
to  be  over ;  to  rule  over. 

Praetereo,  Ire,  Ivi  and  ii, 
Itum,  tr.  irr.  to  go  beyond  ; 
to  omit. 

Praeter,  prep,  besides  ;  ex- 
cept. 

Preces,  precum,  pi.  f.  pray- 
er s. 

Precor,  ari,  atus  sum,  tr.  dep. 
to  pray ;  to  entreat. 

Premo,      premere,      pressi 


pressum, 
urge. 


tr.   to  press  ;  to 


Pretium,  i,  n.  a  price  ;  a  re- 

ward. 

Primo,  adv.  at  first. 
Primus,  a,  um,  adj.  sup.  (pri- 

or,) first.  ^ 
Princeps,  cipis,  adj.  the  chief: 

sub.  a  prince. 
Prior,  us,  adj.  (sup.  primus,' 

the  former  ;  first. 
Pristmus,  a,  um,  adj.  ancient. 

wonted. 


Procer,    ens,  adj.   proceres, 

pi.  chiefs. 
Procul,  adv.  far. 
Profero,  ferre,  tuli,  latum,  tr. 

irr.  to  bring  forward  ;  to 

produce. 
Profiscor,  ficisci,  fectus  sum, 

intr.  dep.  to  depart. 
Progressus,  us,  m.  progress. 
Prohibeo,  hibere,  hibui,  hi- 

bitum,   tr.    to    hinder ;    to 

prohibit. 

j  ere,  jeci,  jectum,tr. 

to  throw. 
Promitto,  mittere,  misi,  mis- 
sum,  tr.  to  let  go  ;  to  send 

forward. 
Pronus,  a,  um,  adj.  inclined; 

bending  forward. 
Propero,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr. 

to  hasten* 
Propior,  us,  adj.  comp.  (sup. 

proximus.)  nearer. 
Propitius,  a,  um,  ad j .  favora- 
ble; kind. 
Propius,  adv.  nearer. 
Propositum,  i,  n.  proposition. 
Prosper  &  prosperus,  a,  um, 

adj .  prosperous  ;  lucky. 
Prospere,  adv.  prosperously. 
Prosum,  prodesse,  fui,   intr. 

irr.  to  profit  ;  to  do  good. 
Protego^  tegere,  texi,  tectum, 

tr.  to  protect. 


Pro,  prep,  for  ;  instead  of.     jProvidentia,  ae,  f.  providence. 
Probo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to  Provincia,  as,  f.  a  province. 

Proximus,  a,   um,  adj.  (pro- 


prove. 

Procedo,  cedere,  cessi,  ces- 
sum,  intr.  to  proceed  ;  to 
advance. 


pior,)  nearest ;  next. 
Prudens,  tis,  adj.  prudent; 
\     wise. 


PRUDENTI  A R  E  C  I  P  I  0  . 


19.1 


Prudentia,  se,  f.  prudence. 
Publtcus,  a,  um,  adj.  public. 
Puer,  eri,  in.  a  boy. 
Pugna,  33,  f.  a  battle;    close 

fight. 
Pulcher,   chra,   chrum,  adj. 

fair  ;  beautiful ;  glorious. 
Punic,  ire,  Ivi,  itum,  tr.  to 

punish. 
Purgo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 

purify  ;  to  excuse, 
Puteus,  i,  m.  a  well ;  a  pit. 
Putiphar,  aris,  m.  Potiphar. 
Puto,    are,  avi,  atum,   tr.  to 

think. 


Quadriipes,  pedis,  adj.  four- 
foot td  ;  a  quadj'uped. 

Quatuor,  num.  adj.  pi.  ind. 
four 

Quaestor,  oris,  m.  a  qucestor. 

Quare,  adv.  wherefore. 

Quasi,  adv.  as  if;  as. 

Quam,-conj.  &  adv.  as  ;  how. 

Quamobrem,  adv.  wherefore. 

Quercus,  us,  f.  an  oak  tree. 

Que,  conj.  and  ;  also. 

Queror,  queri,  questus  sum, 
tr.  dep.  to  complain. 

Qui,  quae,  quod,  rel.  pro. 
who  ;  which  ;  what :  inter. 
who  ? 

Quia,  conj.  because. 

Quid,  how  ;  why. 

Quidam,  quaedam,  quoddam, 
adj.  pro.  a  certain^  (vir.) 

Quies,  etis,  f.  quiet. 

Quin,  conj.  but ;  if. 


Quinque,  num.  adj.  pi.  ind. 

Jive. 

Quintuple,  adv. five- /old. 
Quis,    quae,    quod,  or  quid, 

inter,    pro.     who ;    what  ? 

quid,  why  ? 
Quisnam,  quasnam,quodnam, 

orquidnam,pro.z0/io;  what. 
Qubquam,  quaequam,  quod- 

quam,  quidquam,  or  quic- 

quam,  pro.  any  one. 
Quisque,  quasque,  quodque, 

or     quidque,     pro.     each; 

every. 

Quo,  adv.  whither;  that. 
Quondam,    adv.    formerly ; 

once. 

Quorsurn,  adv.  whitherward. 
Quomodo,  adv.  how. 
Quod,  conj.  that ;  because. 
Quoniam,    conj.    since;    be- 
cause. 
Quoque,  conj.  also. 
Quurn,  or  cum   adv.  when. 

conj.  since. 

R. 

Rapldus,  a,  um,  adj.  rapid ; 

swift. 

Ratio,  on  is,  f.  a  reason  ;  man- 
ner. 
Recedo,    cedere,   cessi,  ces- 

suin,    intr.   to    recede;    to 

yield. 
Recido,  cedere,  cidi,  intr.  to 

fall  back. 
Recipio,  cepere,  cepi,ceptum, 

tr.  to  take  back  ;  to  receive  ; 

to  recover. 


192 


R  E  C  O  N  D  O R  O  B  U  R  . 


Recondo,  ere,  i,  itum,  to  lay 
up  ;  to  co?iceal. 

Recto,  adv.  rightly. 

Rectus,  a  um,  adj.  upright. 

Recorder,  ari,  atus  sum,  intr. 
dep.  to  remember  ;  to  recol- 
lect. 

Reddo,  dere,  didi,  ditum,  tr. 
to  give  back  ;  to  render  ;  to 
restore. 

Redeo,  Ire,  ii,  itum,  intr.  irr. 
to  go  back  ;  to  return. 

Reduce,  ducere,  duxi,  due- 
turn,  tr.  to  reconcile;  to 
lead  back. 

Refero,  ferre,  tuli,  latum,  tr. 
irr.  to  bring  back. 

Regio,  onis,  f.  a  region. 

Rego,  regere,  rexi,  rectum, 
tr.  to  rule  ;  to  direct. 

Regnum,  i,  n.  a  kingdom; 
rule;  government. 

Regredior,  gredi,  gressus 
sum,  intr.  dep.  to  turn 
back  ;  ^  to  retur?i. 

Reipsa,  adv.  in  very  deed. 

Relinquo,  linquere,  liqui,  lie- 
turn,  tr.  to  leave  behind  ;  to 
abandon. 

Rernaneo,  manere,  mansi, 
man  sum,  intr.  to  remain 
behind. 

Remitto,  mitt  ere,  mlsi,  mis- 
sum,  tr.  to  send  back. 

Renovo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
to  make  anew ;  to  reno- 
vate. 

Rependo,  pendgre,  pendi, 
pensum,  tr.  1o  recompense; 
to  pay  back. 


Reperio,  ire,  i,  turn,  tr.  to  dis- 
cover;  to  find. 
Repono,  ponere,  posui,  posi- 

tum,  tr.  to  replace;  to  re- 
store. 
Reporto,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 

bring  back  ;  to  gain. 
Res,  ei,  f.  a  thing  ;  an  affair  ; 

a  kingdom. 
Reserve,  are,  avi,  atum,   to 

keep  back ;  to  reserve ;  to 

preserve. 
Resideo,    ere,  sedi,  sessum, 

intr.  to  settle  ;  to  remain. 
Resisto,  sistere,  stiti,  stitum, 

intr.  to  resist. 
Respondeo,  spondSre,  spondi, 

sponsum,  tr.  to  respond  ;  to 

answer. 
Respublica,  reipublieas,  f.  the 

stale  ;  the  republic. 
Restituo,  stituere,  stitui,  sti- 

tutum,  tr.  to  set  up  again; 

to  restore. 
Retineo,    tinere,    tinui,   ten- 
turn,   tr.   to  hold  back;  to 

retain. 
Reuben,  m.  Reuben. 
Reverto,  ere,  i,  sum,  intr.  to 

return. 
Revoco,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 

call  back. 
Rex,  regis,  m.  a  king. 
Ripa,  £e,  f.  a  bank. 
Rivus,     i,    m.    a    river  ;    a 

creek. 
Rixor,    ari,    atus    sum,   intr. 

dep.  to  quarrel. 
Robur,    oris,     n.  hard  oak 

hence,  strength. 


R  0  G  O — S  E  R  V  I  T  IT  S  . 


193 


Rogo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 

ask  ;  to  request. 
Roma,  as,  f.  Rome. 
Rom  an  us,  i,  m.  a  Roman. 
Rota,  as,  f.  a  wheel. 
Ruo,  ere,  ui,  uitum,  intr.  &  tr. 

1o  rush  ;  to  fall ;  to  throw 

down. 

Rapes,  is,  f.  a  rock  ;  a  cliff. 
Rursus,  adv.  again. 
Rus,  ruris,  n.  the  country  ;  a 

farm. 

s. 

Sabini,  orum,m.  the  Sabines. 

Saccus,  i,  m.  a  sack. 

Saepe,  adv.  often;  frequently. 

Sasvio,  ire,  ii,  itum,  intr.  to 
rage  ;  to  be  cruel. 

Salus,  titis,  f.  safety. 

Saluto,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
salute. 

Salvus,  a,  um,  adj.  safe. 

Sanus,    a,    um,    adj.    sarie ; 
sound. 

Seng u is,  mis,  m.  blood. 

Sapiens,  tis,  adj.  wise. 

Sapienter,  adv.  wisely. 

Satis,  adv.  enough;  sufficient- 
ly ;  also  used  as  adj. 

Saxum,  i,  n.  a  rock  ;  a  stone. 

Scala,  93,  f.  a  ladder  ;  a  stair. 

Scelestus,  a,  um,  zdj.ivicked; 
unlucky. 

Sceius,  ens,  n .  wickedness  ; 

Schola,  33,  f.  a  school. 

Scilicet,  adv.  for sooth;  truly. 

Scio,  ire,  ivi,  Itum,  intr.  to 
know. 

17 


Scindo,  ere,  scidi,scissum,tr. 

to  rend  ;  to  cut. 
Scipio,  onis,  m.  Scipio. 
Sciscltor,  ari,  at  us  sum,  tr. 

dep.  to  inquire  ;  to  auk. 
Scribo,      scribere,      scrips!, 

scriptum,  tr.  to  write. 
Scrutor,  tari,  tatus  sum,  tr. 

dep.  to  search  into, 
Scyphus,  i,  m.  a  cup. 
Secundo,  adv.  a  second  time. 
Secundus,  a,    urn,    adj.    the 

second;  prosperous ;  favor- 
able. 

Securis,  is,  f.  an  axe. 
Securus,  a,  um,  adj.  secure; 

safe. 

Sed,  conj.  but, 
Sedile,  is,  n.  a  seat. 
Semel,  adv.  once. 
Semper,  adv.  always. 
Senatus,    us,    m.    a   senate, 

(from  senex.) 
Senectus,  utis,  f.  old  age. 
Senex,  senicis,  and  senis,  c. 

an  old  man,  or  woman. 
Sepelio,   pelire,  pellvi,  pul- 

tum,  tr.  to  bury  ;  to  inter. 
Septem,  num.  adj.   ind.  pi. 

seven. 

Sepulcrum,  i,  n.  a  sepulchre. 
Sequor,  sequi,  secQtus  sum, 

tr.  dep.  to  follow  ;  to  pur- 
sue. 

Series,  ei,  f.  a  series. 
Sermo,  onis,  m.  a  speech  ;  a 

discourse. 

Serpens,  tis,  c.  a  serpent. 
Servitus,    utis,    f.    slavery; 

bondage. 


194 


S  E  H  V  0 S  U  B  J  I  C  I  O . 


Servo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 

preserve  ;  to  guard. 
Servus,  i,  m.  a  slave. 
Si,  conj.  if. 
Sic,  adv.  so  ;  thus. 
Sidus,  eris.,  n.  a  star. 
Significo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 

to  signify  ;  to  mark. 
Signurn,  i,  n.  a  sign. 
Simeon,  orris,  in.  Simeon. 
Similis.     e,     adj.    similar  ; 

like. 
Simonides,  is,  m.    a  Greek 

poet. 
Simul,  adv.  at  the  same  time: 

simul — simul,  as  soon  as. 
Sine,  prep,  without. 
Sinister,  tra,  trum,  adj.  left ; 

unlucky. 
Sino,  sinere,  sivi,  situm,  tr. 

to  permit. 
Sitis,  is,  f.  thirst. 
Socius,  i,  m.  a  companion; 

an  ally. 

Sol,  solis,  m.  the  sun. 
Solatium,  i,  n.  a  solace. 
Soleo,  ere,  solitus    sum,   n. 

pass,  to  be  accustomed. 
Solium,  i,  n.  a  throne. 
Solus,  a.  um,  adj.  alone;  on- 
ly ;  solitary. 
Solvo,    solvere,    solvi,   solu- 

tum,  tr.  £0  loose  ;  to  free. 
Somniator,  oris,  m.  a  dream. 
Somnio,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr. 

to  dream. 

Somnium,  i,  n.  a  dream. 
Somnus,  i,  m.  sleep. 
Sonorus,    a,    um,    roaring ; 

loud- sounding. 


Sopio,  ire,  Ivi,  itum,  tr.  to 
quiel  ;  to  bury. 

Sors,  tis,  f.  a  lot. 

Sparta,  a3,  f.  Sparta,  capital 
of  Laconia. 

Species,  ei,  f.  appearance , 
aspect. 

Specto,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
look  at ;  to  behold. 

Spectaculum,  i,  n.  a  specta- 
cle ;  a  sight. 

Spelunca,  SB,  f.  a  cave. 

Spero,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr.  to 
hope  ;  to  expect. 

Spes,  ei,  f.  hope ;  expecta- 
tion. 

Spica,  as,  f.  an  ear  of  corn. 

Splendidus,  a,  u m ,  ad j .  splen- 
did ;  illustrious. 

Spondeo,  spondere,  spopon- 
di,  sponsum,  tr.  to  promise. 

Statirn,  adv.  immediately. 

Statuo,  uere,  ui,  utum,  tr.  to 
set  up  ;  to  resolve. 

Stella,  89.  f.  a  star. 

Sterno,  stern  ere,  stravi,  stra- 
tum, tr.  to  prostrate;  to 
throw  down. 

Stipiila,  ae,  f.  stubble ;  straiv. 

Sto,  stare,  steti,  statum,  intr. 
to  stand. 

Studiosus,  a,  um,  adj.  eager  ; 
studious. 

Stultus,  a,  um,  adj .  foolish. 

Suadeo,  suadere,  suasi,  sua- 
sum,  tr.  &  intr.  to  advise ; 
to  persuade. 

Sub,  prep,  under  ;  near  to. 

Subjicio,  jicere,  jeci,  jectum, 
tr.  to  cast  under  ;  to  submit 


S  U  B  L  I  M  I  S T  E  R  R  A  . 


195 


Sublimis,  e,  adj.  sublime; 
on  high :  in  sublime,  aloft. 

Subripio,  ere,  ui,  repturn,  tr. 
to  take  away. 

Subsidium,  i,  n.  aid. 

Subtraho,  trahere,  traxi,  trac- 
tum,  to  draw  out;  to  di- 
minish. 

Succedo,  cedere,  cessi,  ces- 
sum,  intr.  to  succeed. 

Sucoresco,  ere,crevi,cretum, 
intr.  to  grow. 

Sui,  pro.  gen.  of  himself  >  her- 
self]  itself. 

Sulla,  as,  m.  Sylla. 

Sum,  esse,  fui,  intr.  irr.  to  be; 
to  exist. 

Sumo,  sumere,  sumpsi, 
sumptum,  tr.  to  take. 

Super,  prep,  above  ;  upon. 

Superbia,  se,  L  pride;  haugh- 
tiness. 

Supellex,  lectilis,  f.  furni- 
ture ;  household  goods. 

Superior,  ius,  comp.  of  supe- 
rus. 

Superstes,  stitis,  adj.  surviv- 
ing. 

Supersum,  esse,  fui,  int.  irr. 
to  be  over  ?  to  remain  ;  to 
survive. 

Superus,  a,  urn,  adj.  (superi- 
or, supremus,  or  summus,) 
above ;  high. 

Suppedito,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
to  supply ;  to  furnish. 

Surgo,  surgere,  surrexi,  sur- 
rectum,  intr.  to  rise. 

Suscito,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
kindle. 


Suspendo,    pendere,    pendi, 

pensum,  tr.  to  suspend ,  to 

hang. 
Sustineo,  ere,  ui,  tentum,  tr. 

to  sustain. 
Sims,  a,  um,  pro.  his  ;  hers; 

its. 
Sylva,  se,  f.  a  forest. 

T. 

Taedet,  tseduit,  imp.  to  be 
weary  of. 

Tacitus,  a,  um,  adj.  silent  ; 
quiet. 

Talentum,  i,  n.  a  talent. 

Tamen,  conj.  yet ;  neverthe- 
less. 

Tandem,  adv.  at  length. 

Tanquam,  adv.  as  if;  as 
well  as. 

Tantopere,  adv.  so  much. 

Tantus,  a,  um,  adj.  so  great ; 
such  :  tanti,  of  so  much  va- 
lue. 

Tarquinius,  i,  m.  Tarquin. 

Tego,  ere,  texi,  tectum,  tr.  to 
cover. 

Telum,  i,  n.  a  dart ;  a  wea- 
pon. 

Tempestas,  atis,  f.  a  storm; 
a  tempest. 

Tempus,  oris,  n.  time  ;  a  sea- 
son. 

Teneo,  ere,  ui,  turn,  tr.  to 
hold  ;  to  have  ;  to  possess. 

Tener,  era,  erum,  adj.  ten- 
der ;  young. 

Terra,  33,  f.  the  earth ;  a 
country. 


196 


T  E  R  T  I  U  S U  N  D  £  . 


Tertius,  a,  um,  adj.  ord.  the 
third. 

Tester,  ari,  atus  sum,  tr.  dep. 
to  bear  ivitness  ;  to  call  to 
witness. 

Teucri,  orum,  m.  pi.  Tro- 
jans. 

Thebanus,  i,  m.  a  T/ieban  : 
sometimes  an  adj. 

Thessalonica,  ae,  f.  the  metro- 
polis  of  Macedon. 

Timeo,  ere,  ui,  intr.  &  tr.  to 
fear ;  to  dread. 

Timor,  oris,  m.fear. 

Tingo,  tingere,  tinxi,  tinc- 
tum,  tr.  to  dye  ;  to  stain. 

Toga,  ae,  I.  a  gown. 

Tolero,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
bear  ;  to  endure. 

Totidem,  ind.  adj.  the  same 
number  ;  as  many. 

Torquis,  is,  d.  a  collar;  a 
chain. 

Totus,  a,  um,  adj.  whole  ;  en- 
tire ;  all. 

Trado,  ere,  idi,  itum,  Ir.  to 
give  up. 

Traho,  trahere,  traxi,  trac 
turn,  tr.  to  draw  ;  to  drag. 

Trano,  or  transno,  are,  avi, 
atum,  tr.  to  swim  over. 

Trans,  prep,  over ;   beyond. 

Transeo,  ire,  ii,  itum,  intr. 
irr.  to  pass  over. 

Transfero,  ferre,  tuli,  latum, 
tr.  irr.  to  transfer  ;  to  car- 
ry over. 

Tremo,  tremere,  tremui,intr. 
to  tremble  ;  to  shake. 

Tres,  tria,  num.  adj.  pi.  three, 


Tribunus,  i,  m.  a  tribune. 
Friennium,  i,  n.  ti.e  space,  of 

three  years. 
Triginta,  num.  adj.  pi.  ind. 

thirty. 

Tristis,  e,  adj.  sad  ;  sorrow- 
ful. 

Triticum,  i,  n.  wheat. 
Trucido,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 

Mil ;  to  butcher. 
Tu,  tui,  pro.  thou. 
Turn,  adv.  then  ;  and :  turn 

— turn,  both — and. 
Tumulus,  i,  n.  a  mound  ;  a 

tomb. 
Tune,  adv.  then. 
Turba,  as.  f.  a  crowd  ;  a  mul- 

titude ;  a  band. 
Tutus,  a,  um,  adj.  safe. 
Tuus,  a,  um,  adj.  pro.  thy  ; 

thine. 

u. 

Ubertas,    atis,    f.  fertility  ; 

fruitfulness. 
(Jbi,  adv.  when;  where. 
Ulciscor,  ulcisci,  ultus  sum, 

tr.  dep.  to  take  revenge ;  to 

avenge. 
Ullus,  a,  um,  adj.  any ;   any 

one. 
Ultimus,  a,  um,  adj.  (sup.  of 

ulterior,)  the  last. 
Ultro,adv.  willingly  ;  of  one's 

own  accord. 
Umbra,    ae,   f.    a   shade;    a 

shadow. 
Unda,  ae,  f.  a  wave. 
Unde,  adv.  tvhe?ice. 


U  N  D  E  C  I  M — V  I  X  . 


197 


Undecim,  num.  adj.  pi.  ind. 

eleven. 

Unice,  adv.  singularly ;  en- 
tirely. 
Universus,  a,  um,  adj.  whole; 

universal. 

Unquam,  adv.  ever. 
Unus,  a,  um,  adj.  one  ;  only  ; 

alone. 
Unusquisque,      unaquaeque, 

&c.  adj.  each  one;  each. 
Urbs,  urbis,  f.  a  city. 
Ut,  conj.  that;  so  that:  adv. 

as  soon  as. 
Uterque,  utraque,  utrumque, 

compound  pro.  which  ? 
Utor,  uti,  usus  sum,  intr.  dep. 

to  use. 
Uva,  as,  f.  a  grape  ;  a  bunch 

of  grapes. 
Uxor,  oris,  f.  a  wife. 

v. 

Vacca,  SB,  f.  a  cow. 

Vanus,    a,    um,    adj.    vain; 

foolish. 
Vario,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 

change  ;  to  vary. 
Varius,  a,  um,  adj.  various  ; 

diverse. 
Vastus,   a,  um,  adj.  waste; 

vast ;  wide. 
Vehementer,  adv.  vehement- 
ly ;  earnestly. 
Veho,  vehere,  vexi,  vectum, 

tr.  to  carry  ;  to  convey. 
Vel,  conj.  or;    also:    vel — 

vel,  either — or. 
Velut,  adv.  as  ;  as  if. 
17* 


Vendo,  ere,  didi,  ditum,  tr. 
to  sell. 

Veneror,  ari,  atus,  tr.  dep.  to 
worship  ;  to  venerate. 

Venia,  33,  L  par  don;  permis- 
sion. 

Venio,  ire,  veni,  ventum,  intr 
to  come. 

Ventus  i,  m.  the  wind. 

Verbum,  i,  n.  a  word. 

Veritas,  atis,  f.  truth. 

Vero,   conj.  but :    adv.  tru- 
ly. 

Versicolor,  oris,  adj.  chang- 
ing color. 

Verum,  i,  n.  the  truth:  adv. 
truly. 

Vester,  ra,  rum,  pro.  your. 

Vestis,  is,  f.  a  garment. 

Via,  ae,  f.  a  way  ;  a  course  ; 
a  journey. 

Video,  ere,  vidi,  visum,  tr. 
to  see  ;  to  behold. 

Vidua,  33,  f.  a  widow. 

Viginti,    num.  adj.  pi.  ind. 
twenty. 

Vinco,  cere,  vici,  victum,  tr. 
to  conquer. 

Vir,  viri,  m.  a  man. 

Virgilius,  i,  m.  Virgil. 

Virgo,  mis,  f.  a  virgin. 

Virgula,  SB,  f.  a  small  rod. 

Virtus,  utis,  f.  virtue  ;  valor  ; 
power. 

Vis,  vis,  f.  strength;  power. 

Vita,  SB,  i.life. 

Vitis,  is,  f.  a  vine. 

Vivo,  ere,vixi,  victum,  intr.  to 
live. 

Vix,  adv.  scarcely. 


198 


V  O  B  I  S  C  U  M — V  U  L  T  U  S  . 


Vobiscum,  (cum,  vobis,)  with'Vox,  vocis,  f.  a  voice;  a  word, 
you.  IVulgus,  i,  n.  or  m.  the  com- 


Voco,  are,  avi,  aturn,  tr.  to 

call ;  to  invite. 
Volo,  velle   volui,  tr.  v.  intr. 


irr.  to  wh    ;  to  desire  ;  to  Vulpes,  is,  f.  a  fox. 


be  willing 
Voluptas,  tatis,  f.  pleasure. 


mon  people  ;  the  populace. 
Vulnero,  are,  avi,  atuin,  tr.  to 
ivound. 


Vultus,   us,   m.  the   counte- 
nance ;  the  expression. 


RECOMMENDATIONS. 


The  fallowing  letters  are  from  gentlemen  who  have  seen 
this  work,  in  whole  or  in  part,  before  publication. 

Hamilton  College,  July  15,  1845. 

Mr.  GEO.  SPENCER. — Dear  Sir — I  have  looked  over  a  few  pa- 
ges of  your  "Latin  Lessons,"  now  in  press,  and  I  am  satisfied — 
so  far  as  one  can  be  from  a  partial  examination  of  the  work — that 
it  will  form  a  valuable  contribution  to  our  stock  of  elementary 
books.  It  seems  to  be  designed  to  be  used  as  an  introduction  to 
Bullions'  Latin  Grammar,  which  is  reported  to  be  preferred  at 
about  forty  chartered  academies  in  this  State.  The  want  of  an  ele- 
mentary work  adapted  to  Bullions'  System,  must,  therefore,  be 
somewhat  widely  felt ;  and  I  doubt  not  that  your  manual  of  Latin 
Lessons,  by  its  clearness  and  simplicity  of  arrangement  and  detail, 
will  commend  itself  to  all  classical  teachers,  and  especially  to 
those  who  are  in  the  habit  of  using  Bullions'  Latin  Grammar. 
I  remain  yours  very  truly. 

EDWARD  NORTH, 
Professor  of  Languages  in  Hamilton  College. 

Union  College,  June,  10th,  1845. 

I  have  examined  Mr.  Spencer's  "  Latin  Lessons,"  and  think 
them  calculated  to  give  more  efficient  aid  in  teaching  the  elements 
of  the  Latin  language,  than  any  other  work  of  the  kind  I  am  ac- 
quainted with.  To  all  teachers,  and  especially  to  those  who  use 
Dr.  Bullions'  Latin  Grammar,  I  can  cordially  recommend  this 
work. 

WILLIAM  KELLY, 

Principal  of  the  Union  College  Grammar  School^ 
and  Tutor  in  Union  College. 

Union  College,  June  8th,  1845. 

I  have  not  examined  the  "  Latin  Lessons"  of  Mr.  Spencer;  but 
my  knowledge  of  their  author,  and  of  the  principles  on  which  he 
has  constructed  them,  and  my  strong  conviction  that  such  a  work 
is  needed  and  will  prove  useful,  embolden  me  to  recommend  them 
to  the  favorable  consideration  of  the  public. 

ALONZO  POTTER. 

I  have  examined  Mr.  Spencer's  Latin  Lessons,  introductory  to 
my  Latin  Grammar.  The  arrangement  is  neat  and  attractive, 
the  exercises  interspersed  simple,  and  the  whole  well  adapted  to 


the  capacity  of  such  as  begin  the  study  of  the  Latin  Language  at 
an  early  age.  Those  teachers  who  are  in  the  habit  of  using  such 
an  introductory  work,  I  think  will  find  this  better  adapted  to  their 
purpose  than  any  other  work  of  the  kind  with  which  I  am  ac- 
quainted. 

P.  BULLIONS. 

Utica,  April  10,  1845. 

GEORGE  SPENCER,  Esq. — Dear  Sir — I  have,  with  some  care, 
read  the  manuscript  of  your  "  Latin  Lessons"  as  far  as  the  verb. 
I  am  much  pleased  with  the  plan  of  your  work,  and  I  do  not  see 
that  you  have  omitted  any  principle  that  would  be  very  important 
to  the  beginner,  or  that  you  have  introduced  any  that  should  not 
be  studied  most  thoroughly 

The  exercises  after  the  paradigms  are  sufficient  for  illustration, 
and  not  so  numerous  as  to  embarrass  the  learner.  I  am  espe- 
cially pleased  with  the  exercise  of  tracing  English  words  to  their 
Latin  primitives,  thus  early  in  the  course  :  it  must  have  a  valua- 
ble influence  upon  the  scholarship  of  the  student. 

I  am  clearly  of  the  opinion,  that  should  you  publish  your  little 
work,  it  will  tend  to  diminish  the  difficulties  of  commencing  the 
Latin,  with  young  pupils,  more  than  any  work  I  have  used  j  and 
that  in  studying  it,  the  pupil  will  so  well  know  what  he  is  about 
as  to  be  both  pleased  and  profited. 

I  think  it  must  prove  acceptable  to  teachers  who  are  well  aware 
how  difficult  it  is  to  make  satisfactory  progress  in  Latin  after  a 
careless  beginning. 

Whenever  in  my  school  I  may  have  occasion  to  form  a  class  of 
beginners  in  Latin,  I  shall  certainly  start  them  with  your  lessons, 
if  published,  and  with  great  confidence  in  being  able  to  bring  out 
satisfactory  results.  Yours  truly, 

O.  ROOT, 

Prof,  of  Mathematics,  and  Principal  of 
Seneca  Falls  Academy. 


ADYEBTISEMEIT. 


SUPERIOR    TEXT    BOOKS. 

THE  attention  of  Teachers,  School  Committees,  and  all  inter- 
ested  in  good  education,  is  solicited  to  the  following  School 
Books,  which  are  for  sale  by  booksellers  generally,  viz  : 

BULLIONS'  SERIES  OF  GRAMMARS: 

PRACTICAL  LESSONS  IN  ENGLISH  GRAMMAR  AND  COMPOSITION. 

THE  PRINCIPLES  OF  ENGLISH  GRAMMAR,  FOR  SCHOOLS. 

LATIN  LESSONS,  WITH  EXERCISES,  BY  G.  SPENCER,  A.  M. 

THE  PRINCIPLES  OF  LATIN  GRAMMAR. 

LATIN  READER,  WITH  THE  IDIOMS  AND  VOCABULARY. 

CESAR'S  COMMENTARIES,  WITH  NOTES  AND  VOCABULARY. 

THE  PRINCIPLES  OF  GREEK  GRAMMAR. 

A  GREEK  READER,  WITH  IDIOMS,  NOTES  AND  VOCABULARY. 

These  Books  have  obtained  a  sterling  reputation  throughout 
the  country.  They  are  found  to  be  remarkably  clear  and  simple, 
and  to  contain  every  thing  necessary  to  good  scholarship,  without 
redundancy.  The  definitions  of  the  various  languages  being  ex- 
pressed, as  far  as  possible,  in  the  same  terms,  the  pupil  progresses 
with  rapidity,  and  saves  months  of  the  time  spent  in  using  the 
usual  class  books.  In  fact,  Dr.  Bullions'  books  are  precisely 
adapted  for  teaching,  and  save  both  time  and  expense,  being  sold 
at  low  prices,  though  made  in  the  best  style.  They  are  in  use  in 
some  of  the  best  schools  and  colleges  it  is  believed  in  every  State 
in  the  Union.  They  are  recommended  by- 

Hon.  J.  A.  Dix,  U.  S.  Senator.  Professor  HOYT,  of  Lima  Insti- 
Bishop  POTTER,  formerly  of  tute. 

Union  College.  Rev.  J.  LUDLOW,  Provost  of 

Rev.  J.  W.  ALEXANDER,  D.  D.,  Pennsylvania  University. 

of  Princeton  College.  THOMAS  EUSTAW,  Esq.,  of  St. 

Rev.  B.  HALE,  D.  D.,  President  Louis. 

of  Geneva  College.  Professor  J.  GREENE,  of  Madi- 

Rev.  C.  MASON,  D.  D.,  of  New  son  University,  Indiana. 

York  University.  President  E.  H.  NEVW,  of 

Professor  WH  EATON,  of  Middle-  Franklin  College,  Ohio. 

town  College.  President  T.  H.  BIGGS,  of  Cinr 

Rev.  H.  BANNISTER,  D.  D.,  of  cinnati  College. 

Oneida  Institute.  Professor  W.  H.  McGuFFEY. 

And  a  great  number  of  eminent  scholars  and  teachers  in  Ken- 
tucky, Tennessee  ar  1  o*ber  States. 


ADVERTISEMENT. 

COOPER'S  VIRGIL,  WITH  ENGLISH  NOTES,  MYTHOLOGICAL, 
BIOGRAPHICAL,  HISTORICAL,  &c. 

THE  ILLUSTRATIVE  DEFINER,  a  Dictionary  of  words  in  common 
use ;  is  intended  to  teach  children,  by  examples  and  by  exercises 
in  composition,  the  true,  definite  meaning  of  words,  and  exhibits 
all  Mr.  Gallaudet's  well-known  capacity  as  an  instructor  of  youth, 

THE  PicTORAL  SPELLING  BOOK,  by  R.  Bentley,  is  a  most  beau- 
tiful and  attractive  work  for  children. 

OLNEY'S  SCHOOL  GEOGRAPHY  AND  ATLAS.  This  work,  well- 
known  in  almost  every  village  in  the  United  States,  has  recently 
been  revised.  The  Atlas  is  entirely  new,  and  contains  numerous 
maps,  exhibiting  every  quarter  of  the  globe  on  a  large  scale,  and 
showing  the  relative  situation  of  countries  more  clearly  than  any 
other  atlas.  It  contains  also  an  ancient  map,  exhibiting  almost 
the  entire  portion  of  the  world  embraced  in  Ancient  History. 
The  publishers  believe  that  a  thorough  examination  will  convince 
the  practical  teacher  that  this  work  is  superior  for  use  to  any 
other,  and  it  possesses  a  permanent  value  for  daily  reference.  It 
is  easy  of  comprehension,  and  conducts  the  pupil  in  a  most  natural 
manner  to  a  competent  knowledge  of  Geography.  It  is  deemed 
superfluous  to  publish  recommendations  of  a  work  so  generally 
known.  It  is  intended  that  it  shall  continue  to  deserve  the  great 
popularity  which  it  has  always  maintained,  and  that  the  prices 
shall  be  as  reasonable  as  can  be  asked. 


BOOKS  ON  THE  SCIENCES,  by  J.  L  COMSTOCK,  M.  D. 

COMSTOCK'S  SYSTEM  OF  NATURAL  PHILOSOPHY. 
COMSTOCK'S  ELEMENTS  OF  CHEMISTRY. 
COMSTOCK'S  ELEMENTS  OF  BOTANY. 
COMSTOCK'S  OUTLINES  OF  PHYSIOLOGY. 
COMSTOCK'S  ELEMENTS  OF  MINERALOGY. 

This  series  of  books  is  in  so  general  use  that  the  publishers 
would  only  take  occasion  to  state  that  it  is  found  superior  to  any 
in  use  in  Europe.  The  Philosophy  has  already  been  republished 
in  Scotland  ;  translated  for  the  use  of  schools  in  Prussia ;  and 
portions  of  the  series  are  now  in  course  of  publication  in  London. 
Such  testimony,  in  addition  to  the  general  good  testimony  of 
teachers  in  this  country,  is  sufficient.  The  Elements  of  Chemis- 
try has  been  entirely  revised  by  the  author,  the  present  year,  and 
eontains  all  the  late  discoveries. 


TEXT  BOOKS 

FOR    SCHOOLS    AND    COLLEGES, 

THE    PRIMARY,    ENGLISH,    AND    CLASSICAL    DEPARTMENT,     NATUBAL 
SCIENCE,  GEOGRAPHY,  MATHEMATICS,    BOOK-KEEPING,  ETC. 

PUBLISHED    BY 

PRATT,  OAKLEY  &  CO. 

No.  4  CORTLANDT  STREET,  NEW  YORK 


*»*  It  will  be  noticed  that  most  of  these  works  were  written  by  Teachers  of  tae 
Igiiest  eminence. 

ELEMENTS  OF  ASTRONOMY  ;  with  explanatory  Notes  and  ele- 
gant Illustrations.  By  John  Brocklesby,  A.  M.,  Professor  in  Trinity  College 
$1  25. 

From  the  Connecticut  Common  School  Journal. 

We  take  pleasure  in  calling  the  attention  of  teachers  and  students  to  this  truly  ex 
zellent  book.  It  is  not  a  milk-and-water  compilation,  without  principles  and  with 
jut  demonstration.  It  contains  the  elements  of  the  science  in  their  proper  integrity 
ind  proportions.  Its  author  is  a  learned  man  and  a  practical  instructor,  as  the 
tuthor  of  every  school-book  should  be.  The  style  is  a  model  for  a  text-book,  com 
jining  in  a  high  degree  perspicuity,  precision,  and  vivacity.  In  a  word,  it  is  the  very 
jest  elementary  work  on  Astronomy  with  which  we  are  acquainted. 

This  notice  is  echoed  by  a  large  number  of  academies,  who  are  promptly  intro 
lucing  the  book. 

ELEMENTS  OF  METEOROLOGY;  designed  for  Schools  and  Ac- 
ademies. By  John  Brocklesby,  A.  M.,  Professor  of  Mathematics  and  Natural 
Philosophy  in  Trinity  College,  Hartford  84  cents. 

The  subject  of  Meteorology  is  of  the  deepest  interest  to  all.  Its  phenomena  every 
ivnere  surround  us,  and  ought  to  be  as  familiarly  known  to  the  scholar  as  his  arith- 
metic or  philosophy.  This  work  treats  of  Winds  in  general,  Hurricanes,  Tornadoes, 
VWer-spouts,  Rain,  Fogs,  Clouds,  Dew,  Snow,  Hail,  Thunder-storms,  Rainbows, 
Haloes,  Meteorites,  Northern  Lights,  &c. 

it  has  proved  highly  satisfactory  in  the  school-room,  and  is  now  the  established 
text-book  in  a  very  large  number  of  our  best  high  schools  and  academies,  where  the 
natural  sciences  are  taught. 

It  is  highly  commended  by  Prof.  Olmsted,  Prof.  Silliman,  Dr.  J.  L  Constock, 
Prof  Lee,  of  Pa.,  Prof.  Love,  of  Mo.,  and  a  host  of  eminent  instructors. 


2  Pratt,  Oakley  4*  Co's  Publication*. 

VIEWS  OF  THE  MICROSCOPIC  WORLD  ;  designed  for  General 

Reading,  and  as  a  Hand-book  for  Classes  in  Natural  Sciences.    By  Prof  Brockles 

by      $1  12. 

By  the  aid  of  a  powerful  microscope,  the  author  has  given  us  highly  irstructive 
accounts  of  Infusorial  Animalcules,  Fossil  Infusoria,  Minute  Aquatic  Animals, 
Structure  of  Wood  and  Herbs,  Crystallization,  Parts  of  Insects,  &c.,  &c. 

To  those  who  are  necessarily  deprived  of  the  aid  of  a  microscope,  and  even  to 
those  who  have  it,  this  is  a  most  valuable  work.  It  is  clearly  and  pleasantly  written. 
Ihe  sections  on  the  Animalcules,  Infusoria,  and  Crystallization,  are  very  beautifully 
ilustrated  with  large  and  expensive  plates.  The  descriptions  of  the  different  kinds 
of  these  wonderful  little  animals,  many  of  which  multiply  by  billions  in  a  few  hours, 
are  really  very  instructive.  There  is  no  better  school  library  book  in  the  world.  ft 
should  be  read  by  every  man,  woman  and  child. 

HUMAN  PHYSIOLOGY  ;  designed  for  Colleges  and  the  Higher 

Classes  in  Schools,  and  for  General  Reading.    By  Worthington  Hooker,  M.  I) 

Professor  of  the  Theory  and  Practice  of  Medicine  in  Yale  College.    Illustrated  wltt 

nearly  200  engravings.     $125. 

This  is  an  original  work,  and  not  a  compilation.  It  presents  the  subject  in  a  new 
light,  and  at  the  same  time  embraces  all  that  is  valuable  for  its  purpose  that  could  be 
drawn  from  the  most  eminent  sources.  The  highest  encomiums  are  received  from 
all  quarters  ;  a  few  are  subjoined. 

From  CALEB  J.  HALLOWELL,  Alexandria  High  School,  Va. 

Hooker's  Physiology  was  duly  received.  We  propose  to  adopt  it  as  a  tex«  book, 
and  shall  order  in  the  course  of  a  fortnight. 

From  the  Boston  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal. 

We  can  truly  say  that  we  believe  this  volume  is  of  great  value,  and  we  hope  that 
the  rare  merits  of  the  diligent  author  will  be  both  appreciated  and  patronized. 

From  B.  F.  TEWKSBURY,  Lenoxville,  Pa. 

I  am  ready  to  pronounce  it  unqualifiedly  the  most  admirable  book  or  work  on  the 
human  system  that  has  fallen  under  my  notice,  and  they  have  not  been  few.  If  any 
one  desires  a  complete  and  thorough  elucidation  of  the  great  science  discussed,  they 
can  nowhere  be  better  satisfied  than  in  the  perusal  of  Dr.  Hooker's  most  excellent 
work. 

AN  INTRODUCTORY  WORK  ON  HUMAN  PHYSIOLOGY,  by  Prof. 

Hooker,  has  just  been  published,  designed  for  all  persons  commencing  the  study 
Dr.  Hooker's  works  seem  to  have  taken  their  place  decidedly  at  the  head  of  alJ 
treatises  on  the  subject  of  Physiology.  They  are  rapidly  going  into  seminaries  and 
normal  schools  in  all  parts  of  the  country,  and  the  best  institutions  express  theii 
"  delight  at  the  result."  60  cents. 

V  COMPARATIVE  ENGLISH-GERMAN  GRAMMAR  ;  based  tm  the 

affinity  of  the  two  languages.  By  Prof.  Elias  Peissner,  late  of  the  University  o' 
Munich,  now  of  Union^College,  Schenectady.  $1.00 

From  the  New  York  Churchman. 

Of  all  the  German  Grammars  we  have  ever  examined,  this  is  the  most  modest  and 
unpretending,  and  yet  it  contains  a  system  and  a  principle  which  is  the  life  of  it,  as 
-,!car,  as  practical,  as  effective  for  learning  grammar  as  any  thing  we  have  ever  seen 
>mt  forth,  with  so  much  more  pretense  of  originality  and  show  of  philosophy.  II 
vill  be  found,  too,  we  think,  that  the  author  has  not  only  presented  a  new  idea  of 
much  interest  in  itself,  but  has  admirably  carried  it  out  in  the  practical  lessons  and 
exercises  af'ids  work. 

From  PRO K   J.  FOSTER,  of  Sshtnerfad!/. 

I  have  examined  Prof.  Peissner's  German  Grammar  with  some  attention,  have 
marked  with  interest  the  rapid  advancement  of  students  here  using  it  as  a  text-book, 
and  have  myself  carefully  tested  it  in  the  instruction  of  a  daughter  eleven  years  c, 
age.  The  result  is  a  conviction  that  it  is  most  admirably  adapted  to  secure  easv. 
pleasant,  and  real  progress,  and  that  from  no  other  work  which  has  come  under  m? 
notice  can  so  satisfactory  a  knowledge  of  the  language  be  obtained  in  a  $i  ren  time 


Pratt.  Oakley  fy  Co's  Publications.  3 

WHITLOCK'S   GEOMETRY   AXD  SURVEYING,  is  a  work  for  ad- 
vanced students,  possessing  the  highest  claims  upon  the  attention  of  Mathematical 
Teachers.     $1  50. 
»n  comparison  wuh  other  works  of  the  kind,  it  presents  the  following  advantages  : 

1.  A  better  connected  and  more  progressive  method   of  geometrizing,  calculated  to 
enable  the  student  to  go  alone. 

2.  A  fuller,  more  varied,  and  available  practice,  by  the  introduction  of  more  than 
four  hundred  exercises,  arithmetical,  demonstrative,  and  algebraical,  so  chosen  as  to 
be  serviceable  rather  than  amusing,  and  so  arranged  as  greatly  to  aid  in  the  acquisi- 
tion of  the  theory 

3.  The  bringing  together  of  such  a  body  of  geometrical  knowledge,  theoretical  and 
practical,  as  every  individual  on  entering  into  active  life  demands. 

4.  A  system  of  surveying  which  saves  two-thirds  of  the  labor  required  by  the  ordi 
nnry  process. 

This  work  is  well  spoken  of  universally,  and  is  already  in  use  in  some  of  the  best 
institutions  of  this  country.  It  is  recommended  by  Prof.  Pierce,  of  Cambridge,  Prof. 
Smith,  of  Middletown,  Prof.  Dodd,  of  Lexington,  and  many  other  eminent  mathe- 
maticians. 

From  E.  M.  MORSE,  ESQ. 

I  consider  that  I  have  obtained  more  mathematical  knowledge  from  Whitlock's 
Geometry  than  from  all  other  text-books  combined.  Unlike  too  many  treatises  of  9 
similar  nature,  it  is  eminently  calculated  to  make  mathematicians. 


PKOF.  J.  B.  DODD'S  MATHEMATICAL  SERIES 

COMPRISES 

AN  ELEMENTARY  AND  PRACTICAL  ARITHMETIC $0  45 

HIGH  SCHOOL  ARITHMETIC 0  84 

ELEMENTS  or  ALGEBRA 0  84 

HIGHER  ALGEBRA 1  50 

KEY  TO  ALGEBRA 0  84 

ELEMENTS  OF  GEOMETRY 1  00 

These  books  are  believed  to  be  unrivaled  in  the  following  particulars: 

1.  The  philosophical  accurateness  with  which  their  topics  are  arranged,  so  as  to 
show  the  mutual  dependence  and  relationship  of  their  subjects. 

2.  The  scientific  correctness  and  practical  convenience  of  their  greatly  improved 
nomenclature. 

3.  The  clear  and  concise  manner  in  which  principles  are  stated  and  explanations 
are  given. 

4.  Brevity  and  completeness  of  rules. 

6.  The  distinctness  with  which  the  true  connection  between  Arithmetic  and  its 
connate  branches  is  developed. 
6.  The  excellent  and  thorough  intellectual  discipline  superinduced. 

RECOMMENDATIONS. 

From  R.  T.  P.  ALLEN,  Svperintendent  of  Kentucky  Military  Institute. 
Upon  a  careful  examination  of  a  manuscript  Treatise  on  Arithmetic,  by  Prot 
Dodd,  I  find  it  greatly  superior  to  all  others  which  have  come  under  rny  notice,  in 
system,  completeness,  and  nomenclature.  The  arrangement  is  natural,  the  system 
complete,  and  the  nomenclature  greatly  improved.  These  improvements  are  not 
s'iffht;  they  are  fundamental— eminently  worthy  the  attention  of  the  mathematical 
teacher,  and  give  a  character  of  unity  to  the  work  which  at  once  distinguishes  it  from 
all  others  on  this  subject. 

From  C.  M.  WRIGHT,  Associate  Principal  of  Mount  Palatine  Academy. 
I  have  examined  Dodd's  Arithmetic,  and  am  fully  persuaded  that  it  is  superior  to 
an>  other  with  which  I  am  acquainted.     I  could  speak  in  detail  were  it  necessary , 
bjit  all  that  is  required  to  establish  its  reputation  and  introduction,  in  to  nave  tt 
noivn  by  teachers. 


4  Pratt,  Oakley  &  Co**  Publication*. 

From  M.  S  LITTLEFIELD,  Grand  Rapids,  Mich. 

I  have  Dodd's  Higher  Arithmetic,  and  unhesitatingly  pronounce  it  tte  best  won 
for  advanced  classes  I  have  ever  seen. 

From  E.  HINDS,  ESQ.,  of  Newtown  Academy. 

1  have  recently  adopted  Dodd's  High  School  Arithmetic,  and  like  it  much.  Having 
Been  that  Prof.  Dodd  is  also  author  of  an  Algebra,  I  should  like  to  see  that  work  be 
ore  forming  a  new  class. 

From  H.  ELI  AS,  ESQ.,  Palmyra,  Mo. 

I  have  fairly  tested  Dodd's  Algebra,  and  am  much  pleased  with  it.  If  I  like  his 
Geometry  as  well  as  the  Algebra,  I  shall  forthwith  introduce  it  into  my  school. 

From  PROF.  W.  H.  DE  PUY. 

We  have  introduced  Dodd's  Algebra  into  the  Genesee  Wesleyan  Seminary  as  a 
permanent  text-book. 

From  R.  H.  MOORE,  III. 
Dodd's  Algebra  possesses  excellencies  pertaining  to  no  other  work 

From  REV  J.  A.  MCCANLEY,  Va. 
I  am  much  pleased  with  Dodd's  Algebra,  and  will  introduce  it. 

From  OSCAR  HARRIS,  ft.  J 

I  use  Professor  Dodd's  Algebra,  and  shall  continue  it  as  our  regular  text-boo* 
From  PROF.  A.  L.  HAMILTON,  President  of  Andrew  College. 

I  have  examined  with  some  care  Prof.  Dodd's  Elements  of  Geometry,  and,  so  fa» 
<*s  I  am  capable  of  judging,  I  conceive  it  to  be  in  many  respects  decidedly  the  best 
work  of  the  kind  extant.  For  simplicity,  exactness,  and  completeness,  it  can  have 
no  superior.  Like  his  Arithmetic  and  Algebra,  in  many  important  particulars,  his 
Geometry  stands  pre-eminent  and  alone. 

A  NEW  COMMON-SCHOOL  ARITHMETIC,  by  Prof.  Dodd,  is  in 

press. 

The  Department  of  Public  Instruction  in  Canada  has  repeatedly  ordered  Prof 
Dodd's  books,  as  well  as  many  of  F.  B.  &  Co.'s  other  publications,  for  use  in  schools 

SCHELL'S  INTRODUCTORY  LESSONS  IN  ARITHMETIC  ;  designed 

as  an  Introduction  to  the  study  of  any  Mental  or  Written  Arithmetic.  It  contains 
a  large  amount  of  mental  questions  together  with  a  large  number  of  questions  to 
be  performed  on  the  slate,  thus  combining  mental  and  written  exercises  for  young 
beginners.  This  is  a  very  attractive  little  book,  superior  to  any  of  its  class.  It 
leads  the  pupil  on  by  the  easiest  steps  possible,  and  yet  insures  constant  pro- 
gress. 20  cents.  ' 

From  GEO.  PAYNE  QUACKENBOS,  Rector  of  Henry  street  Grammar  School,  N.  V 
It  is  unnecessary  to  do  more  than  to  ask  the  attention  of  teachers  to  this  work , 
they  cannot  examine  it  impartially  without  being  convinced  of  its  superior  merits 
It  will,  no  doubt,  become  one  of  the  most  popular  of  school-books. 

From  J.  MARKHAM,  Ohio. 

I  wish  to  introduce  Schell's  little  Arithmetic.  It  is  just  the  thing  for  beginners 
£cnd  six  dozen 

From  G.  C.  MERRIFIELD,  hid. 
I  am  highly  pleased  with  Schell's  little  book,  and  shall  use  it- 

From  D.  F.  DEWOLF,  Ohio. 
Schell's  little  book-for  children  is  a  beau-ideal  of  my  own,  and  of  course  it  suits 

From  D.  G.  HEFFRON,  Sup't.  Schools,  Utica. 

The  School  Committee  have  adopted  ScheJl's  Arithmetic  for  our  public  schoolt 
Send  us  three  hundred. 


Pratt,  Oakley  fy  Cos  Publications.  5 

AN  INTELLECTUAL  AND  PRACTICAL  ARITHMETIC  ;    or,  First 

Lessons  in  Arithmetical  Analysis.    By  T.  L.  Enos,  Graduate  of  the  New  York 

State  Normal  Schools.    25  cents. 

The  same  clearness  and  conciseness  characterize  this  admirable  book  that  belong 
to  the  works  of  Prof.  Dodd.  The  natural  arrangements  of  the  text,  and  the  logical 
nude  of  solving  the  questions,  is  a  peculiar  and  important  feature  belonging  to  this 
book  alone. 

From  PROF.  C.  M.  WRIGHT. 

I  have  examined  with  care  and  interest  Enos'  Mental  Arithmetic,  and  shall  intro 
duce  it  at  once  into  the  Academy. 

From  PROFS.  D.  I.  PINCKNEY,  S.  M.  FELLOWS,  S.  SEARLE,  Rock  River  Seminar]/ 
We  have  examined  an  intellectual  Arithmetic,  by  J.  L.  Enos,  and  like  it  much 
We  shall  immediately  use  it  in  our  school. 

PROF.  PALMER'S  BOOK-KEEPING  ;  Key  and  Blanks.     67  cents. 

This  excellent  book  is  superior  to  the  books  generally  used,  because : 

1.  It  contains  a  large  number  of  business  blanks  to  be  filled  by  the  learner,  such  as 
deeds,  mortgages,  agreements,  assignments,  &c.,  &c. 

2.  Explanations  from  page  to  page,  from  article  to  article,  and  to  settle  principles 
of  law  in  relation  to  deeds,  mortgages,  <fec.,  &c. 

3.  The  exercises  are  to  be  written  out,  after  being  calculated.    In  other  works,  the 
pupil  is  expected  to  copy,  merely. 

Palmer's  Book-Keeping  is  used  in  the  New  York  Public  Schools,  and  extensively 
in  Academies,  It  is  n  commended  by  Horace  Webster,  LL.  D.,  G.  B.  Docharty, 
LL.  D.,  and  a  large  number  of  accountants  and  teachers. 


BEY,  P.  BULLIONS'  ENGLISH  AND  CLASSICAL  SERIES, 

COMPRISING 

PRACTICAL  LESSONS  IN  ENGLISH  GRAMMAR  AND  COMPOSITION $0  25 

PRINCIPLES  OF  ENGLISH  GRAMMAR 0  LQ 

PROGRESSIVE  EXERCISES  IN  ANALYSIS  AND  PARSING 0  15> 

INTRODUCTION  TO  ANALYTICAL  GRAMMAR .  0  30 

NEW,  OR  ANALYTICAL  AND  PRACTICAL  ENGLISH  GRAMMAR 0  fi3 

LATIN  LESSONS,  WITH  EXERCISES  IN  PARSING.    By  Geo.  Spencer,  A.  M.    Half 
cloth,  enlarged 0  63 

BULLIONS'  PRINCIPLES  OF  LATIN  GRAMMAR 1  00 

BULI  IONS'  LATIN  READER.    With  an  Introduction  on  the  Idioms  of  the  Latin 

Language.     An  improved  Vocabulary  1  00 

BULLIONS' CAESAR'S  COMMENTARIES 1  00 

BULLIONS'   CICERO'S   ORATIONS.    With  reference  both  to  Bullions',  and  An- 
drew's, and  Stoddard's  Latin  Grammar 1  13 

BULLIONS'  SALLUST 1  00 

BULLIONS'  GREEK  LESSONS  FOR  BEGINNERS 0  75 

BULLIONS' PRINCIPLES  OF  GREEK  GRAMMAR 113 

BULLIONS'  GREEK  READER.    With  Introduction  on  tho  Idioms  of  the  Greek 

Language,  and  Improved  Lexicon 1  75 

BULLIONS'  LATIN  EXERCISES 1  25 

COOPER'S  VIRGIL 200 

In  this  series  of  books,  the  three  Grammars,  English,  Latin,  and  Greek,  are  all  on 
the  same  plan.  The  general  arrangement,  definitions,  rules,  &c.,  are  the  same,  and 
expressed  in  the  same  language,  as  nearly  as  the  nature  of  the  case  would  admit 
To  those  who  study  Latin  and  Greek,  much  time  and  labor,  it  is  believed,  will  be 
saved  ly  this  method,  both  to  teacher  and  pupil.  The  analogy  and  peculiarities  of 
the  different  languages  being  kept  in  view,  will  show  what  is  common  to  ail,  or  pacu 


6  Pratt,  Oakley  4-  Cos  Publication*. 

Uar  to  each ;  the  cdtfusion  and  difficulty  unnecessarily  occasioned  by  the  use  of  el®- 
numt-iry  works  differing  widely  from  each  other  in  language  and  structure,  will  be 
avoided,  and  the  progress  of  the  student  rendered  much  more  rapid,  easy,  and  satis 
factory. 

No  series  of  Grammars,  having  this  object  in  view,  has  heretofore  been  prepared, 
and  the  advantages  which  they  offer  cannot  be  obtained  in  an  equal  degree  by  the 
study  of  any  other  Grammars  now  in  use.  They  form  a  complete  course  of  element- 
ary books,  in  which  the  substance  of  the  latent  and  best  Grammars  in  each  language 
has  been  compressed  into  a  volume  of  convenient  size,  beautifully  printed  on  supe- 
rior paper,  m:atly  and  strongly  bound,  and  are  put  at  the  lowest  prices  at  which  they 
can  be  afforded. 

The  elementary  works  intended  to  follow  the  Grammars — namely,  the  Latin 
Reader  and  the  Greek  Reader — are  also  on  the  SAME  PLAN  ;  are  prepared  with  special 
references  to  these  works,  and  contain  a  course  of  elementary  instruction  so  uniqu: 
and  simple  as  to  furnish  great  facilities  to  the  student  in  these  languages. 

NOTICES. 

From  PROF.  C.  S.  FENNEL,  Antivch  College,  Ohio. 

Bullions'  books,  by  their  superior  arrangement  and  accuracy,  their  completeness 
as  a  series,  arid  the  references  from  one  to  the  other,  supply  a  want  more  perfectly 
than  any  other  books  have  done.  They  bear  the  marks  of  the  instructor  as  well  as 
the  scholar.  It  requires  more  than  learning  to  make  a  good  school-book. 

From  J.  B.  THOMPSON,  A.  M.,  late  Rjector  of  the  Somerville  Classical  Institute,  N.  J. 
I  use  Bullions'  works — all  of  them — and  consider  them  the  best  of  the  kind  that 
have  been  issued  in  this  or  any  other  language.  If  they  were  universally  used  we 
would  not  have  so  many  superficial  scholars,  and  the  study  of  the  classics  would  be 
more  likely  to  serve  the  end  for  which  it  was  designed — the  strengthening  and 
adorning  of  the  mind. 

From  A.  C.  RICHARDS,  ESQ.,  Clay  Co.,  Ga. 

We  think  Bullions'  Latin  Grammar,  in  the  arrangement  of  its  syntax  and  the  cr n- 
ciseness  of  its  rules,  the  manner  of  treating  prosody,  and  the  conjugations  of  .he 
verbs,  superior  to  any  other.  If  his  Greek  Reader  is  as  good  as  the  Latin  Reader,  we 
shall  introduce  it. 

It  is  almost  superfluous  to  publish  notices  of  books  so  extensively  used. 

Within  the  last  few  months  Dr.  Bullions'  English  Grammar  has  been  introduced 
into  the  Public,  and  many  of  the  Private  Schools,  the  Latin  School,  the  English 
High  School,  the  City  Normal  School,  of  the  city  of  Boston ;  Normal  Schools  o* 
Bridgewater  and  Westfield,  MarlUorough  Academy;  cities  of  Salem,  Newburyport, 
<fec.,  Mass.  ;  Portsmouth,  Concord,  and  several  academies  in  New  Hampshire ;  and 
re-adopted  in  Albany  and  Troy,  New  York.  They  are  used  in  over  seventy  acade 
mies  in  New  York,  and  in  many  of  the  most  flourishing  institutions  in  every  State  of 
the  Union.  Also,  in  the  Public  Schools  of  Washington,  D.  C.,  and  of  Canada,  in 
Oregon  and  Australia.  The  classical  Series  has  been  introduced  into  several  col 
leges,  and  it  is  not.too  much  to  say  that  Bullions'  Grammars*  bid  fair  to  become  the 
Standard  Grammars  of  the  country. 


THE    STUDENTS'    SERIES 

BY  J.  S.  DENMAN,  A.  M. 

Cents 
THE  STUDENTS'  PRIMER ? 

"  SPELLING-BOOK U 

"  FIRST  READER 13 

*  SECOND    "       25 

'*  THIRD      " 40 

"  FOURTH  "       7fi 

"  FIFTH       " 94 

M  SPEAKER          .  ..  U 


Pratt,  Oakley  ty  Go's  Publications,  7 

Tho  Publishers  feel  justified  in  claiming  that  the  Students'  Series  is  decidedly  the 
test  for  teaching  reading,  and  spelling  that  has  yet  appeared.  The  plan  of  teaching 
includes,  in  tlie  first  steps,  an  ingenious  and  original  mode  of  repetition  which  is 
very  pleasing  and  encouraging  to  the  pupil.  The  first  books  of  the  series  are  very 
instructive,  and  the  later  portions  consist  of  fine  selections,  which  are  not  hack- 
neyed. Prof.  P^ge,late  Principal  of  the  New  York  State  Normal  School,  said  of  this 
system:  "  It  is  the  best  I  ever  saw  for  teaching  the  first  principles  of  Reading." 
Such  testimony  is  of  the  highest  value,  and  none  need  be  afraid  to  use  the  books  on 
such  a  recommendation. 

The  numerous  notices  from  all  parts  of  the  country  where  these  books  have  been 
used,  cannot  be  introduced  here.  They  have  just  gone  into  the  schools  of  Seneca 
County,  N.  Y.,  without  solicitation  ;  and  the  same  is  true  of  many  important 
schools  where  they  have  been  examined. 

From  C.  B.  CRUMB,  N.  Y. 

The  Students'  Series  is,  in  my  opinion,  the  best  in  use.  I  believe  a  class  of  young 
students  will  learn  twice  as  much,  with  the  same  labor,  as  they  would  from  any  other 
system.  The  books  of  this  Series  excel  in  the  purity  and  attraction  of  their  style 
I  have  introduced  them. 


DR.  COMSTOCK'S  SERIES  OF  BOOKS  ON  THE  SCIENCES,  viz : 

INTRODUCTION  TO  NATURAL  PHILOSOPHY.    For  Children $0  42 

SYSTEM  OF  NATURAL  PHILOSOPHY,  newly  revised  and  enlarged,  including  late 

discoveries 1  00 

ELEMENTS  OF  CHEMISTRY.    Adapted  to  the  present  state  of  the  Science 1  00 

THE  YOUNG  BOTANIST.    New  edition 50 

ELEMENTS  OF  BOTANY.    Including  Vegetable  Physiology,  and  a  Description  of 

Common  Plants.    With  Cuts 125 

OUTLINES  OF  PHYSIOLOGY,  both  Comparative  and  Human.    To  which  is  added 

OUTLINES  OF  ANATOMY,  excellent  for  the  general  scholar  and  ladies'  schools.        80 

NEW  ELEMENTS  OF  GEOLOGY.    Highly  Illustrated 1  25 

ELEMENTS  OF  MINERALOGY.    Illustrated  with  numerous  Cuts 75 

NATURAL  HISTORY  OF  BIRDS.    Showing  their  Comparative  Size.    A  new  and 

valuable  feature 50 

NkTO"H  HISTOP"  OF  BEASTS.    Ditto 50 

$  V.TUMAI,  H-STO^Y  t  ?  H-.n**  AND  BEASTS.    Do.  Cloth 1  00 

QUESTIONS  AND  ILLUSTRATIONS  TO  THE  PHILOSOPHY 30 

All  the  above  works  are  fully  illustrated  by  elegant  cuts. 

The  Philosophy  has  been  republished  in  Scotland,  and  translated  for  the  use  o 
schools  in  Prussia.  The  many  valuable  additions  to  the  work  by  its  transatlantic 
editors,  Prof.  Lees,  of  Edinburgh,  and  Prof,  lloblyn,  of  Oxford,  have  been  embraced 
Dy  the  author  in  his  last  revision.  The  Chemistry  has  been  entirely  revised,  and 
jontains  all  the  late  discoveries,  together  with  methods  of  analyzing  minerals  and 
netals.  Portions  of  the  series  are  in  course  of  publication  in  London.  Such  testi- 
mony, in  addition  to  the  general  good  testimony  of  teachers  In  this  country,  is  suffi- 
cient to  warrant  us  in  saying  that  no  works  on  similar  subjects  can  equal  them,  or 
have  ever  been  so  extensively  used.  Continual  applications  are  made  to  the  publish- 
ers to  replace  the  Philosophy  in  schools  where,  for  a  time,  it  has  given  way  to  other 
booke.  The  style  of  Dr.  Comstock  is  so  clear,  and  his  arrangement  is  so  excellent, 
that  no  writer  can  be  found  to  excel  him  for  school  purposes,  and  he  takes  constant 
pains  to  include  new  discoveries,  and  to  consult  eminently  scientific  men. 


HON.  J.  OLNEY'S  GEOGRAPHICAL  SERIES. 
PPIMARY  GEOGRAPHY  ;  with  Colored  Maps.     25  cents. 

'  QUARTO  GEOGRAPHY  ;  with  elegant  Cuts,  Physical  Geogra- 
phy Tables,  Map  of  the  Atlantis  Ocean,  <fcc.    75  cents. 


8  Pratt,  Oakley  &  Go's  Publications. 

OLNEY'S  SCHOOL  GEOGRAPHY  AND  ATLAS.     Containing  An 

cient  Geography,  Physical  Geography,  Tables,  an  entirely  new  Chart  of  the 
World,  to  show  its  physical  contormation,  as  adapted  to  purposes  of  commerce, 
and  also  for  the  purpose  of  reviewing  classes ;  also  a  Chronological  Table  of  Disco 
veries.  $1  12. 

OLNEY'S    OUTLINE    MAPS.     Of   the    World,    United    States 

Europe,  Asia,  Africa,  America,  and  Canada,  with  Portfolio  and  Book  of  Exercises 

$6. 

All  the  recent  improvements  are  included  in  Olney's  Quarto  and  School  Geogra- 
phies. They  are  not  obsolete  or  out  of  date,  but  fully  "  up  to  the  times."  In  ele- 
gance or  completeness  they  are  not  surpassed. 

Mr.  Olney  commenced  the  plan  of  simplifying  the  first  lesson,  and  teaching  a  child 
by  what  is  familiar,  to  the  exclusion  of  astronomy.  He  commenced  the  plan  of  hav- 
ing only  those  things  represented  on  the  maps  which  the  pupil  was  required  to 
learn.  He  originated  the  system  of  classification,  and  of  showing  the  government, 
religion,  <fec.,  by  symbols.  He  first  adopted  the  system  of  carrying  the  pupil  over 
the  earth  by  means  of  the  Atlas.  His  works  fir?t  contained  cuts,  in  which  the  dress 
architecture,  animals,  internal  improvements,  &c.,  of  each  country  are  grouped,  so 
as  to  be  seen  at  one  view.  His  works  firn  contained  the  world  as  known  to  the  An- 
cients, as  an  aid  to  Ancient  History,  a»  .J.  a  Synopsis  of  Physic-il  Geography,  with 
maps.  In  short,  we  have  seen  no  valuable  feature  in  any  geography  which  has  not 
originally  appeared  in  these  works;  and  we  think  it  not  too  much  to  claim  that,  in 
many  respects,  most  other  works  are  copies  of  these.  We  think  that  a. fair  and 
candid  examination  will  show  that  Olney's  Atlas  is  the  largest,  most  systematic, 
and  complete  of  any  yet  published,  and  that  the  Quarto  and  Modern  School  Geogra- 
phies contain  more  matter,  and  that  better  arranged,  than  any  similar  works  ;  and 
they  are  desired  to  test  the  claims  here  asserted. 

It  is  impossible  to  give  here  more  than  a  fractional  part  of  the  recommendations, 
of  the  first  order,  which  the  publishers  have  received  for  the  foregoing  list  of  books 
Enough  has  been  given  to  show  the  claims  of  the  books  to  examination  and  use. 

All  these  works  are  made  in  very  neat,  durable  style,  and  are  sold  as  low  as  a 
moderate  remuneration  will  allow.  Copies  supplied  to  teachers  for  their  own  use  at 
ene-ftfth  off  from  the  retail  price,  and  postage  paid.  Large  institutions  are  furnished 
•Ample  copies  without  charge. 

PBATT,  OAKLEY  &  CO. 

No.  4  Cortla&ut  btieet,  Hew  Yorfe 


fc-r 


VALUABLE  SCHOOL  BOOKS 

PUBLISHED    BY 

PRATT,  OAKLEY  &  CO. 

NEW-YORK 


BULLIONS'     PRACTICAL    LESSONS    IN   GRAMMAR    AND    COM- 
POSITION. 

BULLIONS'   ANALYTICAL  &  PRACTICAL   ENGLISH  GRAMMAR. 
SPENCERS'   LATIN    LESSONS. 
BULLIONS'    LATIN   GRAMMAR, 

BULLIONS'    LATIN    READER,  WITH   VOCABULARY, 
BULLIONS'   C/ESAR. 
BULLIONS'    GREEK    LESSONS. 
BULLIONS'   GREEK   GRAMMAR. 
BULLIONS'  GREEK   READER,  On  a  New  Plan. 
COMSTOCK'S   NATURAL   PHILOSOPHY. 
COMSTOCK'S  YOUTHS'   INTRODUCTORY    PHILOSOPHY, 
COMSTOCK'S   ELEMENTS  OF    CHEMISTRY. 
COMSTOCK'S  OUTLINES  OF   PHYSIOLOGY. 
COMSTOCK'S  YOUNG    BOTANIST. 
COMSTOCK'S   ELEMENTS  OF    BOTANY. 
COMSTOCK'S  OUTLINES   OF  GEOLOGY. 
COMSTOCK'S   ELEMENTS  OF   MINERALOGY. 
COMSTOCK'S   NATURAL    HISTORY. 
OLNEY'S  INTRODUCTION   TO  GEOGRAPHY. 
OLNEY'S   QUARTO  GEOGRAPHY. 
OLNEY'S  GEOGRAPHY    AND   ATLAS. 
OLNEY'S  OUTLINE    MAPS. 
DODD'S  ARITHMETIC,  New  and  very  Popular. 
WHITLOCK'S  GEOMETRY   AND  SURVEYING. 
BROCKLESBY'S   METEOROLOGY. 
BENTLEY'S    PICTORIAL  SPELLING   BOOK. 
COOPER'S  VIRGIL. 

BROCKLESBY'S  WONDERS  OF  THE   MICROSCOPE. 
GALLAUDET'S  SCHOOL  AND   FAMILY   DICTIONARY. 
KIRKHAM'S   ELOCUTION. 
OLNEY'S   NATIONAL   PRECEPTOR. 
GRIFFIN'S  SOUTHERN    READERS,  1,  2,  3,  4. 

The  above  i  te  in  quite  general  use,  so  far  as  known,  in  the  United  States. 
Teachers  are  invited  to  examine  them,  and  it  is  believed  they  will  be  satisfied  of 
.heir  superiority. 

P  O.  fy  Co.  keep  for  sale  all  the  various  School  books  in  use  ;  Bibles,  Testa- 
ments, Classical  Books,  Paper,  Stationary,  Steel  Pens,  &c.  &c.,  in  quantities,  at  the 
lowest  prices. 


YB  00^05 

S^S^  LIBRARIES 


THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 


